DCS-Mirror
/
DMS_GL_en_ta
mirror of https://git.door43.org/DMS_GL/en_ta
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Removed stray spaces around underline and bold codes (#215)

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2019-10-08 21:25:39 +00:00 committed by Gogs
parent 1570b9e6f0
commit 73475e2a5c
120 changed files with 1349 additions and 1349 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

6
checking/level3-approval/01.md
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
### Validation Approval
I, as a representative of the *<u> fill in name of church network or Bible translation organization</u> * Church Network or Bible translation organization serving the *<u> fill in the name of the language community</u> * language community, approve of the translation, and affirm the following:
I, as a representative of the *<u>fill in name of church network or Bible translation organization</u> * Church Network or Bible translation organization serving the *<u>fill in the name of the language community</u> * language community, approve of the translation, and affirm the following:
1. The translation conforms to the Statement of Faith and Translation Guidelines.
1. The translation is accurate and clear in the target language.
@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ I, as a representative of the *<u> fill in name of church network or Bible trans
If any problems remain unresolved after meeting with the translation team a second time, please make note of them here.
Signed: *<u> sign here</u> *
Signed: *<u>sign here</u> *
Position: *<u> fill in your position here</u> *
Position: *<u>fill in your position here</u> *
For Gateway Languages, you will need to follow the [Source Text Process](../../process/source-text-process/01.md) so that your translation can become a source text.

2
intro/open-license/01.md
View File

@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Suggested attribution statement for derivative works: “Original work created b
When importing a resource into Door43, the original work must be attributed as specified by the open license under which it is available. For example, the artwork used in Open Bible Stories is clearly attributed on the project’s [main page](http://openbiblestories.com).
Contributors to projects on Door43 agree that **the attribution that occurs automatically in the revision history of every page is sufficient attribution for their work.** That is, every contributor on Door43 may be listed as “the Door43 World Missions Community” or something to that effect. The contributions of each contributor are preserved in the revision history for that work.
Contributors to projects on Door43 agree that **the attribution that occurs automatically in the revision history of every page is sufficient attribution for their work.** That is, every contributor on Door43 may be listed as “the Door43 World Missions Community” or something to that effect. The contributions of each contributor are preserved in the revision history for that work.
### Source Texts

12
intro/translation-guidelines/01.md
View File

@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
*The following statement on the principles and procedures used in translation is subscribed to by unfoldingWord and its contributors. All translation activities are carried out according to these common guidelines.*
1. **Accurate** — Translate accurately, without detracting from, changing, or adding to the meaning of the original text. Translated content should faithfully communicate as precisely as possible the meaning of the original text as it would have been understood by the original audience. (see [Create Accurate Translations](../../translate/guidelines-accurate/01.md))
1. **Clear** — Use whatever language structures are necessary to achieve the highest level of comprehension. This includes rearranging the form of a text and using as many or as few terms as necessary to communicate the original meaning as clearly as possible. (see [Create Clear Translations](../../translate/guidelines-clear/01.md))
1. **Natural** — Use language forms that are effective and that reflect the way your language is used in corresponding contexts. (see [Create Natural Translations](../../translate/guidelines-natural/01.md))
1. **Faithful** — Avoid any political, denominational, ideological, social, cultural, or theological bias in your translation. Use key terms that are faithful to the vocabulary of the original biblical languages. Use equivalent common language terms for the biblical words that describe the relationship between God the Father and God the Son. These may be clarified, as needed, in footnotes or other supplemental resources. (see [Create Faithful Translations](../../translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md))
1. **Authoritative** — Use the original language biblical texts as the highest authority for translation of biblical content. Reliable biblical content in other languages may be used for clarification and as intermediary source texts. (see [Create Authoritative Translations](../../translate/guidelines-authoritative/01.md))
1. **Historical** — Communicate historical events and facts accurately, providing additional information as needed in order to accurately communicate the intended message to people who do not share the same context and culture as the original recipients of the original content. (see [Create Historical Translations](../../translate/guidelines-historical/01.md)
1. **Clear** — Use whatever language structures are necessary to achieve the highest level of comprehension. This includes rearranging the form of a text and using as many or as few terms as necessary to communicate the original meaning as clearly as possible. (see [Create Clear Translations](../../translate/guidelines-clear/01.md))
1. **Natural** — Use language forms that are effective and that reflect the way your language is used in corresponding contexts. (see [Create Natural Translations](../../translate/guidelines-natural/01.md))
1. **Faithful** — Avoid any political, denominational, ideological, social, cultural, or theological bias in your translation. Use key terms that are faithful to the vocabulary of the original biblical languages. Use equivalent common language terms for the biblical words that describe the relationship between God the Father and God the Son. These may be clarified, as needed, in footnotes or other supplemental resources. (see [Create Faithful Translations](../../translate/guidelines-faithful/01.md))
1. **Authoritative** — Use the original language biblical texts as the highest authority for translation of biblical content. Reliable biblical content in other languages may be used for clarification and as intermediary source texts. (see [Create Authoritative Translations](../../translate/guidelines-authoritative/01.md))
1. **Historical** — Communicate historical events and facts accurately, providing additional information as needed in order to accurately communicate the intended message to people who do not share the same context and culture as the original recipients of the original content. (see [Create Historical Translations](../../translate/guidelines-historical/01.md)
1. **Equal** — Communicate the same intent as the source text, including expressions of feeling and attitudes. As much as possible, maintain the different kinds of literature in the original text, including narrative, poetry, exhortation, and prophecy, representing them with corresponding forms that communicate in a similar way in your language. (see [Create Equal Translations](../../translate/guidelines-equal/01.md))
### Identifying and Managing Translation Quality
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ The quality of a translation generally refers to the fidelity of the translation
The specific steps involved may vary significantly, depending on the language and context of the translation project. Generally, we consider a good translation to be one that has been reviewed by the speakers of the language community and also by the leadership of the church in the language group so that it is:
1. **Accurate, Clear, Natural, and Equal** — Faithful to the intended meaning of the original, as determined by the Church in that people group and in alignment with the Church global and historical, and consequently:
1. **Affirmed by the Church** - Endorsed and used by the Church. (see [Create Church-Approved Translations](../../translate/guidelines-church-approved/01.md))
1. **Affirmed by the Church** - Endorsed and used by the Church. (see [Create Church-Approved Translations](../../translate/guidelines-church-approved/01.md))
We also recommend that the translation work be:

2
translate/biblicalimageryta/01.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ The patterns of pairings found in the Bible are often unique to the Hebrew and G
A **metaphor** occurs when someone speaks of one thing as if it were a different thing. The speaker does this in order to effectively describe the first thing. For example, in “My love is a red, red rose,” the speaker is describing the woman he loves as beautiful and delicate, as though she were a flower.
A **simile** is like a metaphor, except that it uses words such as “like” or “as” as a signal to the audience that it is a figure of speech. A simile using the image above would say, “My love is <u> like</u> a red, red rose.”
A **simile** is like a metaphor, except that it uses words such as “like” or “as” as a signal to the audience that it is a figure of speech. A simile using the image above would say, “My love is <u>like</u> a red, red rose.”
“see [Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns](../bita-part1/01.md) for links to pages showing common patterns of pairings between ideas in metaphors and similes.”

54
translate/bita-hq/01.md
View File

@ -14,133 +14,133 @@ In these verses, the body of Christ represents the group of people who follow Ch
#### The FACE represents someone’s presence
> Do you not fear me—this is Yahweh’s declaration—or tremble <u> before my face</u> ? (Jeremiah 5:22 ULT)
> Do you not fear me—this is Yahweh’s declaration—or tremble <u>before my face</u>? (Jeremiah 5:22 ULT)
To be before someone’s face is to be in their presence, that is, to be with them.
#### The FACE represents someone’s attention
> Every man of the house of Israel who takes his idols into his heart, or who puts the stumbling block of his iniquity <u> before his face</u> , and who then comes to a prophet—I, Yahweh, will answer him according to the number of his idols. (Ezekiel 14:4 ULT)
> Every man of the house of Israel who takes his idols into his heart, or who puts the stumbling block of his iniquity <u>before his face</u>, and who then comes to a prophet—I, Yahweh, will answer him according to the number of his idols. (Ezekiel 14:4 ULT)
To put something before one’s face is to look at it intently or pay attention to it.
> Many <u> seek the face</u> of the ruler, (Proverbs 29:26 ULT)
> Many <u>seek the face</u> of the ruler, (Proverbs 29:26 ULT)
If someone seeks another person’s face, he hopes that the person will pay attention to him.
> Why do you <u> hide your face</u> and forget our affliction and our oppression? (Psalm 44:24 ULT)
> Why do you <u>hide your face</u> and forget our affliction and our oppression? (Psalm 44:24 ULT)
To hide one’s face from someone is to ignore him.
#### The FACE represents surface
> The famine was over all <u> the face</u> of the whole land. (Genesis 41:56 ULT)
> The famine was over all <u>the face</u> of the whole land. (Genesis 41:56 ULT)
<blockquote> He encloses <u> the face</u> of the moon and spreads his clouds on it. (Job 26:9 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> He encloses <u>the face</u> of the moon and spreads his clouds on it. (Job 26:9 ULT) </blockquote>
#### The HAND represents a person’s agency or power
> Yahweh has burst through my enemies <u> by my hand</u> like a bursting flood of water. (1 Chronicles 14:11 ULT)
> Yahweh has burst through my enemies <u>by my hand</u> like a bursting flood of water. (1 Chronicles 14:11 ULT)
“Yahweh has burst through my enemies by my hand” means “Yahweh has used me to burst through my enemies.”
> <u> Your hand</u> will seize all your enemies; <u> your right hand</u> will seize those who hate you. (Psalm 21:8 ULT)
> <u>Your hand</u> will seize all your enemies; <u>your right hand</u> will seize those who hate you. (Psalm 21:8 ULT)
“Your hand will seize all your enemies” means “By your power you will seize all your enemies.”
> Look, <u> Yahweh’s hand</u> is not so short that it cannot save. (Isaiah 59:1 ULT)
> Look, <u>Yahweh’s hand</u> is not so short that it cannot save. (Isaiah 59:1 ULT)
“His hand is not short” means that he is not weak.
#### The HEAD represents the ruler, the one who has authority over others
> God has subjected all things under Christ’s feet and has <u> made him the head</u> over all things in the church, which is his body, the fullness of him who fills all things in all ways. (Ephesians 1:22 ULT)
> God has subjected all things under Christ’s feet and has <u>made him the head</u> over all things in the church, which is his body, the fullness of him who fills all things in all ways. (Ephesians 1:22 ULT)
<blockquote> Wives should be subject to their own husbands, as to the Lord. For the husband is <u> the head</u> of the wife, as Christ also is <u> the head</u> of the church, and he is the Savior of the body. (Ephesian 5:22-23 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Wives should be subject to their own husbands, as to the Lord. For the husband is <u>the head</u> of the wife, as Christ also is <u>the head</u> of the church, and he is the Savior of the body. (Ephesian 5:22-23 ULT)</blockquote>
#### A MASTER represents anything that motivates someone to act
> No one can serve <u> two masters</u> , for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other. You cannot serve God and wealth. (Matthew 6:24 ULT)
> No one can serve <u>two masters</u>, for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other. You cannot serve God and wealth. (Matthew 6:24 ULT)
To serve God is to be motivated by God. To serve money is to be motivated by money.
#### A NAME represents the person who has that name
> May your God make <u> the name of Solomon</u> better than your name, and make his throne greater than your throne.” 1 Kings 1:47 (ULT)
> May your God make <u>the name of Solomon</u> better than your name, and make his throne greater than your throne.” 1 Kings 1:47 (ULT)
<blockquote> See, I have sworn <u> by my great name</u> —says Yahweh. <u> My name</u> will no longer be called upon by the mouths of any of the men of Judah in all the land of Egypt….” (Jeremiah 44:26 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> See, I have sworn <u>by my great name</u>—says Yahweh. <u>My name</u> will no longer be called upon by the mouths of any of the men of Judah in all the land of Egypt….” (Jeremiah 44:26 ULT) </blockquote>
If someone’s name is great, it means that he is great.
> Listen now to the prayer of your servant and to the prayer of your servants who delight to <u> honor your name</u> …. Nehemiah 1:11 (ULT)
> Listen now to the prayer of your servant and to the prayer of your servants who delight to <u>honor your name</u>…. Nehemiah 1:11 (ULT)
To honor someone’s name is to honor him.
#### A NAME represents the fame or reputation of a person
> You must no longer profane <u> my holy name</u> with your gifts and your idols. Ezekiel 20:39 (ULT)
> You must no longer profane <u>my holy name</u> with your gifts and your idols. Ezekiel 20:39 (ULT)
To profane God’s name is to profane his reputation, that is, to profane how people think about him.
> For I will make <u> my great name</u> holy, which you have profaned among the nations…. Ezekiel 36:23 (ULT)
> For I will make <u>my great name</u> holy, which you have profaned among the nations…. Ezekiel 36:23 (ULT)
To make God’s name holy is to cause people to to see that God is holy.
> Your servants have come here from a land very far away, because of <u> the name</u> of Yahweh your God. We have heard a report about him and about everything that he did in Egypt (Joshua 9:9 ULT)
> Your servants have come here from a land very far away, because of <u>the name</u> of Yahweh your God. We have heard a report about him and about everything that he did in Egypt (Joshua 9:9 ULT)
The fact that the men said they heard a report about Yahweh shows that “because of the name of Yahweh” means because of Yahweh’s reputation.
#### The NOSE represents anger
> Then…the foundations of the world were exposed at your battle cry, Yahweh—at the blast of the breath of <u> your nostrils</u> . (Psalms 18:15 ULT)
> Then…the foundations of the world were exposed at your battle cry, Yahweh—at the blast of the breath of <u>your nostrils</u>. (Psalms 18:15 ULT)
<blockquote> By the blast of <u> your nostrils</u> the waters were piled up…. (Exodus 15:8 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> By the blast of <u>your nostrils</u> the waters were piled up…. (Exodus 15:8 ULT)</blockquote>
> Smoke went up from out of <u> his nostrils</u> , and blazing fire came out of his mouth…. (2 Samuel 22:9 ULT)
> Smoke went up from out of <u>his nostrils</u>, and blazing fire came out of his mouth…. (2 Samuel 22:9 ULT)
<blockquote> …This is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration: ‘My fury will arise in <u> my nostrils</u> !’ (Ezekiel 38:18 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> …This is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration: ‘My fury will arise in <u>my nostrils</u>!’ (Ezekiel 38:18 ULT)</blockquote>
A blast of air or smoke coming from someone’s nose shows his great anger.
#### RAISED EYES represents arrogance
> but you bring down those with <u> proud, uplifted eyes</u> ! (Psalm 18:27 ULT)
> but you bring down those with <u>proud, uplifted eyes</u>! (Psalm 18:27 ULT)
Uplifted eyes show that a person is proud.
> God humbles a proud man, and he saves the one with <u> lowered eyes</u> . (Job 22:29 ULT)
> God humbles a proud man, and he saves the one with <u>lowered eyes</u>. (Job 22:29 ULT)
Lowered eyes show that a person is humble.
#### The SON OF SOMETHING shares its qualities
> no <u> son of wickedness</u> will oppress him. (Psalm 89:22b ULT)
> no <u>son of wickedness</u> will oppress him. (Psalm 89:22b ULT)
A son of wickedness is a wicked person.
> May the groans of the prisoners come before you;
> with the greatness of your power keep the <u> children of death</u> alive. (Psalm 79:11 ULT)
> with the greatness of your power keep the <u>children of death</u> alive. (Psalm 79:11 ULT)
Children of death here are people that others plan to kill.
> We all were once among these unbelievers and acted according to the evil desires of our flesh, doing the will of the flesh and of the mind, and we were by nature <u> children of wrath</u> like the others. (Ephesians 2:3 ULT)
> We all were once among these unbelievers and acted according to the evil desires of our flesh, doing the will of the flesh and of the mind, and we were by nature <u>children of wrath</u> like the others. (Ephesians 2:3 ULT)
Children of wrath here are people with whom God is very angry.

118
translate/bita-humanbehavior/01.md
View File

@ -4,21 +4,21 @@ Some images from the Bible involving human behavior are listed below. The word i
#### BEING BENT OVER represents being discouraged
> Yahweh supports all who are falling and raises up all those who are <u> bent over</u> . (Psalm 145:14 ULT)
> Yahweh supports all who are falling and raises up all those who are <u>bent over</u>. (Psalm 145:14 ULT)
#### BIRTH PAINS represent the suffering that is necessary to achieve a new condition
> <u> Be in pain and labor to give birth</u> , daughter of Zion, like a <u> woman in labor</u> .
> <u>Be in pain and labor to give birth</u>, daughter of Zion, like a <u>woman in labor</u>.
> For now you will go out of the city, live in the field, and go to Babylon.
> There you will be rescued.
> There Yahweh will rescue you from the hand of your enemies. (Micah 4:10 ULT)
<blockquote> For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be famines and earthquakes in various places. But all these things are only the beginning of <u> birth pains</u> . (Matthew 24:7-8 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be famines and earthquakes in various places. But all these things are only the beginning of <u>birth pains</u>. (Matthew 24:7-8 ULT)</blockquote>
> My little children, I am suffering <u> labor pains</u> for you again, until Christ will have been formed in you! (Galatians 4:19 ULT)
> My little children, I am suffering <u>labor pains</u> for you again, until Christ will have been formed in you! (Galatians 4:19 ULT)
#### BEING CALLED SOMETHING represents being that thing
@ -46,54 +46,54 @@ This is because he actually will be dedicated to the Lord.
#### CLEANLINESS represents being acceptable for God’s purposes
Noah built an altar to Yahweh. He took some of the <u> clean</u> animals and some of the <u> clean</u> birds, and offered burnt offerings on the altar. Yahweh smelled the pleasing aroma…(Genesis 8:20 ULT)
Noah built an altar to Yahweh. He took some of the <u>clean</u> animals and some of the <u>clean</u> birds, and offered burnt offerings on the altar. Yahweh smelled the pleasing aroma…(Genesis 8:20 ULT)
> The priest will examine him again on the seventh day to see if the disease is better and has not spread farther in the skin. If it has not, then the priest will pronounce him <u> clean</u> . It is a rash. He must wash his clothes, and then he is <u> clean</u> . (Leviticus 13:6 ULT)
> The priest will examine him again on the seventh day to see if the disease is better and has not spread farther in the skin. If it has not, then the priest will pronounce him <u>clean</u>. It is a rash. He must wash his clothes, and then he is <u>clean</u>. (Leviticus 13:6 ULT)
#### CLEANSING or PURIFYING represents making something acceptable for God’s Purposes
> He must go out to the altar that is before Yahweh and make atonement for it, and he must take some of the bull’s blood and some of the goat’s blood and put it on the horns of the altar all around. He must sprinkle some of the blood on it with his finger seven times to <u> cleanse</u> it and dedicate it to Yahweh, away from the <u> unclean</u> actions of the people of Israel. (Leviticus 16:18-19 ULT)
> He must go out to the altar that is before Yahweh and make atonement for it, and he must take some of the bull’s blood and some of the goat’s blood and put it on the horns of the altar all around. He must sprinkle some of the blood on it with his finger seven times to <u>cleanse</u> it and dedicate it to Yahweh, away from the <u>unclean</u> actions of the people of Israel. (Leviticus 16:18-19 ULT)
<blockquote> This is because on this day atonement will be made for you, to <u> cleanse</u> you from all your sins so you will be <u> clean</u> before Yahweh. (Leviticus 16:30 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> This is because on this day atonement will be made for you, to <u>cleanse</u> you from all your sins so you will be <u>clean</u> before Yahweh. (Leviticus 16:30 ULT)</blockquote>
#### UNCLEANLINESS represents not being acceptable for God’s purposes
> You may eat any animal that has a split hoof and that also chews the cud. However, some animals either chew the cud or have a split hoof, and <u> you must not eat them</u> , animals such as the camel, because it chews the cud but does not have a split hoof. So the camel is <u> unclean</u> for you. (Leviticus 11:3-4 ULT)
> You may eat any animal that has a split hoof and that also chews the cud. However, some animals either chew the cud or have a split hoof, and <u>you must not eat them</u>, animals such as the camel, because it chews the cud but does not have a split hoof. So the camel is <u>unclean</u> for you. (Leviticus 11:3-4 ULT)
<blockquote> And if any of them dies and falls on anything, that thing will be <u> unclean</u> , whether it is made of wood, cloth, leather, or sackcloth. Whatever it is and whatever it is used for, it must be put into water; it will be <u> unclean</u> until evening. Then it will be <u> clean</u> . (Leviticus 11:32 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> And if any of them dies and falls on anything, that thing will be <u>unclean</u>, whether it is made of wood, cloth, leather, or sackcloth. Whatever it is and whatever it is used for, it must be put into water; it will be <u>unclean</u> until evening. Then it will be <u>clean</u>. (Leviticus 11:32 ULT) </blockquote>
#### MAKING SOMETHING UNCLEAN represents making it unacceptable for God’s purposes.
> Or if anyone touches anything God has designated as <u> unclean</u> , whether it be the carcass of an <u> unclean</u> wild animal or the carcass of any livestock that has died, or creeping animal, even if the person did not intend to touch it, he is <u> unclean</u> and <u> guilty</u> . (Leviticus 5:2 ULT)
> Or if anyone touches anything God has designated as <u>unclean</u>, whether it be the carcass of an <u>unclean</u> wild animal or the carcass of any livestock that has died, or creeping animal, even if the person did not intend to touch it, he is <u>unclean</u> and <u>guilty</u>. (Leviticus 5:2 ULT)
#### BEING CUT OFF FROM SOMETHING represents being separated from it
> Uzziah, the king, was a leper to the day of his death, and lived in a separate house, since he was a leper; for he was <u> cut off from the house of Yahweh.</u> (2 Chronicles 26:21 ULT)
> Uzziah, the king, was a leper to the day of his death, and lived in a separate house, since he was a leper; for he was <u>cut off from the house of Yahweh.</u> (2 Chronicles 26:21 ULT)
#### BEING CUT OFF represents being killed
> So you must keep the Sabbath, for it must be treated by you as holy, reserved for him. Everyone who defiles it must surely <u> be put to death</u> . Whoever works on the Sabbath, that person must surely <u> be cut off from his people</u> . (Exodus 31:14-15 ULT)
> So you must keep the Sabbath, for it must be treated by you as holy, reserved for him. Everyone who defiles it must surely <u>be put to death</u>. Whoever works on the Sabbath, that person must surely <u>be cut off from his people</u>. (Exodus 31:14-15 ULT)
<blockquote> Whoever does not humble himself on that day must be <u> cut off from his people</u> . Whoever does any work on that day, <u> I, Yahweh, will destroy him</u> from among his people. (Leviticus 23:29-30 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> Whoever does not humble himself on that day must be <u>cut off from his people</u>. Whoever does any work on that day, <u>I, Yahweh, will destroy him</u> from among his people. (Leviticus 23:29-30 ULT) </blockquote>
> But he was <u> cut off</u> from the land of the living. (Isaiah 53:8 ULT)
> But he was <u>cut off</u> from the land of the living. (Isaiah 53:8 ULT)
#### COMING AND STANDING BEFORE SOMEONE represents serving him
<blockquote> How blessed are your people, and how blessed are your servants who constantly <u> stand before you</u> , because they hear your wisdom. (1 Kings 10:8 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> How blessed are your people, and how blessed are your servants who constantly <u>stand before you</u>, because they hear your wisdom. (1 Kings 10:8 ULT)</blockquote>
> Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness <u> come before you</u> . (Psalm 89:14 ULT)
> Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness <u>come before you</u>. (Psalm 89:14 ULT)
Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness are also personified here. (see [Personification](../figs-personification/01.md))
@ -103,177 +103,177 @@ Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness are also personified here. (see [Perso
Too much wine makes a person weak and he staggers. So too, when God judges people, they become weak and stagger. So the idea of wine is used to represent God’s judgment.
> You have shown your people severe things;
> you have made us <u> drink the wine of staggering</u> . (Psalm 60:3 ULT)
> you have made us <u>drink the wine of staggering</u>. (Psalm 60:3 ULT)
Another example from Psalm.
> But God is the judge;
> he brings one down and raises up another.
> For Yahweh holds a cup in his hand of <u> foaming wine</u> ,
> For Yahweh holds a cup in his hand of <u>foaming wine</u>,
> which is mixed with spices, and pours it out.
> Surely all the wicked of the earth will <u> drink it</u> to the last drop. (Psalm 75:8 ULT)
> Surely all the wicked of the earth will <u>drink it</u> to the last drop. (Psalm 75:8 ULT)
An example from Revelation.
> he also will drink the <u> wine</u> of God’s wrath, the <u> wine</u> that has been prepared and poured unmixed into the cup of his anger. (Revelation 14:10 ULT)
> he also will drink the <u>wine</u> of God’s wrath, the <u>wine</u> that has been prepared and poured unmixed into the cup of his anger. (Revelation 14:10 ULT)
#### EATING UP represents destroying
> God brings [Israel] out of Egypt.
> He has strength like a wild ox.
> <u> He will eat up the nations who fight against him</u> .
> <u>He will eat up the nations who fight against him</u>.
> He will break their bones to pieces.
> He will shoot them with his arrows. Numbers 24:8 ULT)
Another word for “eat up” is devour.
> Therefore as <u> the tongue of fire devours stubble</u> , and as the dry grass goes down in flame,
> Therefore as <u>the tongue of fire devours stubble</u>, and as the dry grass goes down in flame,
> so their root will rot, and their blossom will blow away like dust, (Isaiah 5:24 ULT)
Another example from Isaiah.
> Therefore Yahweh will raise up against him, Rezin, his adversary, and will stir up his enemies,
> the Arameans on the east, and the Philistines on the west.
> <u> They will devour Israel with open mouth</u> . (Isaiah 9:11-12 ULT)
> <u>They will devour Israel with open mouth</u>. (Isaiah 9:11-12 ULT)
An example from Deuteronomy.
> I will make my arrows drunk with blood,
> and <u> my sword will devour flesh</u>
> and <u>my sword will devour flesh</u>
> with the blood of the killed and the captives,
> and from the heads of the leaders of the enemy. (Deuteronomy 32:42 ULT)
#### FALLING UPON or BEING UPON represents affecting
<blockquote> Yahweh God caused a deep sleep to <u> fall upon</u> the man, so the man slept. (Genesis 2:21 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Yahweh God caused a deep sleep to <u>fall upon</u> the man, so the man slept. (Genesis 2:21 ULT)</blockquote>
> Would not his majesty make you afraid?
> Would not his dread <u> fall upon</u> you? (Job 13:11 ULT)
> Would not his dread <u>fall upon</u> you? (Job 13:11 ULT)
<blockquote> Then the Spirit of Yahweh <u> fell on me</u> and he said to me… (Ezekiel 11:5 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Then the Spirit of Yahweh <u>fell on me</u> and he said to me… (Ezekiel 11:5 ULT)</blockquote>
> Now look, the hand of the Lord <u> is upon you</u> , and you will become blind. (Acts 13:11 ULT)
> Now look, the hand of the Lord <u>is upon you</u>, and you will become blind. (Acts 13:11 ULT)
#### FOLLOWING SOMEONE represents being loyal to him
> They broke away from Yahweh, the God of their fathers, who had brought them out of the land of Egypt. <u> They went after other gods</u> , the very gods of the peoples who were around them, and they bowed down to them. They provoked Yahweh to anger because they broke away from Yahweh and worshiped Baal and the Ashtoreths.
> They broke away from Yahweh, the God of their fathers, who had brought them out of the land of Egypt. <u>They went after other gods</u>, the very gods of the peoples who were around them, and they bowed down to them. They provoked Yahweh to anger because they broke away from Yahweh and worshiped Baal and the Ashtoreths.
<blockquote> For Solomon <u> followed</u> Ashtoreth, the goddess of the Sidonians, and <u> he followed</u> Milcom, the disgusting idol of the Ammonites. (1 Kings 11:5 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> For Solomon <u>followed</u> Ashtoreth, the goddess of the Sidonians, and <u>he followed</u> Milcom, the disgusting idol of the Ammonites. (1 Kings 11:5 ULT)</blockquote>
> Not one of them who despised me will see it, except for my servant Caleb, because he had another spirit. <u> He has followed me fully</u> ; I will bring him into the land which he went to examine. His descendants will possess it. (Numbers 14:23-24 ULT)
> Not one of them who despised me will see it, except for my servant Caleb, because he had another spirit. <u>He has followed me fully</u>; I will bring him into the land which he went to examine. His descendants will possess it. (Numbers 14:23-24 ULT)
#### GOING BEFORE, ACCOMPANYING, OR FOLLOWING A KING WITH HIS OTHER ATTENDANTS represents serving him
> See, his reward is <u> with him</u> , and his recompense is <u> going before him</u> . (Isaiah 62:11 ULT)
> See, his reward is <u>with him</u>, and his recompense is <u>going before him</u>. (Isaiah 62:11 ULT)
<blockquote> Righteousness will <u> go before him</u> and make a way for his footsteps. (Psalm 85:13 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Righteousness will <u>go before him</u> and make a way for his footsteps. (Psalm 85:13 ULT)</blockquote>
#### INHERITING is permanently possessing something
> Then the King will say to those on his right hand, “Come, you who have been blessed by my Father, <u> inherit</u> the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world.” (Matthew 25:34)
> Then the King will say to those on his right hand, “Come, you who have been blessed by my Father, <u>inherit</u> the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world.” (Matthew 25:34)
The blessing of God’s complete rule is given as the permanent possession to those to whom the King is speaking.
> Now this I say, brothers and sisters, that flesh and blood cannot <u> inherit</u> the kingdom of God. Neither does what is perishable <u> inherit</u> what is imperishable. (1 Corinthians 15:50 ULT)
> Now this I say, brothers and sisters, that flesh and blood cannot <u>inherit</u> the kingdom of God. Neither does what is perishable <u>inherit</u> what is imperishable. (1 Corinthians 15:50 ULT)
People cannot receive the kingdom of God in its complete form as a permanent possession while they are still in their mortal bodies.
An **INHERITANCE** is something that someone permanently possesses
> You will bring them and plant them on the mountain of your <u> inheritance</u> . (Exodus 15:17 ULT)
> You will bring them and plant them on the mountain of your <u>inheritance</u>. (Exodus 15:17 ULT)
The mountain where God will be worshiped is viewed as his permanent possession.
> Pardon our iniquity and our sin, and take us as your <u> inheritance</u> . (Exodus 34:9 ULT)
> Pardon our iniquity and our sin, and take us as your <u>inheritance</u>. (Exodus 34:9 ULT)
Moses asks God to still accept the people of Israel as his special possession, that is, as the people permanently belonging to him.
> the richness of the glory of his <u> inheritance</u> among those who are set apart for him. (Ephesians 1:18 ULT)
> the richness of the glory of his <u>inheritance</u> among those who are set apart for him. (Ephesians 1:18 ULT)
The wonderful things that God will give all who are set apart for him is viewed as their permanent possession.
An **HEIR** is someone who permanently possesses something
> For it was not through the law that the promise was given to Abraham and to his descendants, this promise that they would be <u> heirs</u> of the world. (Romans 4:13 ULT)
> For it was not through the law that the promise was given to Abraham and to his descendants, this promise that they would be <u>heirs</u> of the world. (Romans 4:13 ULT)
The promise was that Abraham and his descendants would permanently possess the entire world.
> God has spoken to us by a Son, whom he appointed to be the <u> heir</u> of all things. (Hebrews 1:2 ULT)
> God has spoken to us by a Son, whom he appointed to be the <u>heir</u> of all things. (Hebrews 1:2 ULT)
God’s Son will receive all things as a permanent possession.
> It was by faith that Noah…condemned the world and became an <u> heir</u> of the righteousness that comes through faith. (Hebrews 11:7 ULT)
> It was by faith that Noah…condemned the world and became an <u>heir</u> of the righteousness that comes through faith. (Hebrews 11:7 ULT)
Noah received righteousness as a permanent possession.
#### LYING DOWN represents DYING
<blockquote> When your days are fulfilled and you <u> lie down with your fathers</u> , I will raise up a descendant after you, (2 Samuel 7:12 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> When your days are fulfilled and you <u>lie down with your fathers</u>, I will raise up a descendant after you, (2 Samuel 7:12 ULT)</blockquote>
> Ask them, ‘Are you really more beautiful than anyone else? <u> Go down and lie</u> with the uncircumcised!’
> Ask them, ‘Are you really more beautiful than anyone else? <u>Go down and lie</u> with the uncircumcised!’
> They will fall among those who were killed by the sword! Egypt is given to the sword; her enemies will seize her and her servants! (Ezekiel 32:19-20 ULT)
#### REIGNING OR RULING represents controlling
> This happened so that, as sin <u> ruled</u> in death, even so grace might <u> rule</u> through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord. (Romans 5:21 ULT)
> This happened so that, as sin <u>ruled</u> in death, even so grace might <u>rule</u> through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord. (Romans 5:21 ULT)
<blockquote> Therefore do not let sin <u> rule</u> in your mortal body in order that you obey its lusts. (Romans 6:12 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Therefore do not let sin <u>rule</u> in your mortal body in order that you obey its lusts. (Romans 6:12 ULT)</blockquote>
#### RESTING or a RESTING PLACE represents a permanent beneficial situation
> Naomi her mother-in-law said to her, “My daughter, should I not seek a place for you to <u> rest</u> , so that things may go well for you?” (Ruth 3:1 ULT)
> Naomi her mother-in-law said to her, “My daughter, should I not seek a place for you to <u>rest</u>, so that things may go well for you?” (Ruth 3:1 ULT)
<blockquote> Therefore I vowed in my anger that they would never enter into my <u> resting place</u> . (Psalm 95:11 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Therefore I vowed in my anger that they would never enter into my <u>resting place</u>. (Psalm 95:11 ULT)</blockquote>
> This is my <u> resting place</u> forever; I will live here, for I desire her [Zion]. (Psalm 132:14 ULT)
> This is my <u>resting place</u> forever; I will live here, for I desire her [Zion]. (Psalm 132:14 ULT)
<blockquote> The nations will seek him out, and his <u> resting place</u> will be glorious. (Isaiah 11:10 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> The nations will seek him out, and his <u>resting place</u> will be glorious. (Isaiah 11:10 ULT)</blockquote>
#### RISING, STANDING UP represents acting
> <u> Rise up</u> for our help and redeem us for the sake of your covenant faithfulness. (Psalm 44:26 ULT)
> <u>Rise up</u> for our help and redeem us for the sake of your covenant faithfulness. (Psalm 44:26 ULT)
#### SEEING SOMETHING represents being there
> You will not let the one who has covenant faithfulness <u> see</u> the pit. (Psalm 16:10 ULT)
> You will not let the one who has covenant faithfulness <u>see</u> the pit. (Psalm 16:10 ULT)
#### SELLING represents handing over to someone’s control. BUYING represents removing from someone’s control
> [Yahweh] <u> sold</u> [the Israelites] into the hand of Cushan Rishathaim king of Aram Naharaim. (Judges 3:8 ULT)
> [Yahweh] <u>sold</u> [the Israelites] into the hand of Cushan Rishathaim king of Aram Naharaim. (Judges 3:8 ULT)
#### SITTING IS RULING
> A throne will be established in covenant faithfulness, and one from David’s tent will faithfully <u> sit</u> there. ( Isaiah 16:5 ULT)
> A throne will be established in covenant faithfulness, and one from David’s tent will faithfully <u>sit</u> there. ( Isaiah 16:5 ULT)
#### STANDING represents successfully resisting
> So the wicked will not <u> stand</u> in the judgment, nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous. (Psalm 1:2 ULT)
> So the wicked will not <u>stand</u> in the judgment, nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous. (Psalm 1:2 ULT)
#### WALKING represents behaving and PATH (WAY) represents behavior
> Blessed is the man who does not <u> walk</u> in the advice of the wicked. Psalm 1:1 ULT)
> Blessed is the man who does not <u>walk</u> in the advice of the wicked. Psalm 1:1 ULT)
<blockquote> For Yahweh approves of the <u> way</u> of the righteous. (Psalm 1:6 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> For Yahweh approves of the <u>way</u> of the righteous. (Psalm 1:6 ULT)</blockquote>
> Turn from me the <u> path</u> of deceit. (Psalm 119:28 ULT)
> Turn from me the <u>path</u> of deceit. (Psalm 119:28 ULT)
<blockquote> I will run in the <u> path</u> of your commandments. (Psalm 119:32 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> I will run in the <u>path</u> of your commandments. (Psalm 119:32 ULT)</blockquote>

24
translate/bita-manmade/01.md
View File

@ -4,46 +4,46 @@ Some images from the Bible involving man-made objects are listed below in alphab
#### BRONZE represents strength
> He trains…my arms to bend a bow of <u> bronze</u> . Psalm 18:34 ULT)
> He trains…my arms to bend a bow of <u>bronze</u>. Psalm 18:34 ULT)
#### CHAINS represent control
> Let us tear off the <u> shackles</u> they put on us and throw off their <u> chains</u> . Psalm 2:3
> Let us tear off the <u>shackles</u> they put on us and throw off their <u>chains</u>. Psalm 2:3
#### CLOTHING represents moral qualities (emotions, attitudes, spirit, life)
> It is God who puts strength on me like a <u> belt</u> . (Psalm 18:32 ULT)
> It is God who puts strength on me like a <u>belt</u>. (Psalm 18:32 ULT)
<blockquote> Righteousness will be the <u> belt of his waist</u> , and faithfulness the <u> belt around his hips</u> . (Isaiah 11:5 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Righteousness will be the <u>belt of his waist</u>, and faithfulness the <u>belt around his hips</u>. (Isaiah 11:5 ULT)</blockquote>
> May my adversaries be <u> clothed with shame</u> ; may they <u> wear their shame like a robe</u> . (Psalm 109:29 ULT)
> May my adversaries be <u>clothed with shame</u>; may they <u>wear their shame like a robe</u>. (Psalm 109:29 ULT)
<blockquote> I will <u> clothe his enemies with shame</u> . (Psalm 132:18 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> I will <u>clothe his enemies with shame</u>. (Psalm 132:18 ULT)</blockquote>
#### A SNARE (A LIGHT TRAP FOR BIRDS WORKED BY CORDS) represents death
> For he will rescue you from the <u> snare</u> of the hunter. (Psalm 91:3 ULT)
> For he will rescue you from the <u>snare</u> of the hunter. (Psalm 91:3 ULT)
<blockquote> The <u> cords of death</u> surrounded me, and the <u> snares</u> of sheol confronted me. (Psalm 116:3 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> The <u>cords of death</u> surrounded me, and the <u>snares</u> of sheol confronted me. (Psalm 116:3 ULT)</blockquote>
> The <u> cords of the wicked</u> have <u> ensnared</u> me. (Psalm 119:61 ULT)
> The <u>cords of the wicked</u> have <u>ensnared</u> me. (Psalm 119:61 ULT)
<blockquote> The wicked have <u> set a snare</u> for me. (Psalm 119:110 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> The wicked have <u>set a snare</u> for me. (Psalm 119:110 ULT)</blockquote>
> The wicked is <u> ensnared</u> by his own actions. (Psalm 9:16 ULT)
> The wicked is <u>ensnared</u> by his own actions. (Psalm 9:16 ULT)
> They mingled with the nations and learned their ways and worshiped their idols, which became <u> a snare</u> to them. (Psalm 106:35-36 ULT)
> They mingled with the nations and learned their ways and worshiped their idols, which became <u>a snare</u> to them. (Psalm 106:35-36 ULT)
In this case the snare was a persuasion to do evil, which leads to death.

12
translate/bita-part1/01.md
View File

@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ In all languages, most **metaphors** come from broad patterns of pairings of ide
The patterns found in the Bible are often unique to the Hebrew and Greek languages. It is useful to recognize these patterns because they repeatedly present translators with the same problems on how to translate them. Once translators think through how they will handle these translation challenges, they will be ready to meet them anywhere.
For example, one pattern of pairings in the Bible is of <u> walking</u> with “behaving” and <u> a path</u> with a kind of behavior. In Psalm 1:1 the walking in the advice of the wicked represents doing what wicked people say to do.
For example, one pattern of pairings in the Bible is of <u>walking</u> with “behaving” and <u>a path</u> with a kind of behavior. In Psalm 1:1 the walking in the advice of the wicked represents doing what wicked people say to do.
> Blessed is the man who does not <u> walk</u> in the advice of the wicked (Psalm 1:1 ULT)
> Blessed is the man who does not <u>walk</u> in the advice of the wicked (Psalm 1:1 ULT)
This pattern is also seen in Psalm 119:32 where running in the path of God’s commands represents doing what God commands. Since running is more intense than walking, the idea of running here might give the idea of doing this whole-heartedly.
> I will <u> run in the path</u> of your commandments. (Psalm 119:32 ULT)
> I will <u>run in the path</u> of your commandments. (Psalm 119:32 ULT)
#### Reasons this is a translation Issue
@ -28,17 +28,17 @@ These patterns present three challenges to anyone who wants to identify them:
In 1 Kings 7:50, a lamp trimmer is a tool for trimming the wick on an ordinary lamp. In 2 Samuel 21:17 the lamp of Israel represents King David’s life. When his men were concerned that he might “put out the lamp of Israel” they were concerned that he might be killed.
<blockquote> The cups, <u> lamp</u> trimmers, basins, spoons, and incense burners were all made of pure gold. (1 Kings 7:50 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> The cups, <u>lamp</u> trimmers, basins, spoons, and incense burners were all made of pure gold. (1 Kings 7:50 ULT)</blockquote>
> Ishbibenob…intended to kill David. But Abishai the son of Zeruiah rescued David, attacked the Philistine, and killed him. Then the men of David swore to him, saying, “You must not go to battle anymore with us, so that you do not put out the <u> lamp</u> of Israel.” (2 Samuel 21:16-17 ULT)
> Ishbibenob…intended to kill David. But Abishai the son of Zeruiah rescued David, attacked the Philistine, and killed him. Then the men of David swore to him, saying, “You must not go to battle anymore with us, so that you do not put out the <u>lamp</u> of Israel.” (2 Samuel 21:16-17 ULT)
1. Expressions that are based on these pairings of ideas frequently combine together in complex ways. Moreover, they frequently combine with—and in some cases are based on—common metonymies and cultural models. (see [Biblical Imagery - Common Metonymies](../bita-part2/01.md) and [Biblical Imagery - Cultural Models](../bita-part3/01.md))
For example, in 2 Samuel 14:7 below, “the burning coal” is an image for the life of the son, who represents what will cause people to remember his father. So there are two patterns of pairings here: the pairing of the burning coal with the life of the son, and the pairing of the son with the memory of his father.
> They say, ‘Hand over the man who struck his brother, so that we may put him to death, to pay for the life of his brother whom he killed.’ And so they would also destroy the heir. Thus they will put out <u> the burning coal</u> that I have left, and they will leave for <u> my husband neither name nor descendant</u> on the surface of the earth. (2 Samuel 14:7 ULT)
> They say, ‘Hand over the man who struck his brother, so that we may put him to death, to pay for the life of his brother whom he killed.’ And so they would also destroy the heir. Thus they will put out <u>the burning coal</u> that I have left, and they will leave for <u>my husband neither name nor descendant</u> on the surface of the earth. (2 Samuel 14:7 ULT)
#### Links to Lists of Images in the Bible

26
translate/bita-part2/01.md
View File

@ -4,22 +4,22 @@ Some common metonymies from the Bible are listed below in alphabetical order. Th
#### A CUP or bowl represents what is in it
> my <u> cup</u> runs over. (Psalm 23:5 ULT)
> my <u>cup</u> runs over. (Psalm 23:5 ULT)
There is so much in the cup that it runs over the top of the cup.
> For every time you eat this bread and drink this <u> cup</u> , you proclaim the Lord’s death until he comes. (1 Corinthians 11:26 ULT)
> For every time you eat this bread and drink this <u>cup</u>, you proclaim the Lord’s death until he comes. (1 Corinthians 11:26 ULT)
People do not drink cups. They drink what is in the cup.
#### The MOUTH represents speech or words
> A fool’s <u> mouth</u> is his ruin. (Proverbs 18:7 ULT)
> A fool’s <u>mouth</u> is his ruin. (Proverbs 18:7 ULT)
<blockquote> Oh, how I would encourage you with my <u> mouth</u> ! (Job 16:5 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> Oh, how I would encourage you with my <u>mouth</u>! (Job 16:5 ULT) </blockquote>
> I heard you when you boasted against me with your <u> mouth</u> ; you said many things against me. I heard them. (Ezekiel 35:13 ULT)
> I heard you when you boasted against me with your <u>mouth</u>; you said many things against me. I heard them. (Ezekiel 35:13 ULT)
In these examples the mouth refers to what a person says.
@ -30,20 +30,20 @@ The memory of a person represents his descendants, because they are the ones who
> You terrified the nations with your battle cry;
> you have destroyed the wicked;
> you have blotted out <u> their memory</u> forever.
> you have blotted out <u>their memory</u> forever.
> The enemy crumbled like ruins
> when you overthrew their cities.
> All <u> remembrance of them</u> has perished. (Psalm 9:5-6 ULT)
> All <u>remembrance of them</u> has perished. (Psalm 9:5-6 ULT)
<blockquote> <u> His memory</u> will perish from the earth (Job 18:17 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> <u>His memory</u> will perish from the earth (Job 18:17 ULT) </blockquote>
> Yahweh is against evildoers,
> in order to wipe out <u> their memory</u> from the earth. (Psalm 34:16 ULT)
> in order to wipe out <u>their memory</u> from the earth. (Psalm 34:16 ULT)
#### ONE PERSON represents a group of people
> For <u> the wicked person</u> boasts of his deepest desires;
> For <u>the wicked person</u> boasts of his deepest desires;
> he blesses the greedy and insults Yahweh. (Psalm 10:3 ULT)
This does not refer to a particular wicked person, but to wicked people in general.
@ -65,16 +65,16 @@ Here when it says “Abram” it represents Abram and all the people traveling w
#### PIERCING represents killing
> His hand <u> pierced</u> the fleeing serpent. (Job 26:13 ULT)
> His hand <u>pierced</u> the fleeing serpent. (Job 26:13 ULT)
This means that he killed the serpent.
> Look, he is coming with the clouds; every eye will see him, including those who <u> pierced</u> him. (Revelation 1:7 ULT)
> Look, he is coming with the clouds; every eye will see him, including those who <u>pierced</u> him. (Revelation 1:7 ULT)
“Those who pierced him” refers to those who killed Jesus.
#### SINS (INIQUITY) represent punishment for those sins
> Yahweh has placed on him the <u> iniquity</u> of us all (Isaiah 53:6 ULT)
> Yahweh has placed on him the <u>iniquity</u> of us all (Isaiah 53:6 ULT)
This means that Yahweh placed on him the punishment that should have gone to all of us.

132
translate/bita-part3/01.md
View File

@ -10,130 +10,130 @@ Some cultural models, or mental pictures, found in the Bible are listed below. F
Although the Bible explicitly denies that God is a human being, he is often spoken of as doing things that humans do. But God is not human, so when the Bible says that God speaks, we should not think that he has vocal chords that vibrate. And when it says something about him doing something with his hand, we should not think that he has a physical hand.
> If we hear <u> the voice of Yahweh our God</u> any longer, we will die. (Deuteronomy 5:25 ULT)
> If we hear <u>the voice of Yahweh our God</u> any longer, we will die. (Deuteronomy 5:25 ULT)
<blockquote> I have been strengthened by <u> the hand of Yahweh my God</u> (Ezra 7:28 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> I have been strengthened by <u>the hand of Yahweh my God</u> (Ezra 7:28 ULT)</blockquote>
> <u> The hand of God</u> also came on Judah, to give them one heart to carry out the command of the king and leaders by the word of Yahweh (2 Chronicles 30:12 ULT)
> <u>The hand of God</u> also came on Judah, to give them one heart to carry out the command of the king and leaders by the word of Yahweh (2 Chronicles 30:12 ULT)
The word “hand” here is a metonym that refers to God’s power. (See: [Metonymy](../figs-metonymy/01.md))
#### God is modeled as a KING
> For God is the <u> King</u> over all the earth; (Psalm 47:7 ULT)
> For God is the <u>King</u> over all the earth; (Psalm 47:7 ULT)
> For the <u> kingdom</u> is Yahweh’s;
> he is the <u> ruler</u> over the nations. (Psalm 22:28 ULT)
> For the <u>kingdom</u> is Yahweh’s;
> he is the <u>ruler</u> over the nations. (Psalm 22:28 ULT)
> Your <u> throne</u> , God, is forever and ever;
> a <u> scepter</u> of justice is the scepter of your <u> kingdom</u> . (Psalm 45:6 ULT)
> Your <u>throne</u>, God, is forever and ever;
> a <u>scepter</u> of justice is the scepter of your <u>kingdom</u>. (Psalm 45:6 ULT)
> This is what Yahweh says,
> “Heaven is my <u> throne</u> , and the earth is my <u> footstool</u> . (Isaiah 66:1 ULT)
> “Heaven is my <u>throne</u>, and the earth is my <u>footstool</u>. (Isaiah 66:1 ULT)
> God <u> reigns</u> over the nations;
> God sits on his holy <u> throne</u> .
> The <u> princes</u> of the peoples have gathered together
> God <u>reigns</u> over the nations;
> God sits on his holy <u>throne</u>.
> The <u>princes</u> of the peoples have gathered together
> to the people of the God of Abraham;
> for the <u> shields</u> of the earth belong to God;
> for the <u>shields</u> of the earth belong to God;
> he is greatly exalted. (Psalm 47:8-9 ULT)
#### God is modeled as a SHEPHERD and his people are modeled as SHEEP
> Yahweh is <u> my shepherd</u> ; I will lack nothing. (Psalm 23:1 ULT)
> Yahweh is <u>my shepherd</u>; I will lack nothing. (Psalm 23:1 ULT)
His people are sheep.
> For he is our God, and we are the people of <u> his pasture</u> and the <u> sheep of his hand</u> . (Psalm 95:7 ULT)
> For he is our God, and we are the people of <u>his pasture</u> and the <u>sheep of his hand</u>. (Psalm 95:7 ULT)
He leads his people like sheep.
> He led his own people out <u> like sheep</u> and guided them through the wilderness <u> like a flock</u> . (Psalm 78:52 ULT)
> He led his own people out <u>like sheep</u> and guided them through the wilderness <u>like a flock</u>. (Psalm 78:52 ULT)
He is willing to die in order to save his sheep.
> I am the good shepherd, and I know my own, and my own know me. The Father knows me, and I know the Father, and <u> I lay down my life for the sheep</u> . I have other sheep that are not of this fold. Those, also, I must bring, and they will hear my voice so that there will be one flock and one shepherd. (John 10:14-15 ULT)
> I am the good shepherd, and I know my own, and my own know me. The Father knows me, and I know the Father, and <u>I lay down my life for the sheep</u>. I have other sheep that are not of this fold. Those, also, I must bring, and they will hear my voice so that there will be one flock and one shepherd. (John 10:14-15 ULT)
#### God is modeled as a WARRIOR
> Yahweh is a <u> warrior</u> ; (Exodus 15:3 ULT)
> Yahweh is a <u>warrior</u>; (Exodus 15:3 ULT)
> Yahweh will go out as a <u> warrior</u> ; he will proceed as a <u> man of war</u> . He will stir up his zeal.
> He will shout, yes, he will roar his <u> battle cries</u> ; he will <u> show his enemies his power</u> . (Isaiah 42:13 ULT)
> Yahweh will go out as a <u>warrior</u>; he will proceed as a <u>man of war</u>. He will stir up his zeal.
> He will shout, yes, he will roar his <u>battle cries</u>; he will <u>show his enemies his power</u>. (Isaiah 42:13 ULT)
> Your right hand, Yahweh, is <u> glorious in power</u> ;
> your right hand, Yahweh, <u> has shattered the enemy</u> . (Exodus 15:6 ULT)
> Your right hand, Yahweh, is <u>glorious in power</u>;
> your right hand, Yahweh, <u>has shattered the enemy</u>. (Exodus 15:6 ULT)
> But <u> God will shoot them</u> ;
> suddenly they will be <u> wounded with his arrows</u> . (Psalm 65:7 ULT)
> But <u>God will shoot them</u>;
> suddenly they will be <u>wounded with his arrows</u>. (Psalm 65:7 ULT)
<blockquote> For you will turn them back; <u> you will draw your bow</u> before them. (Psalm 21:12 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> For you will turn them back; <u>you will draw your bow</u> before them. (Psalm 21:12 ULT)</blockquote>
#### A leader is modeled as a SHEPHERD and those he leads are modeled as SHEEP
> Then all the tribes of Israel came to David at Hebron and said, “Look…when Saul was king over us, it was you who led the Israelite army. Yahweh said to you, ‘You will <u> shepherd</u> my people Israel, and you will become ruler over Israel.’ “ (2 Samuel 5:1-2 ULT)
> Then all the tribes of Israel came to David at Hebron and said, “Look…when Saul was king over us, it was you who led the Israelite army. Yahweh said to you, ‘You will <u>shepherd</u> my people Israel, and you will become ruler over Israel.’ “ (2 Samuel 5:1-2 ULT)
<blockquote> “Woe to the <u> shepherds</u> who destroy and scatter the <u> sheep</u> of my <u> pasture</u> —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” (Jeremiah 23:1 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> “Woe to the <u>shepherds</u> who destroy and scatter the <u>sheep</u> of my <u>pasture</u>—this is Yahweh’s declaration.” (Jeremiah 23:1 ULT)</blockquote>
> Therefore be careful about yourselves, and about all the <u> flock</u> of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to <u> shepherd</u> the assembly of the Lord, which he purchased with his own blood. 29I know that after my departure, vicious wolves will enter in among you, and not spare the <u> flock</u> . I know that from even among your own selves some men shall come and say corrupt things, in order to draw away the disciples after them. (Acts 20:28-30 ULT)
> Therefore be careful about yourselves, and about all the <u>flock</u> of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to <u>shepherd</u> the assembly of the Lord, which he purchased with his own blood. 29I know that after my departure, vicious wolves will enter in among you, and not spare the <u>flock</u>. I know that from even among your own selves some men shall come and say corrupt things, in order to draw away the disciples after them. (Acts 20:28-30 ULT)
#### The eye is modeled as a LAMP
Variations of this model and the model of the EVIL EYE are found in many parts of the world. In most of the cultures represented in the Bible, these models included the following elements:
People see objects, not because of light around the object, but because of light that shines from their eyes onto those objects.
> The eye is the <u> lamp</u> of the body. Therefore, if your eye is good, the whole body is <u> filled with light</u> . (Matthew 6:22 ULT)
> The eye is the <u>lamp</u> of the body. Therefore, if your eye is good, the whole body is <u>filled with light</u>. (Matthew 6:22 ULT)
This light shining from the eyes carries with itself the viewer’s character.
> The appetite of the wicked craves evil; his neighbor sees no <u> kindness in his eyes</u> . (Proverbs 21:10 ULT)
> The appetite of the wicked craves evil; his neighbor sees no <u>kindness in his eyes</u>. (Proverbs 21:10 ULT)
#### Envy and cursing are modeled as looking with an EVIL EYE at someone, and favor is modeled as looking with a GOOD EYE at someone
The primary emotion of a person with the evil eye is envy. The Greek word translated as “envy” in Mark 7 is “eye,” which refers here to an evil eye.
> He said, “It is that which comes out of the person that defiles him. For from within a person, out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts…, <u> envy</u> …. (Mark 7:20-22 ULT)
> He said, “It is that which comes out of the person that defiles him. For from within a person, out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts…, <u>envy</u>…. (Mark 7:20-22 ULT)
The context for Matthew 20:15 includes the emotion of envy. “Is your eye evil?” means “Are you envious?”
> Is it not legitimate for me to do what I wish with my own possessions? Or is your <u> eye evil</u> because I am good? (Matthew 20:15 ULT)
> Is it not legitimate for me to do what I wish with my own possessions? Or is your <u>eye evil</u> because I am good? (Matthew 20:15 ULT)
If a person’s eye is evil, that person is envious of other people’s money.
> The eye is the lamp of the body. Therefore, if your <u> eye is good</u> , the whole body is filled with light. But if your <u> eye is bad</u> , your whole body is full of darkness. Therefore, if the light that is in you is actually darkness, how great is that darkness! No one can serve two masters, for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other. <u> You cannot serve God and wealth</u> . (Matthew 6:22-24 ULT)
> The eye is the lamp of the body. Therefore, if your <u>eye is good</u>, the whole body is filled with light. But if your <u>eye is bad</u>, your whole body is full of darkness. Therefore, if the light that is in you is actually darkness, how great is that darkness! No one can serve two masters, for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other. <u>You cannot serve God and wealth</u>. (Matthew 6:22-24 ULT)
A person who is envious might put a curse or enchantment on someone by looking at him with an evil eye.
> Foolish Galatians, whose <u> evil eye</u> has harmed you? (Galatians 3:1 ULT)
> Foolish Galatians, whose <u>evil eye</u> has harmed you? (Galatians 3:1 ULT)
A person with a good eye can put a blessing on someone by looking at him.
> If I have found <u> favor in your eyes</u> …(1 Samuel 27:5 ULT)
> If I have found <u>favor in your eyes</u>…(1 Samuel 27:5 ULT)
#### Life is modeled as BLOOD
In this model, the blood of a person or an animal represents its life.
> But you must not eat meat with <u> its life—that is its blood</u> —in it. (Genesis 9:4 ULT)
> But you must not eat meat with <u>its life—that is its blood</u>—in it. (Genesis 9:4 ULT)
If blood is spilled or shed, someone has been killed.
> Whoever <u> sheds man’s blood</u> , by man will his <u> blood be shed</u> , (Genesis 9:6 ULT)
> Whoever <u>sheds man’s blood</u>, by man will his <u>blood be shed</u>, (Genesis 9:6 ULT)
<blockquote> In this way, this person would not die by the hand of the one who wanted to avenge <u> the blood that was shed</u> , until the accused person would first stand before the assembly. (Joshua 20:9 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> In this way, this person would not die by the hand of the one who wanted to avenge <u>the blood that was shed</u>, until the accused person would first stand before the assembly. (Joshua 20:9 ULT)</blockquote>
If blood cries out, nature itself is crying out for vengeance on a person who killed someone. (This also includes personification, because the blood is pictured as someone that can cry out. See: [Personification](../figs-personification/01.md))
> Yahweh said, “What have you done? <u> Your brother’s blood is calling out to me</u> from the ground. (Genesis 4:10 ULT)
> Yahweh said, “What have you done? <u>Your brother’s blood is calling out to me</u> from the ground. (Genesis 4:10 ULT)
#### A country is modeled as a WOMAN, and its gods are modeled as HER HUSBAND
> It came about, as soon as Gideon was dead, the people of Israel turned again and <u> prostituted themselves</u> by worshiping the Baals. They made Baal Berith their god. (Judges 8:33 ULT)
> It came about, as soon as Gideon was dead, the people of Israel turned again and <u>prostituted themselves</u> by worshiping the Baals. They made Baal Berith their god. (Judges 8:33 ULT)
#### The nation of Israel is modeled as GOD’S SON
> When Israel was a young man I loved him, and I called <u> my son</u> out of Egypt. (Hosea 11:1 ULT)
> When Israel was a young man I loved him, and I called <u>my son</u> out of Egypt. (Hosea 11:1 ULT)
#### The sun is modeled as BEING IN A CONTAINER AT NIGHT
> Yet their words go out over all the earth and their speech to the end of the world. He has pitched <u> a tent for the sun</u> among them. The sun is like a bridegroom coming out of <u> his chamber</u> and like a strong man who rejoices when he runs his race. (Psalm 19:4-5 ULT)
> Yet their words go out over all the earth and their speech to the end of the world. He has pitched <u>a tent for the sun</u> among them. The sun is like a bridegroom coming out of <u>his chamber</u> and like a strong man who rejoices when he runs his race. (Psalm 19:4-5 ULT)
Psalm 110 pictures the sun as being in the womb before it comes out in the morning.
> from <u> the womb</u> of the dawn your youth will be to you like the dew. (Psalm 110:3 ULT)
> from <u>the womb</u> of the dawn your youth will be to you like the dew. (Psalm 110:3 ULT)
#### Things that can move fast are modeled as having WINGS
@ -142,17 +142,17 @@ This is especially true of things that move in the air or the sky.
The sun is modeled as a disc with wings, which allow it to “fly” through the air from east to west during the daytime. In Psalm 139, “the wings of the morning” refers to the sun. In Malachi 4 God called himself the “sun of righteousness” and he spoke of the sun as having wings.
> If I fly away on <u> the wings of the morning</u> and go to live in the uttermost parts across the sea…(Psalm 139:9 ULT)
> If I fly away on <u>the wings of the morning</u> and go to live in the uttermost parts across the sea…(Psalm 139:9 ULT)
<blockquote> But for you who fear my name, the sun of righteousness will rise with healing <u> in its wings</u> . (Malachi 4:2 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> But for you who fear my name, the sun of righteousness will rise with healing <u>in its wings</u>. (Malachi 4:2 ULT)</blockquote>
The wind moves quickly and is modeled as having wings.
> He was seen flying on the <u> wings of the wind</u> . (2 Sam. 22:11 ULT)
> He was seen flying on the <u>wings of the wind</u>. (2 Sam. 22:11 ULT)
<blockquote> He rode on a cherub and flew; he glided on the <u> wings of the wind</u> . (Psalm 18:10 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> He rode on a cherub and flew; he glided on the <u>wings of the wind</u>. (Psalm 18:10 ULT)</blockquote>
> you walk on the <u> wings of the wind</u> (Psalm 104:3 ULT)
> you walk on the <u>wings of the wind</u> (Psalm 104:3 ULT)
#### Futility is modeled as something that the WIND can blow away
@ -161,49 +161,49 @@ In this model, the wind blows away things that are worthless, and they are gone.
Psalm 1 and Job 27 show that wicked people are worthless and will not live long.
> The wicked are not so,
> but are instead <u> like the chaff that the wind drives away</u> . (Psalm 1:4 ULT)
> but are instead <u>like the chaff that the wind drives away</u>. (Psalm 1:4 ULT)
> <u> The east wind carries him away</u> , and he leaves;
> <u> it sweeps him out of his place</u> . (Job 27:21 ULT)
> <u>The east wind carries him away</u>, and he leaves;
> <u>it sweeps him out of his place</u>. (Job 27:21 ULT)
The writer of Ecclesiastes says that everything is worthless.
> <u> Like a vapor of mist</u> ,
> <u> like a breeze in the wind</u> ,
> <u>Like a vapor of mist</u>,
> <u>like a breeze in the wind</u>,
> everything vanishes, leaving many questions.
> What profit does mankind gain from all the work that they labor at under the sun? (Ecclesiastes 1:2-3 ULT)
In Job 30:15, Job complains that his honor and prosperity are gone.
> Terrors are turned upon me;
> my honor is <u> driven away as if by the wind</u> ;
> my prosperity <u> passes away as a cloud</u> . (Job 30:15 ULT)
> my honor is <u>driven away as if by the wind</u>;
> my prosperity <u>passes away as a cloud</u>. (Job 30:15 ULT)
#### Human warfare is modeled as DIVINE WARFARE
When there was a war between nations, people believed that the gods of those nations were also at war.
> This happened while the Egyptians were burying all their firstborn, those whom Yahweh had killed among them, for <u> he also inflicted punishment on their gods</u> . (Numbers 33:4 ULT)
> This happened while the Egyptians were burying all their firstborn, those whom Yahweh had killed among them, for <u>he also inflicted punishment on their gods</u>. (Numbers 33:4 ULT)
<blockquote> And what nation is like your people Israel, the one nation on earth whom you, God, went and rescued for yourself?…You drove out nations <u> and their gods</u> from before your people, whom you rescued from Egypt. (2 Samuel 7:23 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> And what nation is like your people Israel, the one nation on earth whom you, God, went and rescued for yourself?…You drove out nations <u>and their gods</u> from before your people, whom you rescued from Egypt. (2 Samuel 7:23 ULT)</blockquote>
> The servants of the king of Aram said to him, “<u> Their god is a god of the hills. That is why they were stronger than we were</u> . But now let us fight against them in the plain, and surely there we will be stronger than they.” (1 Kings 20:23 ULT)
> The servants of the king of Aram said to him, “<u>Their god is a god of the hills. That is why they were stronger than we were</u>. But now let us fight against them in the plain, and surely there we will be stronger than they.” (1 Kings 20:23 ULT)
#### Constraints in life are modeled as PHYSICAL BOUNDARIES
The verses below are not about real physical boundaries but about difficulties or the lack of difficulties in life.
> He has built <u> a wall</u> around me, and I cannot escape. He has made my shackles heavy. (Lamentations 3:7 ULT)
> He has built <u>a wall</u> around me, and I cannot escape. He has made my shackles heavy. (Lamentations 3:7 ULT)
<blockquote> He has blocked my path with <u> walls of hewn stone</u> ; every way I take is crooked. (Lamentations 3:9 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> He has blocked my path with <u>walls of hewn stone</u>; every way I take is crooked. (Lamentations 3:9 ULT)</blockquote>
> <u> Measuring lines</u> have been laid for me in pleasant places (Psalm 16:6 ULT)
> <u>Measuring lines</u> have been laid for me in pleasant places (Psalm 16:6 ULT)
#### Dangerous places are modeled as NARROW PLACES
In Psalm 4 David asks God to rescue him.
> Answer me when I call, God of my righteousness;
> give me room <u> when I am hemmed in</u> .
> give me room <u>when I am hemmed in</u>.
> Have mercy on me and listen to my prayer. (Psalm 4:1 ULT)
@ -214,13 +214,13 @@ When Job was distressed because of all the sad things that happened to him, he s
> days of affliction have come on me.
> I go about with darkened skin but not because of the sun;
> I stand up in the assembly and cry for help.
> I am <u> a brother to jackals</u> ,
> <u> a companion of ostriches</u> . (Job 30:27-29 ULT)
> I am <u>a brother to jackals</u>,
> <u>a companion of ostriches</u>. (Job 30:27-29 ULT)
#### Wellbeing is modeled as PHYSICAL CLEANLINESS, and evil is modeled as PHYSICAL DIRTINESS
Leprosy is a disease. If a person had it, he was said to be unclean.
> Behold, a leper came to him and bowed before him, saying, “Lord, if you are willing, <u> you can make me clean</u> .” Jesus reached out his hand and touched him, saying, “I am willing. Be clean.” Immediately he was <u> cleansed of his leprosy.</u> (Matthew 8:2-3 ULT)
> Behold, a leper came to him and bowed before him, saying, “Lord, if you are willing, <u>you can make me clean</u>.” Jesus reached out his hand and touched him, saying, “I am willing. Be clean.” Immediately he was <u>cleansed of his leprosy.</u> (Matthew 8:2-3 ULT)
An “unclean spirit” is an evil spirit.
> When an <u> unclean spirit</u> has gone away from a man, it passes through waterless places and looks for rest, but does not find it. (Matthew 12:43 ULT)
> When an <u>unclean spirit</u> has gone away from a man, it passes through waterless places and looks for rest, but does not find it. (Matthew 12:43 ULT)

72
translate/bita-phenom/01.md
View File

@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ Some images from the Bible involving natural phenomena are listed below. The wor
#### LIGHT represents someone’s face (This often combines with FACE represents someone’s presence)
<blockquote> Yahweh, lift up the <u> light of your face</u> on us. (Psalm 4:6 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Yahweh, lift up the <u>light of your face</u> on us. (Psalm 4:6 ULT)</blockquote>
> For they did not obtain the land for their possession by their own sword,
> neither did their own arm save them;
> but your right hand, your arm, and the <u> light of your face</u> ,
> but your right hand, your arm, and the <u>light of your face</u>,
> because you were favorable to them. (Psalm 44:3 ULT)
<blockquote> they did not reject the <u> light of my face</u> . (Job 29:24 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> they did not reject the <u>light of my face</u>. (Job 29:24 ULT)</blockquote>
> Yahweh, they walk in the <u> light of your face</u> . (Psalm 89:15 ULT)
> Yahweh, they walk in the <u>light of your face</u>. (Psalm 89:15 ULT)
@ -28,44 +28,44 @@ Some images from the Bible involving natural phenomena are listed below. The wor
#### SHADOW or DARKNESS represents death
> Yet you have severely broken us in the place of jackals and covered us with the <u> shadow of death</u> . (Psalm 44:19)
> Yet you have severely broken us in the place of jackals and covered us with the <u>shadow of death</u>. (Psalm 44:19)
#### FIRE represents extreme feelings, particularly love or anger
> Because iniquity will be increased, the love of many will <u> be extinguished</u> . (Matthew 24:12 ULT)
> Because iniquity will be increased, the love of many will <u>be extinguished</u>. (Matthew 24:12 ULT)
<blockquote> Surging waters cannot <u> quench</u> love. (Song of Songs 8:7 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Surging waters cannot <u>quench</u> love. (Song of Songs 8:7 ULT)</blockquote>
> For <u> a fire is kindled by my anger</u> and <u> is burning</u> to the lowest sheol. (Deuteronomy 32:22 ULT)
> For <u>a fire is kindled by my anger</u> and <u>is burning</u> to the lowest sheol. (Deuteronomy 32:22 ULT)
<blockquote> Therefore <u> the anger of Yahweh was set on fire</u> against Israel. (Judges 3:8 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Therefore <u>the anger of Yahweh was set on fire</u> against Israel. (Judges 3:8 ULT)</blockquote>
> When Yahweh heard this, <u> he was angry</u> ; so <u> his fire burned</u> against Jacob, and <u> his anger</u> attacked Israel. (Psalm 78:21 ULT)
> When Yahweh heard this, <u>he was angry</u>; so <u>his fire burned</u> against Jacob, and <u>his anger</u> attacked Israel. (Psalm 78:21 ULT)
#### FIRE OR A LAMP represents life
> They say, ‘Hand over the man who struck his brother, so that we may put him to death, to pay for the life of his brother whom he killed.’ And so they would also destroy the heir. Thus they will put out the <u> burning coal</u> that I have left, and they will leave for my husband neither name nor descendant on the surface of the earth. 2 Samuel 14:7 ULT)
> They say, ‘Hand over the man who struck his brother, so that we may put him to death, to pay for the life of his brother whom he killed.’ And so they would also destroy the heir. Thus they will put out the <u>burning coal</u> that I have left, and they will leave for my husband neither name nor descendant on the surface of the earth. 2 Samuel 14:7 ULT)
<blockquote> You must not go to battle anymore with us, so that you do not put out the <u> lamp of Israel</u> . (2 Samuel 21:17 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> You must not go to battle anymore with us, so that you do not put out the <u>lamp of Israel</u>. (2 Samuel 21:17 ULT) </blockquote>
> I will give one tribe to Solomon’s son, so that David my servant may always have <u> a lamp</u> before me in Jerusalem. (1 Kings 11:36 ULT)
> I will give one tribe to Solomon’s son, so that David my servant may always have <u>a lamp</u> before me in Jerusalem. (1 Kings 11:36 ULT)
<blockquote> Nevertheless for David’s sake, Yahweh his God gave him <u> a lamp</u> in Jerusalem by raising up his son after him in order to strengthen Jerusalem. (1 Kings 15:4 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Nevertheless for David’s sake, Yahweh his God gave him <u>a lamp</u> in Jerusalem by raising up his son after him in order to strengthen Jerusalem. (1 Kings 15:4 ULT)</blockquote>
> Indeed, <u> the light</u> of the wicked person will be put out; <u> the spark of his fire</u> will not shine. <u> The light</u> will be dark in his tent; <u> his lamp</u> above him will be put out. (Job 18:5-6 ULT)
> Indeed, <u>the light</u> of the wicked person will be put out; <u>the spark of his fire</u> will not shine. <u>The light</u> will be dark in his tent; <u>his lamp</u> above him will be put out. (Job 18:5-6 ULT)
<blockquote> For you give <u> light to my lamp</u> ; Yahweh my God <u> lights up my darkness</u> . (Psalm 18:28 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> For you give <u>light to my lamp</u>; Yahweh my God <u>lights up my darkness</u>. (Psalm 18:28 ULT)</blockquote>
> A dimly burning wick he will not quench. (Isaiah 42:3 ULT)
@ -74,76 +74,76 @@ Some images from the Bible involving natural phenomena are listed below. The wor
#### A WIDE SPACE reperesents safetey, security, and ease
> They came against me on the day of my distress but Yahweh was my support!
> He set me free in <u> a wide open place</u> ; he saved me because he was pleased with me. (Psalms 18:18-19 ULT)
> He set me free in <u>a wide open place</u>; he saved me because he was pleased with me. (Psalms 18:18-19 ULT)
> You have made <u> a wide place</u> for my feet beneath me,
> You have made <u>a wide place</u> for my feet beneath me,
> so my feet have not slipped. (2 Samuel 22:37 ULT)
> You made people ride over our heads;
> we went through fire and water,
> but you brought us out into <u> a spacious place</u> . (Psalms 66:12 ULT)
> but you brought us out into <u>a spacious place</u>. (Psalms 66:12 ULT)
#### A NARROW SPACE represents danger or difficulties
> Answer me when I call, God of my righteousness;
> give me room when <u> I am hemmed in</u> .
> give me room when <u>I am hemmed in</u>.
> Have mercy on me and listen to my prayer. Psalm 4:1 ULT)
> For a prostitute is a deep pit,
> and an immoral woman is <u> a narrow well</u> . (Proverbs 23:27 ULT)
> and an immoral woman is <u>a narrow well</u>. (Proverbs 23:27 ULT)
#### LIQUID represents a moral quality (emotion, attitude, spirit, life)
> Yahweh has burst through my enemies before me like a bursting <u> flood of water</u> . (2 Samuel 5:20 ULT)
> Yahweh has burst through my enemies before me like a bursting <u>flood of water</u>. (2 Samuel 5:20 ULT)
<blockquote> He will make a full end to his enemies with an overwhelming <u> flood</u> . (Nahum 1:8 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> He will make a full end to his enemies with an overwhelming <u>flood</u>. (Nahum 1:8 ULT)</blockquote>
> My heart <u> drips</u> because of sadness. (Psalm 119:28 ULT)
> My heart <u>drips</u> because of sadness. (Psalm 119:28 ULT)
<blockquote> I am being <u> poured out like water</u> . (Psalm 22:14 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> I am being <u>poured out like water</u>. (Psalm 22:14 ULT) </blockquote>
> It will come about afterward that I will <u> pour out</u> my Spirit on all flesh. (Joel 2:28 ULT)
> It will come about afterward that I will <u>pour out</u> my Spirit on all flesh. (Joel 2:28 ULT)
<blockquote> My God, my soul has <u> melted</u> within me. (Psalm 42:6 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> My God, my soul has <u>melted</u> within me. (Psalm 42:6 ULT)</blockquote>
> For it is great, the anger of Yahweh that has been <u> poured out</u> on us. (2 Chronicles 34:21 ULT)
> For it is great, the anger of Yahweh that has been <u>poured out</u> on us. (2 Chronicles 34:21 ULT)
#### WATER represents what someone says
> A quarreling wife is a constant <u> dripping of water</u> . (Proverbs 19:13 ULT)
> A quarreling wife is a constant <u>dripping of water</u>. (Proverbs 19:13 ULT)
<blockquote> His lips are lilies, <u> dripping myrrh</u> . (Song of Songs 5:13 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> His lips are lilies, <u>dripping myrrh</u>. (Song of Songs 5:13 ULT)</blockquote>
> My groaning is <u> poured out like water</u> . (Job 3:24 ULT)
> My groaning is <u>poured out like water</u>. (Job 3:24 ULT)
<blockquote> The words of a man’s mouth are <u> deep waters</u> ; the <u> fountain of wisdom</u> is a flowing stream. (Proverbs 18:3 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> The words of a man’s mouth are <u>deep waters</u>; the <u>fountain of wisdom</u> is a flowing stream. (Proverbs 18:3 ULT)</blockquote>
#### FLOODING WATER represents disaster
> I have come into <u> deep waters</u> , where the <u> floods flow</u> over me. (Psalm 69:2 ULT)
> I have come into <u>deep waters</u>, where the <u>floods flow</u> over me. (Psalm 69:2 ULT)
<blockquote> Do not let the <u> floods of water</u> overwhelm me. (Psalm 69:15 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Do not let the <u>floods of water</u> overwhelm me. (Psalm 69:15 ULT)</blockquote>
> Reach out your hand from above; rescue me out of <u> many waters</u> from the hands of these foreigners. (Psalm 144:7 ULT)
> Reach out your hand from above; rescue me out of <u>many waters</u> from the hands of these foreigners. (Psalm 144:7 ULT)
#### A SPRING OF WATER represents the origins of something
> The fear of Yahweh is a <u> fountain of life</u> . (Proverbs 14:27 ULT)
> The fear of Yahweh is a <u>fountain of life</u>. (Proverbs 14:27 ULT)
#### A ROCK represents protection

24
translate/bita-plants/01.md
View File

@ -6,25 +6,25 @@ Some images from the Bible involving plants are listed below in alphabetical ord
#### A BRANCH represents a person’s descendant
In the examples below, Isaiah wrote about one of Jesse’s descendants and Jeremiah wrote about one of David’s descendants.
> <u> A shoot</u> will sprout from the root of Jesse, and <u> a branch</u> out of his root will bear fruit.
> <u>A shoot</u> will sprout from the root of Jesse, and <u>a branch</u> out of his root will bear fruit.
> The Spirit of Yahweh will rest upon him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding. (Isaiah 11:1 ULT)
> See, days are coming—this is Yahweh’s declaration—when I will raise up for David <u> a righteous branch</u> .
> See, days are coming—this is Yahweh’s declaration—when I will raise up for David <u>a righteous branch</u>.
> He will reign as king; he will bring prosperity and carry out justice and righteousness in the land. (Jeremiah 23:5 ULT)
In Job when it says “his branch will be cut off,” it means that he will not have any descendants.
> His roots will be dried up beneath;
> above will <u> his branch be cut off</u> .
> above will <u>his branch be cut off</u>.
> His memory will perish from the earth;
> he will have no name in the street. (Job 18:17 ULT)
#### A PLANT represents a person
> God will likewise destroy you forever; he will…<u> root you out</u> of the land of the living. (Psalm 52:5 ULT)
> God will likewise destroy you forever; he will…<u>root you out</u> of the land of the living. (Psalm 52:5 ULT)
#### A PLANT represents an emotion or attitude
@ -32,27 +32,27 @@ In Job when it says “his branch will be cut off,” it means that he will not
Just as planting one kind of seeds results in that kind of plant growing, behaving in one way results in that kind of consequence.
The emotion or attitude in the verses is underlined below.
> Sow <u> righteousness</u> for yourselves, and reap the fruit of <u> covenant faithfulness</u> . (Hosea 10:12 ULT)
> Sow <u>righteousness</u> for yourselves, and reap the fruit of <u>covenant faithfulness</u>. (Hosea 10:12 ULT)
<blockquote> Based on what I have observed, those who plow <u> iniquity</u> and sow <u> trouble</u> , reap the same. (Job 4:8 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Based on what I have observed, those who plow <u>iniquity</u> and sow <u>trouble</u>, reap the same. (Job 4:8 ULT)</blockquote>
> For the people sow <u> the wind</u> and reap <u> the whirlwind</u> . (Hosea 8:7 ULT)
> For the people sow <u>the wind</u> and reap <u>the whirlwind</u>. (Hosea 8:7 ULT)
<blockquote> You have turned…the fruit of <u> righteousness</u> into bitterness. (Amos 6:12 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> You have turned…the fruit of <u>righteousness</u> into bitterness. (Amos 6:12 ULT)</blockquote>
> What fruit then did you have at that time of the things of which you are now <u> ashamed</u> ? (Romans 6:21 ULT)
> What fruit then did you have at that time of the things of which you are now <u>ashamed</u>? (Romans 6:21 ULT)
#### A TREE represents a person
> He will be like <u> a tree planted</u> by the streams of water that <u> produces its fruit in its season</u> , whose <u> leaves do not wither</u> ; whatever he does will prosper. (Psalm 1:3 ULT)
> He will be like <u>a tree planted</u> by the streams of water that <u>produces its fruit in its season</u>, whose <u>leaves do not wither</u>; whatever he does will prosper. (Psalm 1:3 ULT)
<blockquote> I have seen the wicked and terrifying person spread out <u> like a green tree in its native soil</u> . (Psalm 37:35 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> I have seen the wicked and terrifying person spread out <u>like a green tree in its native soil</u>. (Psalm 37:35 ULT)</blockquote>
> I am <u> like a green olive tree</u> in God’s house. (Psalm 52:8 ULT)
> I am <u>like a green olive tree</u> in God’s house. (Psalm 52:8 ULT)

20
translate/figs-123person/01.md
View File

@ -14,20 +14,20 @@ Sometimes in the Bible a speaker used the third person to refer to himself or to
### Examples from the Bible
Sometimes people used the third person instead of “I” or “me” to refer to themselves.
> But David said to Saul, “<u> Your servant</u> used to keep <u> his</u> father’s sheep.” (1 Samuel 17:34 ULT)
> But David said to Saul, “<u>Your servant</u> used to keep <u>his</u> father’s sheep.” (1 Samuel 17:34 ULT)
David referred to himself in the third person as “your servant” and “his.” He was calling himself Saul’s servant in order to show his humility before Saul.
> Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said,
> “… Do you have an arm like <u> God’s</u> ? Can you thunder with a voice like <u> him</u> ? (Job 40:6, 9 ULT)
> “… Do you have an arm like <u>God’s</u>? Can you thunder with a voice like <u>him</u>? (Job 40:6, 9 ULT)
God referred to himself in the third person with the words “God’s” and “him.” He did this to emphasize that he is God, and he is powerful.
Sometimes people use the third person instead of “you” or “your” to refer to the person or people they are speaking to.
> Abraham answered and said, “Look what I have done, taking it upon myself to speak to <u> my Lord</u> , even though I am only dust and ashes! (Genesis 18:27 ULT)
> Abraham answered and said, “Look what I have done, taking it upon myself to speak to <u>my Lord</u>, even though I am only dust and ashes! (Genesis 18:27 ULT)
Abraham was speaking to the Lord, and referred to the Lord as “My Lord” rather than as “you.” He did this to show his humility before God.
> So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if <u> each of you</u> does not forgive <u> his</u> brother from your heart. (Matthew 18:35 ULT)
> So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if <u>each of you</u> does not forgive <u>his</u> brother from your heart. (Matthew 18:35 ULT)
After saying “each of you,” Jesus used the third person “his” instead of “your.”
@ -42,17 +42,17 @@ If using the third person to mean “I” or “you” would be natural and give
(1) Use the third person phrase along with the pronoun “I” or “you.”
> **But David said to Saul, “<u> Your servant</u> used to keep <u> his</u> father’s sheep.”** (1 Samuel 17:34)
> **But David said to Saul, “<u>Your servant</u> used to keep <u>his</u> father’s sheep.”** (1 Samuel 17:34)
>> But David said to Saul, “<u> I, your servant</u> , used to keep <u> my</u> father’s sheep.”
>> But David said to Saul, “<u>I, your servant</u>, used to keep <u>my</u> father’s sheep.”
(2) Simply use the first person (“I”) or second person (“you”) instead of the third person.
> **Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, “… Do you have an arm like <u> God’s</u> ? Can you thunder with a voice like <u> him</u> ?** (Job 40:6, 9 ULT)
> **Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, “… Do you have an arm like <u>God’s</u>? Can you thunder with a voice like <u>him</u>?** (Job 40:6, 9 ULT)
>> Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, “… Do you have an arm like <u> mine</u> ? Can you thunder with a voice like <u> me</u> ?”
>> Then Yahweh answered Job out of a fierce storm and said, “… Do you have an arm like <u>mine</u>? Can you thunder with a voice like <u>me</u>?”
> **So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if <u> each of you</u> does not forgive <u> his</u> brother from your heart.** (Matthew 18:35 ULT)
> **So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if <u>each of you</u> does not forgive <u>his</u> brother from your heart.** (Matthew 18:35 ULT)
>> So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if <u> each of you</u> does not forgive <u> your</u> brother from your heart.
>> So also my heavenly Father will do to you, if <u>each of you</u> does not forgive <u>your</u> brother from your heart.

38
translate/figs-abstractnouns/01.md
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Abstract nouns are nouns that refer to attitudes, qualities, events, situations, or even to relationships among these ideas. These are things that cannot be seen or touched in a physical sense, such as happiness, weight, injury, unity, friendship, health, and reason. This is a translation issue because some languages may express a certain idea with an abstract noun, while others would need a different way to express it. For example, “What is its <u> weight</u> ?” could be expressed as “How much does it <u> weigh</u> ?” or “How <u> heavy</u> is it?”
Abstract nouns are nouns that refer to attitudes, qualities, events, situations, or even to relationships among these ideas. These are things that cannot be seen or touched in a physical sense, such as happiness, weight, injury, unity, friendship, health, and reason. This is a translation issue because some languages may express a certain idea with an abstract noun, while others would need a different way to express it. For example, “What is its <u>weight</u>?” could be expressed as “How much does it <u>weigh</u>?” or “How <u>heavy</u> is it?”
### Description
@ -13,24 +13,24 @@ The Bible that you translate from may use abstract nouns to express certain idea
### Examples from the Bible
> …_from <u> childhood</u> you have known the sacred writings…_ (2 Timothy 3:15 ULT)
> …_from <u>childhood</u> you have known the sacred writings…_ (2 Timothy 3:15 ULT)
The abstract noun “childhood” refers to when someone is a child.
> But <u> godliness</u> with <u> contentment</u> is great <u> gain</u> . (1 Timothy 6:6 ULT)
> But <u>godliness</u> with <u>contentment</u> is great <u>gain</u>. (1 Timothy 6:6 ULT)
The abstract nouns “godliness” and “contentment” refer to being godly and content.
The abstract noun “gain” refers to something that benefits or helps someone.
> Today <u> salvation</u> has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham. (Luke 19:9 ULT)
> Today <u>salvation</u> has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham. (Luke 19:9 ULT)
The abstract noun “salvation” here refers to being saved.
> The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider <u> slowness</u> to be (2 Peter 3:9 ULT)
> The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider <u>slowness</u> to be (2 Peter 3:9 ULT)
The abstract noun “slowness” refers how slowly something is done.
> He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the <u> purposes</u> of the heart. (1 Corinthians 4:5 ULT)
> He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the <u>purposes</u> of the heart. (1 Corinthians 4:5 ULT)
The abstract noun “purposes” refers to the things that people want to do and the reasons they want to do them.
@ -44,21 +44,21 @@ If an abstract noun would be natural and give the right meaning in your language
(1) Reword the sentence with a phrase that expresses the meaning of the abstract noun. Instead of a noun, the new phrase will use a verb, an adverb, or an adjective to express the idea of the abstract noun.
> **…from <u> childhood</u> you have known the sacred writings…** (2 Timothy 3:15 ULT)
>> Ever since <u> you were a child</u> you have known the sacred writings.
> **…from <u>childhood</u> you have known the sacred writings…** (2 Timothy 3:15 ULT)
>> Ever since <u>you were a child</u> you have known the sacred writings.
> **But <u> godliness with contentment</u> is great <u> gain</u> .** (1 Timothy 6:6 ULT)
>> But <u> being godly</u> and <u> content</u> is very <u> beneficial</u> .
>> But we <u> benefit</u> greatly when we <u> are godly</u> and <u> content</u> .
>> But we <u> benefit</u> greatly when we <u> honor and obey God</u> and when we are <u> happy with what we have</u> .
> **But <u>godliness with contentment</u> is great <u>gain</u>.** (1 Timothy 6:6 ULT)
>> But <u>being godly</u> and <u>content</u> is very <u>beneficial</u>.
>> But we <u>benefit</u> greatly when we <u>are godly</u> and <u>content</u>.
>> But we <u>benefit</u> greatly when we <u>honor and obey God</u> and when we are <u>happy with what we have</u>.
> Today <u> salvation</u> has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham.** (Luke 19:9 ULT)
>> Today the people in this house <u> have been saved</u> …
>> Today God <u> has saved</u> the people in this house…
> Today <u>salvation</u> has come to this house, because he too is a son of Abraham.** (Luke 19:9 ULT)
>> Today the people in this house <u>have been saved</u>…
>> Today God <u>has saved</u> the people in this house…
> The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider <u> slowness</u> to be.** (2 Peter 3:9 ULT)
>> The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider <u> moving slowly</u> to be.
> The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider <u>slowness</u> to be.** (2 Peter 3:9 ULT)
>> The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises, as some consider <u>moving slowly</u> to be.
> He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the <u> purposes</u> of the heart.** (1 Corinthians 4:5 ULT)
>> He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal <u> the things that people want to do and the reasons they want to do them</u> .
> He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal the <u>purposes</u> of the heart.** (1 Corinthians 4:5 ULT)
>> He will bring to light the hidden things of darkness and reveal <u>the things that people want to do and the reasons they want to do them</u>.

30
translate/figs-activepassive/01.md
View File

@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
Some languages have both active and passive sentences. In active sentences, the subject does the action. In passive sentences, the subject is the one that receives the action. Here are some examples with their subjects underlined:
* ACTIVE: <u> My father</u> built the house in 2010.
* PASSIVE: <u> The house</u> was built in 2010.
* ACTIVE: <u>My father</u> built the house in 2010.
* PASSIVE: <u>The house</u> was built in 2010.
Translators whose languages do not have passive sentences will need to know how they can translate passive sentences that they find in the Bible. Other translators will need to decide when to use a passive sentence and when to use the active form.
@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ Some languages have both active and passive forms of sentences.
In the examples of active and passive sentences below, we have underlined the subject.
* **ACTIVE**: <u> My father</u> built the house in 2010.
* **PASSIVE**: <u> The house</u> was built by my father in 2010.
* **PASSIVE**: <u> The house</u> was built in 2010. (This does not tell who did the action.)
* **ACTIVE**: <u>My father</u> built the house in 2010.
* **PASSIVE**: <u>The house</u> was built by my father in 2010.
* **PASSIVE**: <u>The house</u> was built in 2010. (This does not tell who did the action.)
#### Reasons this is a translation issue
@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ The passive form is not used for the same purposes in all of the languages that
### Examples from the Bible
> And their shooters shot at your soldiers from off the wall, and some of the king’s servants <u> were killed</u> , and your servant Uriah the Hittite <u> was killed</u> too. (2 Samuel 11:24 ULT)
> And their shooters shot at your soldiers from off the wall, and some of the king’s servants <u>were killed</u>, and your servant Uriah the Hittite <u>was killed</u> too. (2 Samuel 11:24 ULT)
This means that the enemy’s shooters shot and killed some of the king’s servants, including Uriah. The point is what happened to the king’s servants and Uriah, not who shot them. The purpose of the passive form here is to keep the focus on the king’s servants and Uriah.
> In the morning when the men of the town got up, the altar of Baal <u> was broken down</u> … (Judges 6:28 ULT)
> In the morning when the men of the town got up, the altar of Baal <u>was broken down</u>… (Judges 6:28 ULT)
The men of the town saw what had happened to the altar of Baal, but they did not know who broke it down. The purpose of the passive form here is to communicate this event from the perspective of the men of the town.
> It would be better for him if a millstone <u> were put</u> around his neck and he <u> were thrown</u> into the sea (Luke 17:2 ULT)
> It would be better for him if a millstone <u>were put</u> around his neck and he <u>were thrown</u> into the sea (Luke 17:2 ULT)
This describes a situation in which a person ends up in the sea with a millstone around his neck. The purpose of the passive form here is to keep the focus on what happens to this person. Who does these things to the person is not important.
@ -61,17 +61,17 @@ If you decide that it is better to translate without a passive form, here are so
(1) Use the same verb in an active sentence and tell who did the action. If you do this, try to keep the focus on the person receiving the action.
> **A loaf of bread <u> was given</u> him every day from the street of the bakers.** (Jeremiah 37:21 ULT)
>> <u> The king’s servants gave</u> Jeremiah a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers.
> **A loaf of bread <u>was given</u> him every day from the street of the bakers.** (Jeremiah 37:21 ULT)
>> <u>The king’s servants gave</u> Jeremiah a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers.
(2) Use the same verb in an active sentence, and do not tell  who did the action. Instead, use a generic expression like “they” or  ”people” or  ”someone.” 
> **It would be better for him if a millstone <u> were put</u> around his neck and he <u> were thrown</u> into the sea.** (Luke 17:2 ULT)
>> It would be better for him if <u> they were to put</u> a millstone around his neck and <u> throw</u> him into the sea.
>> It would be better for him if <u> someone were to put</u> a heavy stone around his neck and <u> throw</u> him into the sea.
> **It would be better for him if a millstone <u>were put</u> around his neck and he <u>were thrown</u> into the sea.** (Luke 17:2 ULT)
>> It would be better for him if <u>they were to put</u> a millstone around his neck and <u>throw</u> him into the sea.
>> It would be better for him if <u>someone were to put</u> a heavy stone around his neck and <u>throw</u> him into the sea.
(3) Use a different verb in an active sentence. 
> **A loaf of bread <u> was given</u> him every day from the street of the bakers.** (Jeremiah 37:21 ULT)
>> He <u> received</u> a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers.
> **A loaf of bread <u>was given</u> him every day from the street of the bakers.** (Jeremiah 37:21 ULT)
>> He <u>received</u> a loaf of bread every day from the street of the bakers.

14
translate/figs-apostrophe/01.md
View File

@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ King Saul was killed on Mount Gilboa, and David sang a sad song about it. By tel
Jesus was expressing his feelings for the people of Jerusalem in front of his disciples and a group of Pharisees. By speaking directly to Jerusalem as though its people could hear him, Jesus showed how deeply he cared about them.
> He cried against the altar by the word of Yahweh: <u> “Altar</u> , <u> altar</u> ! This is what Yahweh says, ‘See, … on you they will burn human bones.’ “ (1 Kings 13:2 ULT)
> He cried against the altar by the word of Yahweh: <u>“Altar</u>, <u>altar</u>! This is what Yahweh says, ‘See, … on you they will burn human bones.’ “ (1 Kings 13:2 ULT)
The man of God spoke as if the altar could hear him, but he really wanted the king, who was standing there, to hear him.
@ -29,15 +29,15 @@ The man of God spoke as if the altar could hear him, but he really wanted the ki
If apostrophe would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consider using it. If not, here is another option.
1. If this way of speaking would be confusing to your people, let the speaker continue speaking to the people that are listening to him as he tells <u> them</u> his message or feelings about the people or thing that cannot hear him.
1. If this way of speaking would be confusing to your people, let the speaker continue speaking to the people that are listening to him as he tells <u>them</u> his message or feelings about the people or thing that cannot hear him.
### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied
(1) If this way of speaking would be confusing to your people, let the speaker continue speaking to the people that are listening to him as he tells <u> them</u> his message or feelings about the people or thing that cannot hear him.
(1) If this way of speaking would be confusing to your people, let the speaker continue speaking to the people that are listening to him as he tells <u>them</u> his message or feelings about the people or thing that cannot hear him.
> **He cried against the altar by the word of Yahweh: <u> “Altar</u> , <u> altar</u> ! This is what Yahweh says, ‘See, … on you they will burn human bones.’ “** (1 Kings 13:2 ULT)
>> He said this about the altar: “This is what Yahweh says <u> about this altar.</u> ‘See, … they will burn people’s bones on <u> it</u> .’ “
> **He cried against the altar by the word of Yahweh: <u>“Altar</u>, <u>altar</u>! This is what Yahweh says, ‘See, … on you they will burn human bones.’ “** (1 Kings 13:2 ULT)
>> He said this about the altar: “This is what Yahweh says <u>about this altar.</u> ‘See, … they will burn people’s bones on <u>it</u>.’ “
> **<u>Mountains of Gilboa</u> , let there not be dew or rain on <u> you</u>** (2 Samuel 1:21 ULT)
>> <u> As for these mountains of Gilboa</u> , let there not be dew or rain on <u> them</u>
> **<u>Mountains of Gilboa</u>, let there not be dew or rain on <u>you</u>** (2 Samuel 1:21 ULT)
>> <u>As for these mountains of Gilboa</u>, let there not be dew or rain on <u>them</u>

14
translate/figs-declarative/01.md
View File

@ -43,19 +43,19 @@ By telling a man that his sins were forgiven, Jesus forgave the man’s sins.
1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a sentence type that would express that function.
* **She will give birth to a son, and <u> you will call his name Jesus</u> , for he will save his people from their sins.** (Matthew 1:21 ULT) The phrase “you will call his name Jesus” is an instruction. It can be translated using the sentence type of a normal instruction.
* She will give birth to a son. <u> Name him Jesus</u> , because he will save his people from their sins.
* **She will give birth to a son, and <u>you will call his name Jesus</u>, for he will save his people from their sins.** (Matthew 1:21 ULT) The phrase “you will call his name Jesus” is an instruction. It can be translated using the sentence type of a normal instruction.
* She will give birth to a son. <u>Name him Jesus</u>, because he will save his people from their sins.
1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, add a sentence type that would express that function.
* **Lord, if you are willing, <u> you can make me clean</u> .** (Matthew 8:2 ULT) The function of “you can make me clean” is to make a request. In addition to the statement, a request can be added.
* Lord, if you are willing, <u> you can make me clean. Please do so.</u>
* Lord, if you are willing, <u> please make me clean. I know you can do so.</u>
* **Lord, if you are willing, <u>you can make me clean</u>.** (Matthew 8:2 ULT) The function of “you can make me clean” is to make a request. In addition to the statement, a request can be added.
* Lord, if you are willing, <u>you can make me clean. Please do so.</u>
* Lord, if you are willing, <u>please make me clean. I know you can do so.</u>
1. If the function of a statement would not be understood correctly in your language, use a verb form that would express that function.
* **She will give birth to a son, and <u> you will call his name Jesus</u> , for he will save his people from their sins.** (Matthew 1:21 ULT)
* She will give birth to a son, and <u> you must call his name Jesus</u> , for he will save his people from their sins.
* **She will give birth to a son, and <u>you will call his name Jesus</u>, for he will save his people from their sins.** (Matthew 1:21 ULT)
* She will give birth to a son, and <u>you must call his name Jesus</u>, for he will save his people from their sins.
* **Son, your sins are forgiven.** Luke 2:5 ULT)
* Son, I forgive your sins.

36
translate/figs-distinguish/01.md
View File

@ -5,12 +5,12 @@ In some languages, phrases that modify a noun can be used with the noun for two
Some languages use a comma to mark the difference between making a distinction between similar items and gving more information about an item. Without the comma, the sentence below communicates that it is making a distinction:
* Mary gave some of the food to <u> her sister who was very thankful</u> .
* Mary gave some of the food to <u>her sister who was very thankful</u>.
* If her sister was usually thankful, the phrase “who was thankful” could **distinguish this sister** of Mary’s from another sister who was not usually thankful.
With the comma, the sentence is giving more information:
* Mary gave some of the food to <u> her sister, who was very thankful</u> .
* Mary gave some of the food to <u>her sister, who was very thankful</u>.
* This same phrase can be used give us more information about Mary’s sister. It tells us about **how Mary’s sister responded** when Mary gave her the food. In this case it does not distinguish one sister from another sister.
### Reasons this is a translation issue
@ -22,25 +22,25 @@ With the comma, the sentence is giving more information:
**Examples of words and phrases that are used to distinguish one item from other possible items**: These usually do not cause a problem in translation.
> … The curtain is to separate <u> the holy place</u> from <u> the most holy place</u> . (Exodus 26:33 ULT)
> … The curtain is to separate <u>the holy place</u> from <u>the most holy place</u>. (Exodus 26:33 ULT)
The words “holy” and “most holy” distinguish two different places from each other and from any other place.
> A foolish son is a grief to his father, and bitterness to <u> the woman who bore him</u> . (Proverbs 17:25 ULT)
> A foolish son is a grief to his father, and bitterness to <u>the woman who bore him</u>. (Proverbs 17:25 ULT)
The phrase “who bore him” distinguishes which woman the son is bitterness to. He is not bitterness to all women, but to his mother.
**Examples of words and phrases that are used to give added information or a reminder about an item**: These are a translation issue for languages that do not use these.
> …for <u> your righteous judgments</u> are good. (Psalm 119:39 ULT)
> …for <u>your righteous judgments</u> are good. (Psalm 119:39 ULT)
The word “righteous” simply reminds us that God’s judgments are righteous. It does not distinguish his righteous judgements from his unrighteous judgements, because all of his judgments are righteous.
> Can Sarah, <u> who is ninety years old</u> , bear a son? - (Genesis 17:17-18 ULT)
> Can Sarah, <u>who is ninety years old</u>, bear a son? - (Genesis 17:17-18 ULT)
The phrase “who is ninety years old” is the reason that Abraham did not think that Sarah could bear a son. He was not distinguishing one woman named Sarah from another woman named Sarah who was a different age, and he was not telling anyone something new about her age. He simply did not think that a woman who was that old could bear a child.
> I will wipe away mankind <u> whom I have created</u> from the surface of the earth. (Genesis 6:7 ULT)
> I will wipe away mankind <u>whom I have created</u> from the surface of the earth. (Genesis 6:7 ULT)
The phrase “whom I have created” is a reminder of the relationship between God and mankind. It is the reason God had the right to wipe away mankind. There is not another mankind that God did not create.
@ -55,21 +55,21 @@ If people would understand the purpose of a phrase with a noun, then consider ke
1. Put the information in another part of the sentence and add words that show its purpose.
* **I hate those who serve <u> worthless</u> idols** (Psalm 31:6 ULT) - By saying “worthless idols,” David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols.
* <u> Because</u> idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them.
* **I hate those who serve <u>worthless</u> idols** (Psalm 31:6 ULT) - By saying “worthless idols,” David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols.
* <u>Because</u> idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them.
* **…for your <u> righteous</u> judgments are good.** (Psalm 119:39 ULT)
*…for your judgments are good <u> because</u> they are righteous.
* **…for your <u>righteous</u> judgments are good.** (Psalm 119:39 ULT)
*…for your judgments are good <u>because</u> they are righteous.
* **Can Sarah, <u> who is ninety years old</u> , bear a son?** (Genesis 17:17-18 ULT) - The phrase “who is ninety years old” is a reminder of Sarah’s age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child.
* Can Sarah bear a son <u> even when</u> she is ninety years old?
* **Can Sarah, <u>who is ninety years old</u>, bear a son?** (Genesis 17:17-18 ULT) - The phrase “who is ninety years old” is a reminder of Sarah’s age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child.
* Can Sarah bear a son <u>even when</u> she is ninety years old?
* **I will call on Yahweh, <u> who is worthy to be praised</u> ** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULT) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase “who is worthy to be praised” gives a reason for calling on Yahweh.
* I will call on Yahweh, <u> because</u> he is worthy to be praised
* **I will call on Yahweh, <u>who is worthy to be praised</u>** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULT) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase “who is worthy to be praised” gives a reason for calling on Yahweh.
* I will call on Yahweh, <u>because</u> he is worthy to be praised
1. Use one of your language’s ways for expressing that this is just added information.
* **You are my Son, <u> whom I love</u> . I am pleased with you.** (Luke 3:22 ULT)
* You are my Son. <u> I love you</u> and I am pleased with you.
* <u> Receiving my love</u> , you are my Son. I am pleased with you.
* **You are my Son, <u>whom I love</u>. I am pleased with you.** (Luke 3:22 ULT)
* You are my Son. <u>I love you</u> and I am pleased with you.
* <u>Receiving my love</u>, you are my Son. I am pleased with you.

24
translate/figs-doublenegatives/01.md
View File

@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ A double negative occurs when a clause has two words that each express the meani
### Description
Negative words are words that have in them the meaning “not.” Examples are “no,” “not,” “none,” “no one,” “nothing,” “nowhere,” “never,” “nor,” “neither,” and “without.” Also, some words have prefixes or suffixes that mean “not” such as the underlined parts of these words: “<u> un</u> happy,” “<u> im</u> possible,” and “use<u> less</u> .”
Negative words are words that have in them the meaning “not.” Examples are “no,” “not,” “none,” “no one,” “nothing,” “nowhere,” “never,” “nor,” “neither,” and “without.” Also, some words have prefixes or suffixes that mean “not” such as the underlined parts of these words: “<u>un</u> happy,” “<u>im</u> possible,” and “use<u>less</u>.”
A double negative occurs when a sentence has two words that each express the meaning of “not.”
> It is <u> not</u> that we do <u> not</u> have authority…(2 Thessalonians 3:9 ULT)
> It is <u>not</u> that we do <u>not</u> have authority…(2 Thessalonians 3:9 ULT)
<blockquote> And this better confidence did <u> not</u> happen <u> without</u> the taking of an oath,…(Hebrews 7:20 ULT.) </blockquote>
<blockquote> And this better confidence did <u>not</u> happen <u>without</u> the taking of an oath,…(Hebrews 7:20 ULT.) </blockquote>
> Be sure of this—wicked people will <u> not</u> go <u> un</u> punished (Proverbs 11:21 ULT)
> Be sure of this—wicked people will <u>not</u> go <u>un</u> punished (Proverbs 11:21 ULT)
#### Reason this is a translation issue
@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ To translate sentences with double negatives accurately and clearly in your lang
### Examples from the Bible
> …so that they may <u> not</u> be <u> un</u> fruitful. (Titus 3:14 ULT)
> …so that they may <u>not</u> be <u>un</u> fruitful. (Titus 3:14 ULT)
This means “so that they will be fruitful.”
> All things were made through him and <u> without</u> him there was <u> not</u> one thing made that has been made. (John 1:3 ULT)
> All things were made through him and <u>without</u> him there was <u>not</u> one thing made that has been made. (John 1:3 ULT)
By using a double negative, John emphasized that the Son of God created absolutely everything.
@ -43,17 +43,17 @@ If double negatives are natural and are used to express the positive in your lan
1. If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is simply to make a positive statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove the two negatives so that it is positive.
* **For we do <u> not</u> have a high priest who can<u> not</u> feel sympathy for our weaknesses.** (Hebrews 4:15 ULT)
* **For we do <u>not</u> have a high priest who can<u>not</u> feel sympathy for our weaknesses.** (Hebrews 4:15 ULT)
* “For we have a high priest who can feel sympathy for our weaknesses.”
* **…so that they may <u> not</u> be <u> un</u> fruitful.** (Titus 3:14 ULT)
* **…so that they may <u>not</u> be <u>un</u> fruitful.** (Titus 3:14 ULT)
* “…so that they may be fruitful.”
1. If the purpose of a double negative in the Bible is to make a strong positive statement, and if it would not do that in your language, remove the two negatives and put in a strengthening word or phrase such as “very” or “surely.”
* **Be sure of this—wicked people will <u> not</u> go <u> un</u> punished…** (Proverbs 11:21 ULT)
* “Be sure of this—wicked people will <u> certainly</u> be punished…”
* **Be sure of this—wicked people will <u>not</u> go <u>un</u> punished…** (Proverbs 11:21 ULT)
* “Be sure of this—wicked people will <u>certainly</u> be punished…”
* **All things were made through him and <u> without</u> him there was <u> not</u> one thing made that has been made.** (John 1:3 ULT)
* “All things were made through him. He made <u> absolutely</u> everything that has been made.”
* **All things were made through him and <u>without</u> him there was <u>not</u> one thing made that has been made.** (John 1:3 ULT)
* “All things were made through him. He made <u>absolutely</u> everything that has been made.”

20
translate/figs-doublet/01.md
View File

@ -10,19 +10,19 @@ In some languages people do not use doublets. Or they may use doublets, but only
### Examples from the Bible
> King David was <u> old</u> and <u> advanced in years</u> . (1 Kings 1:1 ULT)
> King David was <u>old</u> and <u>advanced in years</u>. (1 Kings 1:1 ULT)
The underlined words mean the same thing. Together they mean that he was “very old.”
> …he attacked two men <u> more righteous</u> and <u> better</u> than himself…(1 Kings 2:32 ULT)
> …he attacked two men <u>more righteous</u> and <u>better</u> than himself… (1 Kings 2:32 ULT)
This means that they were “much more righteous” than he was.
> You have decided to prepare <u> false</u> and <u> deceptive</u> words (Daniel 2:9 ULT)
> You have decided to prepare <u>false</u> and <u>deceptive</u> words (Daniel 2:9 ULT)
This means that they had prepared “many false things to say.”
> …as of a lamb <u> without blemish</u> and <u> without spot</u> . (1 Peter 1:19 ULT)
> …as of a lamb <u>without blemish</u> and <u>without spot</u>. (1 Peter 1:19 ULT)
This means that he was like a lamb that did not have any blemish--not even one.
@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ If a doublet would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consi
1. Translate only one of the words.
* **You have decided to prepare <u> false</u> and <u> deceptive</u> words** (Daniel 2:9 ULT)
* “You have decided to prepare <u> false</u> things to say.”
* **You have decided to prepare <u>false</u> and <u>deceptive</u> words** (Daniel 2:9 ULT)
* “You have decided to prepare <u>false</u> things to say.”
1. If the doublet is used to intensify the meaning, translate one of the words and add a word that intensifies it such as “very” or “great” or “many.”
* **King David was <u> old</u> and <u> advanced in years</u> .** (1 Kings 1:1 ULT)
* “King David was <u> very old</u> .”
* **King David was <u>old</u> and <u>advanced in years</u>.** (1 Kings 1:1 ULT)
* “King David was <u>very old</u>.”
1. If the doublet is used to intensify or emphasize the meaning, use one of your language’s ways of doing that.
* **…a lamb <u> without blemish</u> and <u> without spot</u> …** (1 Peter 1:19 ULT) - English can emphasize this with “any” and “at all.”
* “…a lamb <u> without any blemish at all</u> …”
* **…a lamb <u>without blemish</u> and <u>without spot</u>…** (1 Peter 1:19 ULT) - English can emphasize this with “any” and “at all.”
* “…a lamb <u>without any blemish at all</u>…”

32
translate/figs-ellipsis/01.md
View File

@ -4,11 +4,11 @@
Ellipsis is what happens when a speaker or writer leaves out one or more words from a sentence that it normally should have to be a complete sentence. The speaker or writer does this because he knows that the hearer or reader will understand the meaning of the sentence and fill in the words in his mind when he hears or reads the words that are there. For example:
> …the wicked will not stand in the judgment, <u> nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous</u> . (Psalm 1:5)
> …the wicked will not stand in the judgment, <u>nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous</u>. (Psalm 1:5)
There is ellipsis in the second part because “nor sinners in the assembly of the righteous” is not a complete sentence. The speaker assumes that the hearer will understand what it is that sinners will not do in the assembly of the righteous by filling in the action from the previous clause. With the action filled in, the complete sentence would be:
> …nor <u> will</u> sinners <u> stand</u> in the assembly of the righteous.
> …nor <u>will</u> sinners <u>stand</u> in the assembly of the righteous.
#### There are two types of ellipsis.
@ -23,31 +23,31 @@ Readers who see incomplete sentences or phrases may not know what information is
#### Relative Ellipsis
> He makes Lebanon skip like a calf <u> and Sirion like a young ox</u> . (Psalm 29:6 ULT)
> He makes Lebanon skip like a calf <u>and Sirion like a young ox</u>. (Psalm 29:6 ULT)
The writer wants his words to be few and to make good poetry. The full sentence with the information filled in would be:
> He makes Lebanon skip like a calf and <u> he makes</u> Sirion <u> skip</u> like a young ox.
> He makes Lebanon skip like a calf and <u>he makes</u> Sirion <u>skip</u> like a young ox.
> But if we are afflicted, <u> for your comfort and salvation</u> ; if we are comforted, <u> for your comfort</u> ,… (2 Corinthians 1:6)
> But if we are afflicted, <u>for your comfort and salvation</u>; if we are comforted, <u>for your comfort</u>,… (2 Corinthians 1:6)
The information that the reader must understand in the second parts of these sentences can be filled in from the first parts:
> But if we are afflicted, <u> we are afflicted</u> for your comfort and salvation; if we are comforted, <u> we are comforted</u> for your comfort,…
> But if we are afflicted, <u>we are afflicted</u> for your comfort and salvation; if we are comforted, <u>we are comforted</u> for your comfort,…
#### Absolute Ellipsis
> …when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” He said, “Lord, <u> that I might receive my sight</u> .” (Luke 18:40-41 ULT)
> …when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” He said, “Lord, <u>that I might receive my sight</u>.” (Luke 18:40-41 ULT)
It seems that the man answered in an incomplete sentence because he wanted to be polite and not directly ask Jesus for healing. He knew that Jesus would understand that the only way he could receive his sight would be for Jesus to heal him. The complete sentence would be:
>> “Lord, <u> I want you to heal me so</u> that I might receive my sight.”
>> “Lord, <u>I want you to heal me so</u> that I might receive my sight.”
> To Titus…<u> Grace and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our savior</u> . (Titus 1:4 ULT)
> To Titus…<u>Grace and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our savior</u>. (Titus 1:4 ULT)
The writer assumes that the reader will recognize this common form of a blessing or wish, so he does not need to include the full sentence, which would be:
>> To Titus…<u> May you receive</u> grace and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our savior.
>> To Titus…<u>May you receive</u> grace and peace from God the Father and Christ Jesus our savior.
### Translation Strategies
@ -59,14 +59,14 @@ If ellipsis would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consid
(1) Add the missing words to the incomplete phrase or sentence.
> **…the wicked will not stand in the judgment, nor <u> sinners in the assembly</u> of the righteous.** (Psalm 1:5)
>> …the wicked will not stand in the judgment, and <u> sinners will not stand in the assembly</u> of the righteous
> **…the wicked will not stand in the judgment, nor <u>sinners in the assembly</u> of the righteous.** (Psalm 1:5)
>> …the wicked will not stand in the judgment, and <u>sinners will not stand in the assembly</u> of the righteous
> **…when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” He said, “Lord, <u> that I might receive my sight</u> .”** (Luke 18:40-41)
>> …when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” He said, “Lord, <u> I want you to heal me</u> that I might receive my sight.”
> **…when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” He said, “Lord, <u>that I might receive my sight</u>.”** (Luke 18:40-41)
>> …when the blind man was near, Jesus asked him, “What do you want me to do for you?” He said, “Lord, <u>I want you to heal me</u> that I might receive my sight.”
> **He makes Lebanon skip like a calf <u> and Sirion like a young ox</u> .** (Psalm 29:6)
>> He makes Lebanon skip like a calf, and <u> he makes</u> Sirion <u> skip</u> like a young ox.
> **He makes Lebanon skip like a calf <u>and Sirion like a young ox</u>.** (Psalm 29:6)
>> He makes Lebanon skip like a calf, and <u>he makes</u> Sirion <u>skip</u> like a young ox.

16
translate/figs-euphemism/01.md
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ A euphemism is a mild or polite way of referring to something that is unpleasant
### Definition
> …they found Saul and his sons <u> fallen</u> on Mount Gilboa. (1 Chronicles 10:8 ULT)
> …they found Saul and his sons <u>fallen</u> on Mount Gilboa. (1 Chronicles 10:8 ULT)
This means that Saul and his sons “were dead”. It is a euphemism because the important thing was not that Saul and his sons had fallen but that they were dead. Sometimes people do not like to speak directly about death because it is unpleasant.
@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ If euphemism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, consi
(1) Use a euphemism from your own culture.
> **…where there was a cave. Saul went inside to <u> relieve himself</u> .** (1 Samuel 24:3 ULT) - Some languages might use euphemisms like these:
>> “…where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave <u> to dig a hole</u> “
>> “…where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave <u> to have some time alone</u> “
> **…where there was a cave. Saul went inside to <u>relieve himself</u>.** (1 Samuel 24:3 ULT) - Some languages might use euphemisms like these:
>> “…where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave <u>to dig a hole</u> “
>> “…where there was a cave. Saul went into the cave <u>to have some time alone</u> “
> **Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I have not <u> slept with any man</u> ?”** (Luke 1:34 ULT)
>> Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since <u> I do not know a man</u> ?” - (This is the euphemism used in the original Greek)
> **Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since I have not <u>slept with any man</u>?”** (Luke 1:34 ULT)
>> Mary said to the angel, “How will this happen, since <u>I do not know a man</u>?” - (This is the euphemism used in the original Greek)
(2) State the information plainly without a euphemism if it would not be offensive.
> **they found Saul and his sons <u> fallen</u> on Mount Gilboa.** (1 Chronicles 10:8 ULT)
>> “they found Saul and his sons <u> dead</u> on Mount Gilboa.”
> **they found Saul and his sons <u>fallen</u> on Mount Gilboa.** (1 Chronicles 10:8 ULT)
>> “they found Saul and his sons <u>dead</u> on Mount Gilboa.”

10
translate/figs-events/01.md
View File

@ -31,19 +31,19 @@ This sounds like a person must first open the scroll and then break its seals, b
(1) If your language uses phrases, time words or tenses to show that an event happened before the one just mentioned, consider using one of them.
> **<sup> 20</sup> But then Herod…had John locked up in prison. <sup> 21</sup> Now it came about, while all the people were being baptized by John, that Jesus also was baptized.** (Luke 3:20-21 ULT)
>> <sup> 20</sup> But then Herod…had John locked up in prison. <sup> 21</sup> <u> Before John was put in prison,</u> while all the people were being baptized by John, Jesus also was baptized.
>> <sup> 20</sup> But then Herod…had John locked up in prison. <sup> 21</sup> <u>Before John was put in prison,</u> while all the people were being baptized by John, Jesus also was baptized.
> **Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals?** (Revelation 5:2 ULT)
>> Who is worthy to open the scroll <u> after</u> breaking its seals?
>> Who is worthy to open the scroll <u>after</u> breaking its seals?
(2) If your language uses verb tense or aspect to show that an event happened before one that was already mentioned, consider using that.
> **<sup> 8</sup> Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams’ horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets…<sup> 10</sup> But Joshua commanded the people, saying, “Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout.”** (Joshua 6:8-10 ULT)
>> <sup> 8</sup> Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets…<sup> 10</sup> But Joshua <u> had commanded</u> the people, saying, “Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout.
> **<sup> 8</sup> Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams’ horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets…<sup> 10</sup> But Joshua commanded the people, saying, “Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout.”** (Joshua 6:8-10 ULT)
>> <sup> 8</sup> Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets…<sup> 10</sup> But Joshua <u>had commanded</u> the people, saying, “Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout.
(3) If your language prefers to tell events in the order that they occur, consider reordering the events. This may require putting two or more verses together (like 5-6).
> **<sup> 8</sup> Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets…<sup> 10</sup> But Joshua commanded the people, saying, “Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout.”** (Joshua 6:8-10 ULT)
> **<sup> 8</sup> Just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets…<sup> 10</sup> But Joshua commanded the people, saying, “Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout.”** (Joshua 6:8-10 ULT)
>> <sup> 8-10</sup> Joshua commanded the people, saying, “Do not shout. No sound must leave your mouths until the day I tell you to shout. Only then must you shout.” Then just as Joshua had said to the people, the seven priests carried the seven trumpets of rams horns before Yahweh, as they advanced, they gave a blast on the trumpets…
> **Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals?** (Revelation 5:2 ULT)

24
translate/figs-exclamations/01.md
View File

@ -16,14 +16,14 @@ Languages have different ways of showing that a sentence communicates strong emo
Some exclamations have a word that shows feeling. The sentences below have “Oh” and “Ah.” The word “oh” here shows the speaker’s amazement.
> <u> Oh</u> , the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! (Romans 11:33 ULT)
> <u>Oh</u>, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God! (Romans 11:33 ULT)
The word “Ah” below shows that Gideon was very frightened.
> Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. Gideon said, “<u> Ah</u> , Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!” (Judges 6:22 ULT)
> Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. Gideon said, “<u>Ah</u>, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!” (Judges 6:22 ULT)
Some exclamations start with a question word such as “how” or “why,” even though they are not questions. The sentence below shows that the speaker is amazed at how unsearchable God’s judgments are.
> <u> How</u> unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering! (Romans 11:33 ULT)
> <u>How</u> unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering! (Romans 11:33 ULT)
Some exclamations in the Bible do not have a main verb. The exclamation below shows that the speaker is disgusted with the person he is speaking to.
@ -42,32 +42,32 @@ Some exclamations in the Bible do not have a main verb. The exclamation below sh
(1) If an exclamation in your language needs a verb, add one. Often a good verb is “is” or “are.”
> **You worthless person!** (Matthew 5:22 ULT)
>> “You <u> are</u> such a worthless person!”
>> “You <u>are</u> such a worthless person!”
> **Oh, the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and the knowledge of God!** (Romans 11:33 ULT)
>> “Oh, the riches of the wisdom and the knowledge of God <u> are</u> so deep!”
>> “Oh, the riches of the wisdom and the knowledge of God <u>are</u> so deep!”
(2) Use an exclamation word from your language that shows the strong feeling. The word “wow” below shows that they were astonished. The expression “Oh no” shows that something terrible or frightening has happened.
> **They were absolutely astonished, saying, “He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak.”** (Mark 7:36 ULT)
>> “They were absolutely astonished, saying, “<u> Wow</u> ! He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak.” “
>> “They were absolutely astonished, saying, “<u>Wow</u>! He has done everything well. He even makes the deaf to hear and the mute to speak.” “
> **Ah, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!** (Judges 6:22 ULT)
>> “__Oh no__, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”
(3) Translate the exclamation word with a sentence that shows the feeling.
> **<u> Ah</u> , Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!** (Judges 6:22 ULT)
>> Lord Yahweh, <u> what will happen to me</u> ? For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”
>> <u> Help</u> , Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!
> **<u>Ah</u>, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!** (Judges 6:22 ULT)
>> Lord Yahweh, <u>what will happen to me</u>? For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”
>> <u>Help</u>, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!
(4) Use a word that emphasizes the part of the sentence that brings about the strong feeling.
> **How unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways beyond discovering!** (Romans 11:33 ULT)
>> “His judgements are <u> so</u> unsearchable and his ways are <u> far</u> beyond discovering!”
>> “His judgements are <u>so</u> unsearchable and his ways are <u>far</u> beyond discovering!”
(5) If the strong feeling is not clear in the target language, then tell how the person felt.
> **Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. Gideon said, “<u> Ah</u> , Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”** (Judges 6:22 ULT)
>> “Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. <u> He was terrified</u> and said, “<u> Ah</u> , Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!” (Judges 6:22 ULT)
> **Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. Gideon said, “<u>Ah</u>, Lord Yahweh! For I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!”** (Judges 6:22 ULT)
>> “Gideon understood that this was the angel of Yahweh. <u>He was terrified</u> and said, “<u>Ah</u>, Lord Yahweh! I have seen the angel of Yahweh face to face!” (Judges 6:22 ULT)

12
translate/figs-exclusive/01.md
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
### Description
Some languages have more than one form of “we:” an **inclusive** form that means “I and you” and an **exclusive** form that means “I and someone else but <u> not you</u> .” The exclusive form excludes the person being spoken to. The inclusive form includes the person being spoken to and possibly others. This is also true for “us,” “our,” “ours,” and “ourselves.” Some languages have inclusive forms and exclusive forms for each of these. Translators whose language has separate exclusive and inclusive forms for these words will need to understand what the speaker meant so that they can decide which form to use.
Some languages have more than one form of “we:” an **inclusive** form that means “I and you” and an **exclusive** form that means “I and someone else but <u>not you</u>.” The exclusive form excludes the person being spoken to. The inclusive form includes the person being spoken to and possibly others. This is also true for “us,” “our,” “ours,” and “ourselves.” Some languages have inclusive forms and exclusive forms for each of these. Translators whose language has separate exclusive and inclusive forms for these words will need to understand what the speaker meant so that they can decide which form to use.
See the pictures. The people on the right are the people that the speaker is talking to. The yellow highlight shows who the inclusive “we” and the exclusive “we” refer to.
@ -16,18 +16,18 @@ The Bible was first written in the Hebrew, Aramaic, and Greek languages. Like En
### Examples from the Bible
> They said, “<u> We</u> have no more than five loaves of bread and two fish, unless <u> we</u> went and bought food for all this crowd of people.” (Luke 9:13 ULT)
> They said, “<u>We</u> have no more than five loaves of bread and two fish, unless <u>we</u> went and bought food for all this crowd of people.” (Luke 9:13 ULT)
In the first clause, the disciples are telling Jesus how much food they have among them, so this “we” could be the inclusive form or the exclusive form. In the second clause, the disciples are talking about some of them going to buy food, so that “we” would be the exclusive form, since Jesus would not go to buy food.
> <u> we</u> have seen, and bear witness, and declare to you the eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested to <u> us</u> (1 John 1:2 ULT)
> <u>we</u> have seen, and bear witness, and declare to you the eternal life, which was with the Father, and was manifested to <u>us</u> (1 John 1:2 ULT)
John is telling people who have not seen Jesus what he and the other apostles have seen. So languages that have exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the exclusive forms in this verse.
> … the shepherds said one to each other, “Let <u> us</u> now go to Bethlehem, and see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to <u> us</u> .” (Luke 2:15 ULT)
> … the shepherds said one to each other, “Let <u>us</u> now go to Bethlehem, and see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to <u>us</u>.” (Luke 2:15 ULT)
The shepherds were speaking to one another. When they said “us,” they were <u> including</u> the people they were speaking to - one another.
The shepherds were speaking to one another. When they said “us,” they were <u>including</u> the people they were speaking to - one another.
> Now it happened on one of those days that Jesus and his disciples entered into a boat, and he said to them, “Let <u> us</u> go over to the other side of the lake.” Then they set sail. (Luke 8:22 ULT)
> Now it happened on one of those days that Jesus and his disciples entered into a boat, and he said to them, “Let <u>us</u> go over to the other side of the lake.” Then they set sail. (Luke 8:22 ULT)
When Jesus said “us,” he was referring to himself and to the disciples he was speaking to, so this would be the inclusive form.

50
translate/figs-exmetaphor/01.md
View File

@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ An extended metaphor occurs when someone speaks of a situation as if it were a d
In Psalm 23:1-4, the writer says that God’s concern and care for his people can be pictured as the care that a shepherd has for his flock of sheep. Shepherds give sheep what they need, take them to safe places, rescue them, guide them, and protect them. What God does for his people is like these actions.
> <sup> 1</sup> Yahweh is my shepherd; I will lack nothing.
> <sup> 2</sup> He <u> makes me</u> to lie down in green pastures;
> he <u> leads me</u> beside tranquil water.
> <sup> 3</sup> He <u> brings back</u> my life;
> he <u> guides me</u> along right paths for his name’s sake.
> <sup> 2</sup> He <u>makes me</u> to lie down in green pastures;
> he <u>leads me</u> beside tranquil water.
> <sup> 3</sup> He <u>brings back</u> my life;
> he <u>guides me</u> along right paths for his name’s sake.
> <sup> 4</sup> Even though I walk through a valley of darkest shadow,
> I will not fear harm since you are with me;
> your rod and your staff comfort me. (ULT)
@ -62,53 +62,53 @@ Consider using the same extended metaphor if your readers will understand it in
(1) If the target audience would think that the images should be understood literally, translate it as a simile by using “like” or “as.” It may be enough to to do this in just the first sentence or two. See Psalm 23:1-2 as an example:
> **Yahweh is <u> my shepherd</u> ; I will lack nothing.**
> **He makes <u> me</u> to lie down in green pastures;**
> **<u> he leads me</u> beside tranquil water.** (ULT)
> **Yahweh is <u>my shepherd</u>; I will lack nothing.**
> **He makes <u>me</u> to lie down in green pastures;**
> **<u>he leads me</u> beside tranquil water.** (ULT)
Can be translated as:
> “Yahweh is <u> like</u> a shepherd to me, so I will lack nothing.
> <u> Like</u> a shepherd who makes his sheep lie down in green pastures and leads them by peaceful waters,
> “Yahweh is <u>like</u> a shepherd to me, so I will lack nothing.
> <u>Like</u> a shepherd who makes his sheep lie down in green pastures and leads them by peaceful waters,
> Yahweh helps me to rest peacefully.”
(2) If the target audience would not know the image, find a way of translating it so they can understand what the image is.
> **My well beloved had a <u> vineyard</u> on a very fertile hill.**
> **He <u> spaded</u> it and removed the stones, and planted it with the <u> choicest</u> vine.**
> **He built <u> a tower</u> in the middle of it, and also built a <u> winepress</u> .**
> **He waited for it to produce grapes, but it produced <u> wild grapes</u> .**(Isaiah 5:1-2 ULT)
> **My well beloved had a <u>vineyard</u> on a very fertile hill.**
> **He <u>spaded</u> it and removed the stones, and planted it with the <u>choicest</u> vine.**
> **He built <u>a tower</u> in the middle of it, and also built a <u>winepress</u>.**
> **He waited for it to produce grapes, but it produced <u>wild grapes</u>.**(Isaiah 5:1-2 ULT)
May be translated as:
> “My well beloved had a <u> grapevine garden</u> on a very fertile hill.
> He <u> dug up the ground</u> and removed the stones, and planted it with <u> the best grapevines</u> .
> He built a <u> watchtower</u> in the middle of it, and also built <u> a tank where he could crush the juice out of the grapes</u> .
> He waited for it to produce grapes, but it produced <u> wild grapes that were not good for making wine</u> .”
> “My well beloved had a <u>grapevine garden</u> on a very fertile hill.
> He <u>dug up the ground</u> and removed the stones, and planted it with <u>the best grapevines</u>.
> He built a <u>watchtower</u> in the middle of it, and also built <u>a tank where he could crush the juice out of the grapes</u>.
> He waited for it to produce grapes, but it produced <u>wild grapes that were not good for making wine</u>.”
(3) If the target audience still would not understand, then state it clearly.
> Yahweh is <u> my shepherd</u> ; I will lack nothing.** (Psalm 23:1 ULT)
> Yahweh is <u>my shepherd</u>; I will lack nothing.** (Psalm 23:1 ULT)
>> “Yahweh <u> cares for me</u> like a shepherd that cares for his sheep, so I will lack nothing.”
>> “Yahweh <u>cares for me</u> like a shepherd that cares for his sheep, so I will lack nothing.”
> **For the vineyard of Yahweh of hosts <u> is</u> the house of Israel,**
> **For the vineyard of Yahweh of hosts <u>is</u> the house of Israel,**
> **and the men of Judah his pleasant planting;**
> **he waited for justice, but instead, there was killing;**
> **for righteousness, but, instead, a cry for help.** (Isaiah 5:7 ULT)
Can be translated as:
>> For the vineyard of Yahweh of hosts <u> represents</u> the house of Israel,
>> and the men of Judah <u> are like</u> his pleasant planting;
>> For the vineyard of Yahweh of hosts <u>represents</u> the house of Israel,
>> and the men of Judah <u>are like</u> his pleasant planting;
>> he waited for justice, but instead, there was killing;
>> for righteousness, but, instead, a cry for help.
or as:
>> <u> So as a farmer stops caring for a grapevine garden that produces bad fruit</u> ,
>> <u> Yahweh will stop protecting</u> Israel and Judah,
>> <u> because they do not do what is right</u> .
>> <u>So as a farmer stops caring for a grapevine garden that produces bad fruit</u>,
>> <u>Yahweh will stop protecting</u> Israel and Judah,
>> <u>because they do not do what is right</u>.
>> he waited for justice, but instead, there was killing;
>> for righteousness, but, instead, a cry for help.

28
translate/figs-explicit/01.md
View File

@ -19,19 +19,19 @@ All three kinds of information are part of the speaker’s message. If one of th
### Examples from the Bible
> Then a scribe came to him and said, “Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go.” Jesus said to him, “Foxes <u> have holes</u> , and the birds of the sky <u> have nests</u> , but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” (Matthew 8:20 ULT)
> Then a scribe came to him and said, “Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go.” Jesus said to him, “Foxes <u>have holes</u>, and the birds of the sky <u>have nests</u>, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.” (Matthew 8:20 ULT)
Jesus did not say what foxes and birds use holes and nests for, because he assumed that the scribe would have known that foxes sleep in holes in the ground and birds sleep in their nests. This is **assumed knowledge**.
Jesus did not directly say here “I am the Son of Man” but, if the scribe did not already know it, then that fact would be **implicit information** that he could learn because Jesus referred to himself that way. Also, Jesus did not state explicitly that he travelled a lot and did not have a house that he slept in every night. That is **implicit information** that the scribe could learn when Jesus said that he had nowhere to lay his head.
> Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the mighty deeds had been done in <u> Tyre and Sidon</u> which were done in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the <u> day of judgment</u> than for you. (Matthew 11:21, 22 ULT)
> Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the mighty deeds had been done in <u>Tyre and Sidon</u> which were done in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. But it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the <u>day of judgment</u> than for you. (Matthew 11:21, 22 ULT)
Jesus assumed that the people he was speaking to knew that Tyre and Sidon were very wicked, and that the day of judgment is a time when God will judge every person. Jesus also knew that the people he was talking to believed that they were good and did not need to repent. Jesus did not need to tell them these things. This is all **assumed knowledge**.
An important piece of **implicit information** here is that because the people he was speaking to did not repent, they would be judged more severely than the people of Tyre and Sidon would be judged.
> Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For <u> they do not wash their hands when they eat</u> . (Matthew 15:2 ULT)
> Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For <u>they do not wash their hands when they eat</u>. (Matthew 15:2 ULT)
One of the traditions of the elders was a ceremony in which people would wash their hands in order to be ritually clean before eating. People thought that in order to be righteous, they had to follow all the traditions of the elders. This was **assumed knowledge** that the Pharisees who were speaking to Jesus expected him to know. By saying this, they were accusing his disciples of not following the traditions, and thus not being righteous. This is **implicit information** that they wanted him to understand from what they said.
@ -46,30 +46,30 @@ If readers have enough assumed knowledge to be able to understand the message, a
(1) If readers cannot understand the message because they do not have certain assumed knowledge, then provide that knowledge as explicit information.
> **Jesus said to him, “Foxes <u> have holes</u> , and the birds of the sky <u> have nests</u> , but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.”** (Matthew 8:20 ULT) - Assumed knowledge was that the foxes slept in their holes and birds slept in their nests.
>> Jesus said to him, “Foxes <u> have holes to live in</u> , and the birds of the sky <u> have nests to live in</u> , but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head and sleep.”
> **Jesus said to him, “Foxes <u>have holes</u>, and the birds of the sky <u>have nests</u>, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.”** (Matthew 8:20 ULT) - Assumed knowledge was that the foxes slept in their holes and birds slept in their nests.
>> Jesus said to him, “Foxes <u>have holes to live in</u>, and the birds of the sky <u>have nests to live in</u>, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head and sleep.”
> **it will be more tolerable for <u> Tyre and Sidon</u> at the day of judgment than for you** (Matthew 11:22 ULT) - Assumed knowledge was that the people of Tyre and Sidon were very, very wicked. This can be stated explicitly.
> **it will be more tolerable for <u>Tyre and Sidon</u> at the day of judgment than for you** (Matthew 11:22 ULT) - Assumed knowledge was that the people of Tyre and Sidon were very, very wicked. This can be stated explicitly.
>> …it will be more tolerable for <u> those cities Tyre and Sidon, whose people were very wicked</u> , at the day of judgment than for you
>> …it will be more tolerable for <u>those cities Tyre and Sidon, whose people were very wicked</u>, at the day of judgment than for you
or:
>> …it will be more tolerable for those <u> wicked cities Tyre and Sidon</u> at the day of judgment than for you
>> …it will be more tolerable for those <u>wicked cities Tyre and Sidon</u> at the day of judgment than for you
> **Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For <u> they do not wash their hands</u> when they eat.** (Matthew 15:2 ULT) - Assumed knowledge was that one of the traditions of the elders was a ceremony in which people would wash their hands in order to be ritually clean before eating, which they must do to be righteous. It was not to remove germs from their hands to avoid sickness, as a modern reader might think.
> **Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For <u>they do not wash their hands</u> when they eat.** (Matthew 15:2 ULT) - Assumed knowledge was that one of the traditions of the elders was a ceremony in which people would wash their hands in order to be ritually clean before eating, which they must do to be righteous. It was not to remove germs from their hands to avoid sickness, as a modern reader might think.
>> Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For <u> they do not go through the ceremonial handwashing ritual of righteousness</u> when they eat.
>> Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? For <u>they do not go through the ceremonial handwashing ritual of righteousness</u> when they eat.
(2) If readers cannot understand the message because they do not know certain implicit information, then state that information clearly, but try to do it in a way that does not imply that the information was new to the original audience.
> **Then a scribe came to him and said, “Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go.” Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but the Son of Man has nowhere to lay his head.”** (Matthew 8:19, 20 ULT) - Implicit information is that Jesus himself is the Son of Man. Other implicit information is that if the scribe wanted to follow Jesus, he would have to live like Jesus without a house.
>> Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but <u> I, the Son of Man</u> , have <u> no home to rest in. If you want to follow me, you will live as I live</u> .”
>> Jesus said to him, “Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests, but <u>I, the Son of Man</u>, have <u>no home to rest in. If you want to follow me, you will live as I live</u>.”
> **it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you** (Matthew 11:22 ULT) - Implicit information is that God would not only judge the people; he would punish them. This can be made explicit.
> **it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you** (Matthew 11:22 ULT) - Implicit information is that God would not only judge the people; he would punish them. This can be made explicit.
>> At the day of judgment, God will <u> punish Tyre and Sidon</u> , cities whose people were very wicked, <u> less severely than he will punish you</u>
>> At the day of judgment, God will <u> punish you more severely</u> than Tyre and Sidon, cities whose people were very wicked.
>> At the day of judgment, God will <u>punish Tyre and Sidon</u>, cities whose people were very wicked, <u>less severely than he will punish you</u>
>> At the day of judgment, God will <u>punish you more severely</u> than Tyre and Sidon, cities whose people were very wicked.
Modern readers may not know some of the things that the people in the Bible and the people who first read it knew. This can make it hard for them to understand what a speaker or writer says, and to learn things that the speaker left implicit. Translators may need to state some things explicitly in the translation that the original speaker or writer left unstated or implicit.

12
translate/figs-explicitinfo/01.md
View File

@ -11,13 +11,13 @@ If you translate all of the explicit information from the source language into t
### Examples from the Bible
> <u> And</u> Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower <u> to burn it with fire</u> . (Judges 9:52 ESV)
> <u>And</u> Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower <u>to burn it with fire</u>. (Judges 9:52 ESV)
In Biblical Hebrew, it was normal to start most sentences with a conjunction such as “and” to show the connection between sentences. In English, it is ungrammatical to do so, is quite tiresome for the English reader, and gives the impression that the author was uneducated. In English, it is best to leave the idea of connection between sentences implicit in most cases and not translate the conjunction explicitly.
In Biblical Hebrew, it was normal to say that something was burned with fire. In English, the idea of fire is included in the action of burning, and so it is unnatural to state both ideas explicitly. It is enough to say that something was burned and leave the idea of fire implicit.
> The centurion <u> answered and said</u> , “Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…” (Matthew 8:8 ULT)
> The centurion <u>answered and said</u>, “Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…” (Matthew 8:8 ULT)
In the biblical languages, it was normal to introduce direct speech with two verbs of speaking. One verb indicated the mode of address, and the other introduced the words of the speaker. English speakers do not do this, so it is very unnatural and confusing to use two verbs. For the English speaker, the idea of speaking is included in the idea of answering. Using two verbs in English implies two separate speeches, rather than just one. So in English, it is better to use only one verb of speaking.
@ -34,18 +34,18 @@ In the biblical languages, it was normal to introduce direct speech with two ver
(2) If the explicit information does not sound natural in the target language or seems unnecessary or confusing, leave the explicit information implicit. Only do this if the reader can understand this information from the context. You can test this by asking the reader a question about the passage.
> **And Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it with fire.** (Judges 9:52 ESV)
>> Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower <u> to burn it</u> . (Or) <u> …to set it on fire</u> .
> **And Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower to burn it with fire.** (Judges 9:52 ESV)
>> Abimelech came to the tower and fought against it and drew near to the door of the tower <u>to burn it</u>. (Or) <u>…to set it on fire</u>.
In English, it is clear that the action of this verse follows the action of the previous verse without the use of the connector “and” at the beginning, so it was omitted. Also, the words “with fire” were left out, because this information is communicated implicitly by the word “burn.” An alternative translation for “to burn it” is “to set it on fire.” It is not natural in English to use both “burn” and “fire,” so the English translator should choose only one of them. You can test if the readers understood the implicit information by asking, “How would the door burn?” If they knew it was by fire, then they have understood the implicit information. Or, if you chose the second option, you could ask, “What happens to a door that is set on fire?” If the readers answer, “It burns,” then they have understood the implicit information.
> **The centurion answered and said, “Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…”** (Matthew 8:8 ULT)
>> The centurion <u> answered</u> , “Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…”
>> The centurion <u>answered</u>, “Lord, I am not worthy that you should enter under my roof…”
In English, the information that the centurion answered by speaking is included in the verb “answered,” so the verb “said” can be left implicit. You can test if the readers understood the implicit information by asking, “How did the centurion answer?” If they knew it was by speaking, then they have understood the implicit information.
> **And he opened his mouth and taught them, saying,** (Matthew 5:2 ULT)
>> <u> He began to</u> teach them, saying, (Or) He taught them, saying,
>> <u>He began to</u> teach them, saying, (Or) He taught them, saying,
In English, it would be very strange to include the information that Jesus opened his mouth when he spoke. That information is included in the verbs "taught" and "saying," so that phrase can be omitted and that information left implicit. However, "he opened his mouth" is an idiom that indicates the beginning of a speech, so that information may be included, or it may also be left implicit.

24
translate/figs-gendernotations/01.md
View File

@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ In some parts of the Bible, the words “men”, “brothers” and “sons” r
### Description
In some languages a word that normally refers to men can also be used in a more general way to refer to both men and women. For example, the Bible sometimes says ‘<u> brothers</u> ‘ when it refers to both brothers and sisters.
In some languages a word that normally refers to men can also be used in a more general way to refer to both men and women. For example, the Bible sometimes says ‘<u>brothers</u> ‘ when it refers to both brothers and sisters.
Also in some languages, the masculine pronouns “he” and “him” can be used in a more general way for any person if it is not important whether the person is a man or a woman. In the example below, the pronoun is “his”, but it is not limited to males.
> A wise child makes <u> his</u> father rejoice
> but a foolish child brings grief to <u> his</u> mother. (Proverbs 10:1 ULT)
> A wise child makes <u>his</u> father rejoice
> but a foolish child brings grief to <u>his</u> mother. (Proverbs 10:1 ULT)
#### Reason this is a translation issue
@ -20,17 +20,17 @@ When a statement applies to both men and women, translate it in such a way that
### Examples from the Bible
> We want you to know, <u> brothers</u> , about the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia. (2 Corinthians 8:1 ULT)
> We want you to know, <u>brothers</u>, about the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia. (2 Corinthians 8:1 ULT)
This verse is addressing the believers in Corinth, not only men, but **men and women**.
> Then said Jesus to his disciples, “If anyone wants to follow me, <u> he</u> must deny <u> himself</u> , take up <u> his</u> cross, and follow me.” (Matthew 16:24-26 ULT)
> Then said Jesus to his disciples, “If anyone wants to follow me, <u>he</u> must deny <u>himself</u>, take up <u>his</u> cross, and follow me.” (Matthew 16:24-26 ULT)
Jesus was not speaking only of men, but of **men and women**.
**Caution**: Sometimes masculine words are used specifically to refer to men. Do not use words that would lead people to think that they include women. The underlined words below are specifically about men.
> Moses said, ‘If a <u> man</u> dies, having no children, <u> his</u> <u> brother</u> must marry <u> his</u> wife and have a child for <u> his</u> <u> brother</u> .’ (Mark 22:24 ULT)
> Moses said, ‘If a <u>man</u> dies, having no children, <u>his</u> <u>brother</u> must marry <u>his</u> wife and have a child for <u>his</u> <u>brother</u>.’ (Mark 22:24 ULT)
### Translation Strategies
@ -44,17 +44,17 @@ If people would understand that that masculine words like “man,” “brother,
(1) Use nouns that can be used for both men and women.
> **The wise <u> man</u> dies just like the fool dies.** (Ecclesiastes 2:16 ULT)
>> “The wise <u> person</u> dies just like the fool dies.”
>> “Wise <u> people</u> die just like fools die.”
> **The wise <u>man</u> dies just like the fool dies.** (Ecclesiastes 2:16 ULT)
>> “The wise <u>person</u> dies just like the fool dies.”
>> “Wise <u>people</u> die just like fools die.”
(2) Use a word that refers to men and a word that refers to women.
> **For we do not want you to be ignorant, <u> brothers</u> , about the troubles we had in Asia.** (2 Corinthians 1:8) - Paul was writing this letter to both men and women.
>> “For we do not want you to be ignorant, <u> brothers and sisters</u> , about the troubles we had in Asia.” (2 Corinthians 1:8)
> **For we do not want you to be ignorant, <u>brothers</u>, about the troubles we had in Asia.** (2 Corinthians 1:8) - Paul was writing this letter to both men and women.
>> “For we do not want you to be ignorant, <u>brothers and sisters</u>, about the troubles we had in Asia.” (2 Corinthians 1:8)
(3) Use pronouns that can be used for both men and women.
> **If anyone wants to follow me, he must deny himself, take up his cross, and follow me.”** (Matthew 16:24 ULT) - English speakers can change the masculine singular pronouns, “he,” “himself,” and “his” to plural pronouns that do not mark gender, “they,” “themselves,” and “their” in order to show that it applies to all people, not just men.
>> “If <u> people</u> want to follow me, <u> they</u> must deny <u> themselves</u> , take up <u> their</u> cross, and follow me.”
>> “If <u>people</u> want to follow me, <u>they</u> must deny <u>themselves</u>, take up <u>their</u> cross, and follow me.”

32
translate/figs-genericnoun/01.md
View File

@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
Generic noun phrases refer to people or things in general rather than to specific individuals or things. This happens frequently in proverbs, because proverbs tell about things that are true about people in general.
> Can <u> a man</u> walk on hot coals without scorching his feet?
> So is <u> the man who goes into his neighbor’s wife</u> ;
> <u> the one who has relations with her</u> will not go unpunished. (Proverbs 6:28 ULT)
> Can <u>a man</u> walk on hot coals without scorching his feet?
> So is <u>the man who goes into his neighbor’s wife</u>;
> <u>the one who has relations with her</u> will not go unpunished. (Proverbs 6:28 ULT)
The underlined phrases above do not refer to a specific man. They refer to any man who does these things.
@ -16,14 +16,14 @@ Different languages have different ways of showing that noun phrases refer to so
### Examples from the Bible
> The <u> one who does what is right</u> is kept away from trouble and it comes upon <u> the wicked</u> instead. (Proverbs 11:8 ULT)
> The <u>one who does what is right</u> is kept away from trouble and it comes upon <u>the wicked</u> instead. (Proverbs 11:8 ULT)
The underlined phrases above do not refer to any specific people but to anyone who does what is right or anyone who is wicked.
> People curse <u> the man who refuses to sell them grain</u> . (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)
> People curse <u>the man who refuses to sell them grain</u>. (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)
This does not refer to a particular man, but to any person who refuses to sell grain.
> Yahweh gives favor to <u> a good man</u> , but he condemns <u> a man who makes evil plans</u> . (Proverbs 12:2 ULT)
> Yahweh gives favor to <u>a good man</u>, but he condemns <u>a man who makes evil plans</u>. (Proverbs 12:2 ULT)
The phrase “a good man” does not refer to a particular man, but to any person who is good. The phrase “a man who makes evil plans” does not refer to a particular man, but to any person who makes evil plans.
@ -41,27 +41,27 @@ If your language can use the same wording as in the ULT to refer to people or th
(1) Use the word “the” in the noun phrase.
> **Yahweh gives favor to <u> a good man</u> , but he condemns <u> a man who makes evil plans</u> .** (Proverbs 12:2 ULT)
>> “Yahweh gives favor to <u> the good man</u> , but he condemns <u> the man who makes evil plans</u> .” (Proverbs 12:2)
> **Yahweh gives favor to <u>a good man</u>, but he condemns <u>a man who makes evil plans</u>.** (Proverbs 12:2 ULT)
>> “Yahweh gives favor to <u>the good man</u>, but he condemns <u>the man who makes evil plans</u>.” (Proverbs 12:2)
(2) Use the word “a” in the noun phrase.
> **People curse <u> the man</u> who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)
>> “People curse <u> a man</u> who refuses to sell them grain”
> **People curse <u>the man</u> who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)
>> “People curse <u>a man</u> who refuses to sell them grain”
(3) Use the word “any, as in “any person” or “anyone.”
> **People curse <u> the man</u> who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)
>> “People curse <u> any man</u> who refuses to sell them grain.”
> **People curse <u>the man</u> who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)
>> “People curse <u>any man</u> who refuses to sell them grain.”
(4) Use the plural form, as in “people” (or in this sentence, “men”).
> **People curse <u> the man</u> who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)
>> “People curse <u> men</u> who refuse to sell them grain”
> **People curse <u>the man</u> who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)
>> “People curse <u>men</u> who refuse to sell them grain”
(5) Use any other way that is natural in your language.
> **People curse <u> the man</u> who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)
>> “People curse <u> whoever</u> refuses to sell them grain.”
> **People curse <u>the man</u> who refuses to sell them grain.** (Proverbs 11:26 ULT)
>> “People curse <u>whoever</u> refuses to sell them grain.”

42
translate/figs-go/01.md
View File

@ -10,29 +10,29 @@ Different languages have different ways of talking about motion. The biblical la
### Examples from the Bible
> Yahweh said to Noah, “<u> Come</u> , you and all your household, into the ark (Genesis 7:1 ULT)
> Yahweh said to Noah, “<u>Come</u>, you and all your household, into the ark (Genesis 7:1 ULT)
In some languages, this would lead people to think that Yahweh was in the ark.
> But you will be free from my oath if you <u> come</u> to my relatives and they will not give her to you. Then you will be free from my oath. (Genesis 24:41 ULT)
> But you will be free from my oath if you <u>come</u> to my relatives and they will not give her to you. Then you will be free from my oath. (Genesis 24:41 ULT)
Abraham was speaking to his servant. Abraham’s relatives lived far away, from where he and his servant were standing and he wanted his servant to <u> go</u> to them, not <u> come</u> toward Abraham.
Abraham was speaking to his servant. Abraham’s relatives lived far away, from where he and his servant were standing and he wanted his servant to <u>go</u> to them, not <u>come</u> toward Abraham.
> When you have <u> come</u> to the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it…(Deuteronomy 17:14 ULT)
> When you have <u>come</u> to the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it…(Deuteronomy 17:14 ULT)
Moses is speaking to the people in the wilderness. They had not yet gone into the land that God was giving them. In some languages, it would make more sense to say, “When you have <u> gone</u> into the land…”
Moses is speaking to the people in the wilderness. They had not yet gone into the land that God was giving them. In some languages, it would make more sense to say, “When you have <u>gone</u> into the land…”
> Joseph and Mary <u> brought</u> him up to the temple in Jerusalem to present him to the Lord. (Luke 1:22 ULT)
> Joseph and Mary <u>brought</u> him up to the temple in Jerusalem to present him to the Lord. (Luke 1:22 ULT)
In some languages, it might make more sense to say that Joseph and Mary <u> took</u> or <u> carried</u> Jesus to the temple.
In some languages, it might make more sense to say that Joseph and Mary <u>took</u> or <u>carried</u> Jesus to the temple.
> Behold, there came a man named Jairus, and he was one of the leaders of the synagogue. Jairus fell down at Jesus’ feet and implored him to <u> come</u> to his house, (Luke 8:41 ULT)
> Behold, there came a man named Jairus, and he was one of the leaders of the synagogue. Jairus fell down at Jesus’ feet and implored him to <u>come</u> to his house, (Luke 8:41 ULT)
The man was not at his house when he spoke to Jesus. He wanted Jesus to <u> go</u> with him to his house.
The man was not at his house when he spoke to Jesus. He wanted Jesus to <u>go</u> with him to his house.
> Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not <u> go</u> out in public for five months. (Luke 1:24 UST)
> Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not <u>go</u> out in public for five months. (Luke 1:24 UST)
In some languages, it might make more sense to say that Elizabeth did not <u> come</u> out in public.
In some languages, it might make more sense to say that Elizabeth did not <u>come</u> out in public.
### Translation Strategies
@ -45,20 +45,20 @@ If the word used in the ULT would be natural and give the right meaning in your
(1) Use the word “go,” “come,” “take,” or “bring” that would be natural in your language.
> **But you will be free from my oath if you <u> come</u> to my relatives and they will not give her to you.** (Genesis 24:41 ULT)
>> But you will be free from my oath if you <u> go</u> to my relatives and they will not give her to you.
> **But you will be free from my oath if you <u>come</u> to my relatives and they will not give her to you.** (Genesis 24:41 ULT)
>> But you will be free from my oath if you <u>go</u> to my relatives and they will not give her to you.
> **Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not <u> go</u> out in public for five months.** (Luke 1:24 UST)
>> Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not <u> come</u> out in public for five months.
> **Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not <u>go</u> out in public for five months.** (Luke 1:24 UST)
>> Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not <u>come</u> out in public for five months.
(2) Use another word that expresses the right meaning.
> **When you have <u> come</u> to the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it…** (Deuteronomy 17:14 ULT)
>> “When you have <u> arrived</u> in the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it…”
> **When you have <u>come</u> to the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it…** (Deuteronomy 17:14 ULT)
>> “When you have <u>arrived</u> in the land that Yahweh your God gives you, and when you take possession of it and begin to live in it…”
> **Yahweh said to Noah, “<u> Come</u> , you and all your household, into the ark…** (Genesis 7:1 ULT)
>> “Yahweh said to Noah, “<u> Enter</u> , you and all your household, into the ark…”
> **Yahweh said to Noah, “<u>Come</u>, you and all your household, into the ark…** (Genesis 7:1 ULT)
>> “Yahweh said to Noah, “<u>Enter</u>, you and all your household, into the ark…”
> **Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not <u> go</u> out in public for five months.** (Luke 1:24 UST)
>> Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not <u> appear</u> in public for five months.
> **Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not <u>go</u> out in public for five months.** (Luke 1:24 UST)
>> Some time after this, his wife Elizabeth became pregnant, but she did not <u>appear</u> in public for five months.

28
translate/figs-hendiadys/01.md
View File

@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
When a speaker expresses a single idea by using two words that are connected with “and,” it is called “hendiadys.” In hendiadys, the two words work together. Usually one of the words is the primary idea and the other word further describes the primary one.
> …his own <u> kingdom and glory.</u> (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULT)
> …his own <u>kingdom and glory.</u> (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULT)
Though “kingdom” and “glory” are both nouns, “glory” actually tells what kind of kingdom it is: it is a **kingdom of glory** or **a glorious kingdom**.
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Though “kingdom” and “glory” are both nouns, “glory” actually tells
### Examples from the Bible
> …for I will give you <u> words and wisdom…</u> (Luke 21:15 ULT)
> …for I will give you <u>words and wisdom…</u> (Luke 21:15 ULT)
“Words” and “wisdom” are nouns, but in this figure of speech “wisdom” describes “words.”
@ -36,30 +36,30 @@ If the hendiadys would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, c
(1) Substitute the describing noun with an adjective that means the same thing.
> **for I will give you <u> words and wisdom</u>** (Luke 21:15 ULT)
>> for I will give you <u> wise words</u>
> **for I will give you <u>words and wisdom</u>** (Luke 21:15 ULT)
>> for I will give you <u>wise words</u>
> **that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to <u> his own kingdom and glory</u>.** (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULT)
>> that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to <u> his own glorious kingdom</u>.
> **that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to <u>his own kingdom and glory</u>.** (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULT)
>> that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to <u>his own glorious kingdom</u>.
(2) Substitute the describing noun with a phrase that means the same thing.
> **for I will give you <u> words and wisdom</u> .** (Luke 21:15 ULT)
>> for I will give you <u> words of wisdom</u>.
> **for I will give you <u>words and wisdom</u>.** (Luke 21:15 ULT)
>> for I will give you <u>words of wisdom</u>.
> **that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to <u> his own kingdom and glory</u>.** (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULT)
>> that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to <u> his own kingdom of glory</u>.
> **that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to <u>his own kingdom and glory</u>.** (1 Thessalonians 2:12 ULT)
>> that you should walk in a manner that is worthy of God, who calls you to <u>his own kingdom of glory</u>.
(3) Substitute the describing adjective with an adverb that means the same thing.
> **if you are <u> willing</u> and <u> obedient</u> ** (Isaiah 1:19 ULT)
>> if you are <u> willingly obedient</u>
> **if you are <u>willing</u> and <u>obedient</u>** (Isaiah 1:19 ULT)
>> if you are <u>willingly obedient</u>
(4) Substitute other parts of speech that mean the same thing and show that one word describes the other.
> **if you are, <u> willing and obedient</u> ** (Isaiah 1:19 ULT)
> **if you are, <u>willing and obedient</u>** (Isaiah 1:19 ULT)
The adjective “obedient” can be substituted with the verb “obey.”
>> if you <u> obey willingly</u>
>> if you <u>obey willingly</u>

44
translate/figs-hyperbole/01.md
View File

@ -12,24 +12,24 @@ A speaker or writer can use exactly the same words to say something he means as
**Hyperbole**: This is a figure of speech that uses **exaggeration**. A speaker deliberately describes something by an extreme or even unreal statement, usually to show his strong feeling or opinion about it. He expects people to understand that he is exaggerating.
> They will not leave <u> one stone upon another</u> (Luke 19:44 ULT)
> They will not leave <u>one stone upon another</u> (Luke 19:44 ULT)
* This is an exaggeration. It means that the enemies will completely destroy Jerusalem.
**Generalization:** This is a statement that is true most of the time or in most situations that it could apply to.
> The one who ignores instruction <u> will have poverty and shame,</u>
> but <u> honor will come</u> to him who learns from correction. (Proverbs 13:18)
> The one who ignores instruction <u>will have poverty and shame,</u>
> but <u>honor will come</u> to him who learns from correction. (Proverbs 13:18)
* These generalizations tell about what normally happens to people who ignore instruction and what normally happens to people who learn from correction.
> And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as <u> the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words.</u> (Matthew 6:7)
> And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as <u>the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words.</u> (Matthew 6:7)
* This generalization tells about what Gentiles were known for doing. Many Gentiles may have done this.
Even though a generalization may have a strong-sounding word like “all,” “always,” “none,” or “never,” it does not necessarliy mean **exactly** “all,” “always,” “none,” or “never.” It simply means “most, “most of the time,” “hardly any” or “rarely.”
> Moses was educated in <u> all the learning of the Egyptians</u> (Acts 7:22 ULT)
> Moses was educated in <u>all the learning of the Egyptians</u> (Acts 7:22 ULT)
* This generalization means that he had learned much of what the Egyptians knew and taught.
@ -43,28 +43,28 @@ Even though a generalization may have a strong-sounding word like “all,” “
#### Examples of Exaggeration
> If your hand causes you to stumble, <u> cut it off</u> . It is better for you to enter into life maimed… (Mark 9:43 ULT)
> If your hand causes you to stumble, <u>cut it off</u>. It is better for you to enter into life maimed… (Mark 9:43 ULT)
When Jesus said to cut off your hand, he meant that we should <u> do whatever extreme things</u> we need to do in order not to sin. He used this hyperbole to show how extremely important it is to try to stop sinning.
When Jesus said to cut off your hand, he meant that we should <u>do whatever extreme things</u> we need to do in order not to sin. He used this hyperbole to show how extremely important it is to try to stop sinning.
> The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and troops <u> as numerous as the sand on the seashore</u> . (1 Samuel 13:5 ULT)
> The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and troops <u>as numerous as the sand on the seashore</u>. (1 Samuel 13:5 ULT)
The underlined phrase is an exaggeration. It means that there were <u> many, many</u> soldiers in the Philistine army.
The underlined phrase is an exaggeration. It means that there were <u>many, many</u> soldiers in the Philistine army.
#### Examples of Generalization
> They found him, and they said to him, “<u> Everyone</u> is looking for you.” (Mark 1:37 ULT)
> They found him, and they said to him, “<u>Everyone</u> is looking for you.” (Mark 1:37 ULT)
The disciples told Jesus that everyone was looking looking for him. They probably did not mean that everyone in the city was looking for him, but that <u> many people</u> were looking for him, or that all of Jesus’ closest friends there were looking for him.
The disciples told Jesus that everyone was looking looking for him. They probably did not mean that everyone in the city was looking for him, but that <u>many people</u> were looking for him, or that all of Jesus’ closest friends there were looking for him.
> But as his anointing teaches you about <u> all things</u> and is true and is not a lie, and even as it has taught you, remain in him. (1 John 2:27 ULT)
> But as his anointing teaches you about <u>all things</u> and is true and is not a lie, and even as it has taught you, remain in him. (1 John 2:27 ULT)
This is a generalization. God’s Spirit teaches us about <u> all things that we need to know</u> , not about everything that is possible to know.
This is a generalization. God’s Spirit teaches us about <u>all things that we need to know</u>, not about everything that is possible to know.
#### Caution
Do not assume that something is an exaggeration just because it seems to be impossible. God does miraculous things.
> … they saw Jesus <u> walking on the sea</u> and coming near the boat … (John 6:19 ULT)
> … they saw Jesus <u>walking on the sea</u> and coming near the boat … (John 6:19 ULT)
This is not hyperbole. Jesus really walked on the water. It is a literal statement.
@ -89,24 +89,24 @@ If the exaggeration or generalization would be natural and people would understa
(1) Express the meaning without the exaggeration.
> **The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and troops <u> as numerous as the sand on the seashore</u> .** (1 Samuel 13:5 ULT)
>> The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and <u> a great number of troops</u> .
> **The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and troops <u>as numerous as the sand on the seashore</u>.** (1 Samuel 13:5 ULT)
>> The Philistines gathered together to fight against Israel: thirty thousand chariots, six thousand men to drive the chariots, and <u>a great number of troops</u>.
(2) For a generalization, show that it is a generalization by using a phrase like “in general” or “in most cases.”
> **The one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame…** (Proverbs 13:18 ULT)
>> <u> In general,</u> the one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame
>> <u>In general,</u> the one who ignores instruction will have poverty and shame
> **And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words.** (Matthew 6:7)
>> “And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles <u> generally</u> do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words.”
>> “And when you pray, do not make useless repetitions as the Gentiles <u>generally</u> do, for they think that they will be heard because of their many words.”
(3) For a generalization, add a word like “most” or “almost” to show that the generalization is not exact. 
> **The <u> whole</u> country of Judea and <u> all</u> the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULT)
>> <u> Almost all</u> the country of Judea and <u> almost all</u> the people of Jerusalem went out to him.”
>> <u> Most</u> of the country of Judea and <u> most</u> of the people of Jerusalem went out to him.”
> **The <u>whole</u> country of Judea and <u>all</u> the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULT)
>> <u>Almost all</u> the country of Judea and <u>almost all</u> the people of Jerusalem went out to him.”
>> <u>Most</u> of the country of Judea and <u>most</u> of the people of Jerusalem went out to him.”
(4) For a generalization that has a word like “all,” always,” “none,” or “never,” consider deleting that word.
> **The <u> whole</u> country of Judea and <u> all</u> the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULT)
> **The <u>whole</u> country of Judea and <u>all</u> the people of Jerusalem went out to him.** (Mark 1:5 ULT)
>> The country of Judea and the people of Jerusalem went out to him.

10
translate/figs-hypo/01.md
View File

@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ People sometimes express regrets about things that have not happened or that are
> “Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes.” (Matthew 11:21 ULT)
Here in Matthew 11:21 Jesus said that <u> if</u> the people living in the ancient cities of Tyre and Sidon had been able to see the miracles that he performed, they would have repented long ago. The people of Tyre and Sidon did not actually see his miracles and repent. He said this to rebuke the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida who had seen his miracles yet did not repent.
Here in Matthew 11:21 Jesus said that <u>if</u> the people living in the ancient cities of Tyre and Sidon had been able to see the miracles that he performed, they would have repented long ago. The people of Tyre and Sidon did not actually see his miracles and repent. He said this to rebuke the people of Chorazin and Bethsaida who had seen his miracles yet did not repent.
> Martha then said to Jesus, “Lord, if you had been here, my brother would not have died.” (John 11:21 ULT)
@ -49,14 +49,14 @@ Martha said this to express her wish that Jesus had come sooner. But Jesus did n
Jesus told about what would happen if a person were to put new wine into old wineskins. But no one would do that. He used this imaginary situation as an example to show that there are times when it is unwise to mix new things with old things. He did this so that people could understand why his disciples were not fasting as people traditionally did.
> Jesus said to them, “What man would there be among you, who, <u> if</u> he had just one sheep, and if this sheep fell into a deep hole on the Sabbath, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out? (Matthew 12:11 ULT)
> Jesus said to them, “What man would there be among you, who, <u>if</u> he had just one sheep, and if this sheep fell into a deep hole on the Sabbath, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out? (Matthew 12:11 ULT)
Jesus asked the religious leaders what they would do on the Sabbath if one of their sheep fell into a hole. He was not saying that their sheep would fall into a hole. He used this imaginary situation to show them that they were wrong to judge him for healing people on the Sabbath.
1. Hypothetical situation in the future
> <u> Unless those days are shortened, no flesh would be saved</u> ; but for the sake of the elect, those days will be shortened. (Matthew 24:22 ULT)
> <u>Unless those days are shortened, no flesh would be saved</u>; but for the sake of the elect, those days will be shortened. (Matthew 24:22 ULT)
Jesus was talking about a future time when very bad things would happen. He told what would happen if those days of trouble were to last a long time. He did this to show about how bad those days will be - so bad that if they lasted a long time, no one would be saved. But then he clarified that God will shorten those days of trouble, so that the elect (those he has chosen) will be saved.
@ -64,12 +64,12 @@ Jesus was talking about a future time when very bad things would happen. He told
1. Expressing emotion about a hypothetical situation
Regrets and wishes are very similar.
> The Israelites said to them, “<u> If only we had died by Yahweh’s hand in the land of Egypt when we were sitting by the pots of meat and were eating bread to the full.</u> For you have brought us out into this wilderness to kill our whole community with hunger.” (Exodus 16:3 ULT)
> The Israelites said to them, “<u>If only we had died by Yahweh’s hand in the land of Egypt when we were sitting by the pots of meat and were eating bread to the full.</u> For you have brought us out into this wilderness to kill our whole community with hunger.” (Exodus 16:3 ULT)
Here the Israelites were afraid they would have to suffer and die of hunger in the wilderness, and so they wished that they had stayed in Egypt and died there with full stomachs. They were complaining, expressing regret that this had not happened.
> I know what you have done, and that you are neither cold nor hot. <u> I wish that you were either cold or hot!</u> (Revelation 3:15 ULT)
> I know what you have done, and that you are neither cold nor hot. <u>I wish that you were either cold or hot!</u> (Revelation 3:15 ULT)
Jesus wished that the people were either hot or cold, but they are neither. He was rebuking them, expressing anger at this.

32
translate/figs-idiom/01.md
View File

@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ An idiom is a figure of speech made up of a group of words that, as a whole, has
An idiom is a phrase that has a special meaning to the people of the language or culture who use it. Its meaning is different than what a person would understand from the meanings of the individual words that form the phrase.
> he resolutely <u> set his face</u> to go to Jerusalem. (Luke 9:51 ULT)
> he resolutely <u>set his face</u> to go to Jerusalem. (Luke 9:51 ULT)
The words “set his face” is an idiom that means “decided.”
Sometimes people may be able to understand an idiom from another culture, but it might sound like a strange way to express the meaning.
> I am not worthy that you should <u> enter under my roof</u> . (Luke 7:6 ULT)
> I am not worthy that you should <u>enter under my roof</u>. (Luke 7:6 ULT)
The phrase “enter under my roof” is an idiom that means “enter my house.”
> Let these words <u> go deeply into your ears</u> . (Luke 9:44 ULT)
> Let these words <u>go deeply into your ears</u>. (Luke 9:44 ULT)
This idiom means “Listen carefully and remember what I say.”
@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ This idiom means “Listen carefully and remember what I say.”
### Examples from the Bible
> Then all Israel came to David at Hebron and said, “Look, we are your <u> flesh and bone</u> .” (1 Chronicles 11:1 ULT)
> Then all Israel came to David at Hebron and said, “Look, we are your <u>flesh and bone</u>.” (1 Chronicles 11:1 ULT)
This means, “We and you belong to the same race, the same family.”
> the children of Israel went out <u> with a high hand</u>. (Exodus 14:8 ASV)
> the children of Israel went out <u>with a high hand</u>. (Exodus 14:8 ASV)
This means, “The Israelites went out defiantly.”
> the one who <u> lifts up my head</u> (Psalm 3:3 ULT)
> the one who <u>lifts up my head</u> (Psalm 3:3 ULT)
This means, “the one who helps me.”
@ -57,20 +57,20 @@ If the idiom would be clearly understood in your language, consider using it. If
(1) Translate the meaning plainly without using an idiom.
> **Then all Israel came to David at Hebron and said, “Look, we are your <u> flesh and bone</u> .”** ( 1 Chronicles 11:1 ULT)
*…Look, we all <u> belong to the same nation</u>.
> **Then all Israel came to David at Hebron and said, “Look, we are your <u>flesh and bone</u>.”** ( 1 Chronicles 11:1 ULT)
*…Look, we all <u>belong to the same nation</u>.
> **he <u> resolutely set his face</u> to go to Jerusalem.** (Luke 9:51 ULT)
>> He started to travel to Jerusalem, <u> determined to reach it</u>.
> **he <u>resolutely set his face</u> to go to Jerusalem.** (Luke 9:51 ULT)
>> He started to travel to Jerusalem, <u>determined to reach it</u>.
> **I am not worthy that you should enter <u> under my roof</u>.** (Luke 7:6 ULT)
>> I am not worthy that you should enter <u> my house</u> .
> **I am not worthy that you should enter <u>under my roof</u>.** (Luke 7:6 ULT)
>> I am not worthy that you should enter <u>my house</u>.
(2) Use an idiom that people use in your own language that has the same meaning.
> **Let these words <u> go deeply into your ears</u>** (Luke 9:44 ULT)
>> <u> Be all ears</u> when I say these words to you.
> **Let these words <u>go deeply into your ears</u>** (Luke 9:44 ULT)
>> <u>Be all ears</u> when I say these words to you.
> **”My <u> eyes grow dim</u> from grief** (Psalm 6:7 ULT)
>> I am crying my <u> eyes out</u>
> **”My <u>eyes grow dim</u> from grief** (Psalm 6:7 ULT)
>> I am crying my <u>eyes out</u>

32
translate/figs-imperative/01.md
View File

@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ Some languages would not use an imperative sentence for some of the functions th
Speakers often use imperative sentences to tell or ask their listeners to do something. In Genesis 2, God spoke to Isaac and told him not to go to Egypt but to live where God would tell him to live.
> Now Yahweh appeared to him and said, “<u> Do not go down</u> to Egypt; <u> live</u> in the land that I tell you to live in. (Genesis 26:2 ULT)
> Now Yahweh appeared to him and said, “<u>Do not go down</u> to Egypt; <u>live</u> in the land that I tell you to live in. (Genesis 26:2 ULT)
Sometimes imperative sentences in the Bible have other uses.
#### Imperatives that make things happen
God can make things happen by commanding that they happen. Jesus healed a man by commanding that the man be healed. The man could not do anything to obey the command, but Jesus caused him to be healed by commanding it. (“Be clean” means “Be healed.”)
> “I am willing. <u> Be clean</u> .” Immediately he was cleansed of his leprosy. (Matthew 8:3 ULT)
> “I am willing. <u>Be clean</u>.” Immediately he was cleansed of his leprosy. (Matthew 8:3 ULT)
In Genesis 1, God commanded that there should be light, and by commanding it, he caused it to exist. Some languages, such as the Hebrew of the Bible, have commands that are in the third person. English does not do that, and so it must turn the third-person command into a general second-person command, as in the ULT:
> God said, “<u> Let there be</u> light,” and there was light. (Genesis 1:3 ULT)
> God said, “<u>Let there be</u> light,” and there was light. (Genesis 1:3 ULT)
Languages that have third-person commands can follow the original Hebrew, which translates into English as something like, “light must be.”
@ -30,18 +30,18 @@ Languages that have third-person commands can follow the original Hebrew, which
In the Bible, God blesses people by using imperatives. This indicates what his will is for them.
> God blessed them and said to them, “<u> Be fruitful</u> , and <u> multiply</u> . <u> Fill</u> the earth, and <u> subdue</u> it. <u> Have dominion</u> over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth.”
> God blessed them and said to them, “<u>Be fruitful</u>, and <u>multiply</u>. <u>Fill</u> the earth, and <u>subdue</u> it. <u>Have dominion</u> over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth.”
#### Imperatives that function as conditions
An imperative sentence can also be used to tell the **condition** under which something will happen. The proverbs mainly tell about life and things that often happen. The purpose of Proverbs 4:6 below is not primarily to give a command, but to teach what people can expect to happen **if** they love wisdom.
> …<u> do not abandon</u> wisdom and she will watch over you;
> <u> love</u> her and she will keep you safe. (Proverbs 4:6 ULT)
> …<u>do not abandon</u> wisdom and she will watch over you;
> <u>love</u> her and she will keep you safe. (Proverbs 4:6 ULT)
The purpose of Proverbs 22:6 below is teach what people can expect to happen if they teach their children the way they should go.
> <u> Teach</u> a child the way he should go,
> <u>Teach</u> a child the way he should go,
> and when he is old he will not turn away from that instruction. (Proverbs 22:6 ULT)
### Translation Strategies
@ -58,17 +58,17 @@ The purpose of Proverbs 22:6 below is teach what people can expect to happen if
>> “You are now clean.”
>> “I now cleanse you.”
> **God said, “<u> Let there be</u> light,” and there was light.** (Genesis 1:3 ULT)
>> God said, “<u> There is now light</u> “ and there was light.
> **God said, “<u>Let there be</u> light,” and there was light.** (Genesis 1:3 ULT)
>> God said, “<u>There is now light</u> “ and there was light.
> **God blessed them and said to them, “<u> Be fruitful</u> , and <u> multiply</u> . <u> Fill</u> the earth, and <u> subdue</u> it. <u> Have dominion</u> over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth.”** (Genesis 1:28 ULT)
>> God blessed them and said to them, “<u> My will for you is that you be fruitful</u> , and <u> multiply</u> . <u> Fill</u> the earth, and <u> subdue</u> it. <u> I want you to have dominion</u> over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth.”
> **God blessed them and said to them, “<u>Be fruitful</u>, and <u>multiply</u>. <u>Fill</u> the earth, and <u>subdue</u> it. <u>Have dominion</u> over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth.”** (Genesis 1:28 ULT)
>> God blessed them and said to them, “<u>My will for you is that you be fruitful</u>, and <u>multiply</u>. <u>Fill</u> the earth, and <u>subdue</u> it. <u>I want you to have dominion</u> over the fish of the sea, over the birds of the sky, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth.”
(2) If people would not understand that a sentence is used to cause something to happen, add a connecting word like “so” to show that what happened was a result of what was said.
> **God said, “Let there be light,” and there was light.** (Genesis 1:3 ULT)
>> God said, ‘Let there be light,’ <u> so</u> there was light.
>> God said, “Light must be;” <u> as a result</u> , there was light.
> **God said, “Let there be light,” and there was light.** (Genesis 1:3 ULT)
>> God said, ‘Let there be light,’ <u>so</u> there was light.
>> God said, “Light must be;” <u>as a result</u>, there was light.
(3) If people would not use a command as a condition, translate it as a statement with the words “if” and “then.”
@ -76,5 +76,5 @@ The purpose of Proverbs 22:6 below is teach what people can expect to happen if
> **and when he is old he will not turn away from that instruction.** (Proverbs 22:6 ULT)
Translated as:
> “<u> If</u> you teach a child the way he should go,
> <u> then</u> when he is old he will not turn away from that instruction.”
> “<u>If</u> you teach a child the way he should go,
> <u>then</u> when he is old he will not turn away from that instruction.”

4
translate/figs-inclusive/01.md
View File

@ -14,12 +14,12 @@ See the pictures. The people on the right are the people that the speaker is tal
### Examples from the Bible
> … the shepherds said one to each other, “Let <u> us</u> now go to Bethlehem, and see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to <u> us</u> .” (Luke 2:15 ULT)
> … the shepherds said one to each other, “Let <u>us</u> now go to Bethlehem, and see this thing that has happened, which the Lord has made known to <u>us</u>.” (Luke 2:15 ULT)
The shepherds were speaking to one another. When they said “us,” they were including the people they were speaking to - one another.
> Now it happened on one of those days that Jesus and his disciples entered into a boat, and he said to them, “Let <u> us</u> go over to the other side of the lake.” Then they set sail. (Luke 8:22 ULT)
> Now it happened on one of those days that Jesus and his disciples entered into a boat, and he said to them, “Let <u>us</u> go over to the other side of the lake.” Then they set sail. (Luke 8:22 ULT)
When Jesus said “us,” he was referring to himself and to the disciples he was speaking to.

32
translate/figs-informremind/01.md
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
Some languages can use a word or phrase with a noun to give information about that noun or to remind people of something about it.
* Mary gave some of the food to her sister, <u> who was very thankful</u> .
* Mary gave some of the food to her sister, <u>who was very thankful</u>.
The phrase “who was very thankful” immediately follows the word “sister” and informs us about how Mary’s sister responded when Mary gave her the food. In this case it does not distinguish this sister from another sister that Mary might have. It simply gives added information about that sister.
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ The phrase “who was very thankful” immediately follows the word “sister”
Some languages can use a word or phrase with a noun to give information about that noun or to remind people of something about it.
* Mary gave some of the food to her sister, <u> who was very thankful</u> .
* Mary gave some of the food to her sister, <u>who was very thankful</u>.
The phrase “who was very thankful” immediately follows the word “sister” and informs us about how Mary’s sister responded when Mary gave her the food. In this case it does not distinguish this sister from another sister that Mary might have.
@ -25,19 +25,19 @@ The phrase “who was very thankful” immediately follows the word “sister”
### Examples from the Bible
> The name of the third river is Tigris, <u> which flows east of Asshur</u> . (Genesis 2:14 ULT)
> The name of the third river is Tigris, <u>which flows east of Asshur</u>. (Genesis 2:14 ULT)
There is only one Tigris River. The phrase “which flows east of Asshur” gives more information about where the Tigris River was. This would have been helpful to the original audience, because they knew were Asshur was.
> I will wipe away mankind <u> whom I have created</u> from the surface of the earth. (Genesis 6:7 ULT)
> I will wipe away mankind <u>whom I have created</u> from the surface of the earth. (Genesis 6:7 ULT)
The phrase “whom I have created” is a reminder of the relationship between God and mankind. It is the reason God had the right to wipe away mankind.
> I will bring an end to the <u> worthless</u> idols of Memphis. (Ezekiel 30:13 ULT)
> I will bring an end to the <u>worthless</u> idols of Memphis. (Ezekiel 30:13 ULT)
All idols are worthless. This is why God said he would destroy them.
> …for your <u> righteous</u> judgments are good. (Psalm 119:39 ULT)
> …for your <u>righteous</u> judgments are good. (Psalm 119:39 ULT)
All of God’s judgments are righteous. This is why the person who wrote this psalm said that they are good.
@ -54,21 +54,21 @@ If people would understand the purpose of a phrase with a noun, then consider ke
(1) Put the information in another part of the sentence and add words that show its purpose.
> **I hate those who serve <u> worthless</u> idols** (Psalm 31:6 ULT) - By saying “worthless idols,” David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols.
>> “<u> Because</u> idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them.”
> **I hate those who serve <u>worthless</u> idols** (Psalm 31:6 ULT) - By saying “worthless idols,” David was commenting about all idols and giving his reason for hating those who serve them. He was not distinguishing worthless idols from valuable idols.
>> “<u>Because</u> idols are worthless, I hate those who serve them.”
> **…for your <u> righteous</u> judgments are good.** (Psalm 119:39 ULT)
*…for your judgments are good <u> because</u> they are righteous.
> **…for your <u>righteous</u> judgments are good.** (Psalm 119:39 ULT)
*…for your judgments are good <u>because</u> they are righteous.
> **Can Sarah, <u> who is ninety years old</u> , bear a son?** (Genesis 17:17-18 ULT) - The phrase “who is ninety years old” is a reminder of Sarah’s age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child.
>> “Can Sarah bear a son <u> even when</u> she is ninety years old?”
> **Can Sarah, <u>who is ninety years old</u>, bear a son?** (Genesis 17:17-18 ULT) - The phrase “who is ninety years old” is a reminder of Sarah’s age. It tells why Abraham was asking the question. He did not expect that a woman who was that old could bear a child.
>> “Can Sarah bear a son <u>even when</u> she is ninety years old?”
> **I will call on Yahweh, <u> who is worthy to be praised</u> …** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULT) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase “who is worthy to be praised” gives a reason for calling on Yahweh.
>> “I will call on Yahweh, <u> because</u> he is worthy to be praised”
> **I will call on Yahweh, <u>who is worthy to be praised</u>…** (2 Samuel 22:4 ULT) - There is only one Yahweh. The phrase “who is worthy to be praised” gives a reason for calling on Yahweh.
>> “I will call on Yahweh, <u>because</u> he is worthy to be praised”
(2) Use one of your language’s ways for expressing information in a weak way.
> **The name of the third river is Tigris, <u> which flows east of Asshur</u> .** (Genesis 2:14 ULT)
>> “The name of the third river is Tigris. <u> It flows east of Asshur</u> .
> **The name of the third river is Tigris, <u>which flows east of Asshur</u>.** (Genesis 2:14 ULT)
>> “The name of the third river is Tigris. <u>It flows east of Asshur</u>.

28
translate/figs-irony/01.md
View File

@ -13,18 +13,18 @@ When Jesus spoke of “righteous people,” he was not referring to people who w
### Examples from the Bible
> <u> How well you reject the commandment of God</u> so you may keep your tradition! (Mark 7:9 ULT)
> <u>How well you reject the commandment of God</u> so you may keep your tradition! (Mark 7:9 ULT)
Here Jesus praises the Pharisees for doing something that is obviously wrong. Through irony, he communicates the opposite of praise: He communicates that the Pharisees, who take great pride in keeping the commandments, are so far from God that they do not even recognize that their traditions are breaking God’s commandments. The use of irony makes the Pharisee’s sin more obvious and startling.
> “Present your case,” says Yahweh; “present your best arguments for your idols,” says the King of Jacob. <u> “Let them bring us their own arguments; have them come forward and declare to us what will happen, so we may know these things well. Have them tell us of earlier predictive declarations, so we can reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled</u> .” (Isaiah 41:21-22 ULT)
> “Present your case,” says Yahweh; “present your best arguments for your idols,” says the King of Jacob. <u>“Let them bring us their own arguments; have them come forward and declare to us what will happen, so we may know these things well. Have them tell us of earlier predictive declarations, so we can reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled</u>.” (Isaiah 41:21-22 ULT)
People worshiped idols as if their idols had knowledge or power, and Yahweh was angry at them for doing that. So he used irony and challenged their idols to tell what would happen in the future. He knew that the idols could not do this, but by speaking as if they could, he mocked the idols, making their inability more obvious, and rebuked the people for worshiping them.
> Can you lead light and darkness to their places of work?
> Can you find the way back to their houses for them?
> <u> Undoubtedly you know, for you were born then;</u>
> “<u> the number of your days is so large!</u> “ (Job 38:20, 21 ULT)
> <u>Undoubtedly you know, for you were born then;</u>
> “<u>the number of your days is so large!</u> “ (Job 38:20, 21 ULT)
Job thought that he was wise. Yahweh used irony to show Job that he was not so wise. The two underlined phrases above are irony. They emphasize the opposite of what they say, because they are so obviously false. They emphasize that Job could not possibly answer God’s questions about the creation of light because Job was not born until many, many years later.
@ -37,30 +37,30 @@ The Corinthians considered themselves to be very wise, self-sufficient, and not
If the irony would be understood correctly in your language, translate it as it is stated. If not, here are some other strategies.
1. Translate it in a way that shows that the speaker is saying what someone else believes.
1. Translate the actual, intended meaning of the statement of irony. The actual meaning of the irony is <u> not</u> found in the literal words of the speaker, but instead the true meaning is found in the opposite of the literal meaning of the speaker’s words.
1. Translate the actual, intended meaning of the statement of irony. The actual meaning of the irony is <u>not</u> found in the literal words of the speaker, but instead the true meaning is found in the opposite of the literal meaning of the speaker’s words.
### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied
(1) Translate it in a way that shows that the speaker is saying what someone else believes.
> **<u> How well you reject the commandment of God</u> so you may keep your tradition!** (Mark 7:9 ULT)
> **<u>How well you reject the commandment of God</u> so you may keep your tradition!** (Mark 7:9 ULT)
>> <u> You think that you are doing well when you reject God’s commandment</u> so you may keep your tradition!
>> <u> You act like it is good to reject God’s commandment</u> so you may keep your tradition!
>> <u>You think that you are doing well when you reject God’s commandment</u> so you may keep your tradition!
>> <u>You act like it is good to reject God’s commandment</u> so you may keep your tradition!
> **I did not come to call <u> righteous people</u> to repentance, but to call sinners to repentance.** (Luke 5:32 ULT)
> **I did not come to call <u>righteous people</u> to repentance, but to call sinners to repentance.** (Luke 5:32 ULT)
>> I did not come to call <u> people who think that they are righteous</u> to repentance, but to call sinners to repentance.
>> I did not come to call <u>people who think that they are righteous</u> to repentance, but to call sinners to repentance.
(2) Translate the actual, intended meaning of the statement of irony.
> **<u> How well you reject the commandment of God</u> so you may keep your tradition!** (Mark 7:9 ULT)
> **<u>How well you reject the commandment of God</u> so you may keep your tradition!** (Mark 7:9 ULT)
>> <u> You are doing a terrible thing when you reject the commandment of God</u> so you may keep your tradition!
>> <u>You are doing a terrible thing when you reject the commandment of God</u> so you may keep your tradition!
> **”Present your case,” says Yahweh; “present your best arguments for your idols,” says the King of Jacob. “<u> Let them bring us their own arguments; have them come forward and declare to us what will happen</u> , so we may know these things well. <u> Have them tell us of earlier predictive declarations, so we can reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled</u>.”** (Isaiah 41:21-22 ULT)
> **”Present your case,” says Yahweh; “present your best arguments for your idols,” says the King of Jacob. “<u>Let them bring us their own arguments; have them come forward and declare to us what will happen</u>, so we may know these things well. <u>Have them tell us of earlier predictive declarations, so we can reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled</u>.”** (Isaiah 41:21-22 ULT)
>> ‘Present your case,’ says Yahweh; ‘present your best arguments for your idols,’ says the King of Jacob. Your idols <u> cannot bring us their own arguments or come forward to declare to us what will happen</u> so we may know these things well. We cannot hear them because <u> they cannot speak</u> to tell us their earlier predictive declarations, so we cannot reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled.
>> ‘Present your case,’ says Yahweh; ‘present your best arguments for your idols,’ says the King of Jacob. Your idols <u>cannot bring us their own arguments or come forward to declare to us what will happen</u> so we may know these things well. We cannot hear them because <u>they cannot speak</u> to tell us their earlier predictive declarations, so we cannot reflect on them and know how they were fulfilled.
> **Can you lead light and darkness to their places of work?**
> **Can you find the way back to their houses for them?**

26
translate/figs-litotes/01.md
View File

@ -10,37 +10,37 @@ Some languages do not use litotes. People who speak those languages might not un
### Examples from the Bible
> For you yourselves know, brothers, our coming to you was <u> not useless</u> , (1 Thessalonians 2:1 ULT)
> For you yourselves know, brothers, our coming to you was <u>not useless</u>, (1 Thessalonians 2:1 ULT)
By using litotes, Paul emphasized that his visit with them was <u> very</u> useful.
By using litotes, Paul emphasized that his visit with them was <u>very</u> useful.
> Now when it became day, there was <u> no small excitement</u> among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter. (Acts 12:18 ULT)
> Now when it became day, there was <u>no small excitement</u> among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter. (Acts 12:18 ULT)
By using litotes, Luke emphasized that there was a <u> lot</u> of excitement or anxiety among the soldiers about what happened to Peter. (Peter had been in prison, and even though there were soldiers guarding him, he escaped when an angel let him out. So they were very agitated.)
By using litotes, Luke emphasized that there was a <u>lot</u> of excitement or anxiety among the soldiers about what happened to Peter. (Peter had been in prison, and even though there were soldiers guarding him, he escaped when an angel let him out. So they were very agitated.)
> And you, Bethlehem, in the land of Judah,
> are <u> not the least</u> among the leaders of Judah,
> are <u>not the least</u> among the leaders of Judah,
> for from you will come a ruler
> who will shepherd my people Israel. (Matthew 2:6 ULT)
By using litotes, the prophet emphasized that Bethlehem would be a <u> very important city</u> .
By using litotes, the prophet emphasized that Bethlehem would be a <u>very important city</u>.
### Translation Strategies
If the litotes would be understood correctly, consider using it.
1. If the meaning with the negative would not be clear, give the <u> positive</u> meaning in a strong way.
1. If the meaning with the negative would not be clear, give the <u>positive</u> meaning in a strong way.
### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied
(1) If the meaning with the negative would not be clear, give the <u> positive</u> meaning in a strong way.
(1) If the meaning with the negative would not be clear, give the <u>positive</u> meaning in a strong way.
> **For you yourselves know, brothers, our coming to you was <u> not useless</u> .** (1 Thessalonians 2:1 ULT)
> **For you yourselves know, brothers, our coming to you was <u>not useless</u>.** (1 Thessalonians 2:1 ULT)
>> “For you yourselves know, brothers, our visit to you <u> did much good</u> .”
>> “For you yourselves know, brothers, our visit to you <u>did much good</u>.”
> **Now when it became day, there was <u> no small excitement</u> among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter.** (Acts 12:18 ULT)
> **Now when it became day, there was <u>no small excitement</u> among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter.** (Acts 12:18 ULT)
>> “Now when it became day, there was <u> great excitement</u> among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter.”
>> “Now when it became day, the soldiers were <u> very concerned</u> because of what had happened to Peter.”
>> “Now when it became day, there was <u>great excitement</u> among the soldiers, regarding what had happened to Peter.”
>> “Now when it became day, the soldiers were <u>very concerned</u> because of what had happened to Peter.”

28
translate/figs-merism/01.md
View File

@ -6,12 +6,12 @@ Merism is a figure of speech in which a person refers to something by speaking o
> “I am the Alpha and the Omega,” says the Lord God, “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty.” (Revelation 1:8, ULT)
> I am the <u> Alpha and the Omega</u> , <u> the First and the Last</u> , <u> the Beginning and the End</u> . (Revelation 22:13, ULT)
> I am the <u>Alpha and the Omega</u>, <u>the First and the Last</u>, <u>the Beginning and the End</u>. (Revelation 22:13, ULT)
<u> Alpha and Omega</u> are the first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This is a merism that includes everything from the beginning to the end. It means eternal.
> I praise you, Father, Lord of <u> heaven and earth…</u> , (Matthew 11:25 ULT)
<u>Alpha and Omega</u> are the first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This is a merism that includes everything from the beginning to the end. It means eternal.
> I praise you, Father, Lord of <u>heaven and earth…</u>, (Matthew 11:25 ULT)
<u> Heaven and earth</u> is a merism that includes everything that exists.
<u>Heaven and earth</u> is a merism that includes everything that exists.
#### Reason this is a translation issue
@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ Some languages do not use merism. The readers of those languages may think that
### Examples from the Bible
> <u> From the rising of the sun to its setting</u> , Yahweh’s name should be praised. (Psalm 113:3 ULT)
> <u>From the rising of the sun to its setting</u>, Yahweh’s name should be praised. (Psalm 113:3 ULT)
This underlined phrase is a merism because it speaks of the east and the west and everywhere in between. It means “everywhere.”
> He will bless those who honor him, both <u> young and old</u> . (Psalm 115:13)
> He will bless those who honor him, both <u>young and old</u>. (Psalm 115:13)
The underlined phrase is merism because it speaks of, old people and young people and everyone in between. It means “everyone.”
@ -37,17 +37,17 @@ If the merism would be natural and give the right meaning in your language, cons
(1) Identify what the merism refers to without mentioning the parts.
> **I praise you, Father, Lord of <u> heaven and earth</u> …** (Matthew 11:25 ULT)
>> I praise you, Father, Lord of <u> everything</u> …
> **I praise you, Father, Lord of <u>heaven and earth</u>…** (Matthew 11:25 ULT)
>> I praise you, Father, Lord of <u>everything</u>…
> **<u> From the rising of the sun to its setting</u> , Yahweh’s name should be praised.** (Psalm 113:3 ULT)
>> <u> In all places</u> , people should praise Yahweh’s name.
> **<u>From the rising of the sun to its setting</u>, Yahweh’s name should be praised.** (Psalm 113:3 ULT)
>> <u>In all places</u>, people should praise Yahweh’s name.
(2) Identify what the merism refers to and include the parts.
> **I praise you, Father, Lord of <u> heaven and earth</u> .** (Matthew 11:25 ULT)
>> I praise you, Father, Lord of <u> everything, including both what is in heaven and what is on earth</u> .
> **I praise you, Father, Lord of <u>heaven and earth</u>.** (Matthew 11:25 ULT)
>> I praise you, Father, Lord of <u>everything, including both what is in heaven and what is on earth</u>.
> **He will bless those who honor him, both <u> young and old</u> .** (Psalm 115:13 ULT)
>> He will bless <u> all those</u> who honor him, regardless of whether they are <u> young or old</u> .
> **He will bless those who honor him, both <u>young and old</u>.** (Psalm 115:13 ULT)
>> He will bless <u>all those</u> who honor him, regardless of whether they are <u>young or old</u>.

50
translate/figs-metaphor/01.md
View File

@ -93,17 +93,17 @@ In this metaphor, Jesus called himself the bread of life. The **topic** is “I,
### Examples from the Bible
> Listen to this word, <u> you cows of Bashan</u> , (Amos 4:1 ULT)
> Listen to this word, <u>you cows of Bashan</u>, (Amos 4:1 ULT)
In this metaphor Amos speaks to the upper-class women of Samaria (the topic is “you”) as if they were cows (the image). Amos does not say what points of comparison he intends between these women and cows. He wants the reader to think of them, and fully expects that readers from his culture will easily do so. From the context, we can see that he means that the women are like cows in that they are fat and interested only in feeding themselves. If we were to apply points of comparison from a different culture, such as that cows are sacred and should be worshipped, we would get the wrong meaning from this verse.
Note, also, that Amos does not actually mean that the women are cows. He speaks to them as human beings.
> And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; <u> we are the clay</u> . <u> You are our potter</u> ; and we all are the work of your hand. (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)
> And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; <u>we are the clay</u>. <u>You are our potter</u>; and we all are the work of your hand. (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)
The example above has two related metaphors. The topics are “we” and “you,” and the images are “clay and “potter.” The intended point of comparison between a potter and God is the fact that both make what they wish out of their material: the potter makes what he wishes out of the clay, and God makes what he wishes out of his people. The point of comparison between the potter’s clay and “us” is that neither the clay nor God’s people have a right to complain about what they are becoming.
> Jesus said to them, “Take heed and beware of <u> the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees</u> .” The disciples reasoned among themselves and said, “It is because we took no bread.” (Matthew 16:6-7 ULT)
> Jesus said to them, “Take heed and beware of <u>the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees</u>.” The disciples reasoned among themselves and said, “It is because we took no bread.” (Matthew 16:6-7 ULT)
Jesus used a metaphor here, but his disciples did not realize it. When he said “yeast,” they thought he was talking about bread, but “yeast” was the image in his metaphor, and the topic was the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees. Since the disciples (the original audience) did not understand what Jesus meant, it would not be good to state clearly here what Jesus meant.
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ If people would understand the metaphor in the same way that the original reader
If people do not or would not understand it, here are some other strategies.
1. If the metaphor is a common expression in the source language or expresses a patterned pair of concepts in a biblical language (a “dead” metaphor), then express the main idea in the simplest way preferred by your language.
1. If the metaphor seems to be a “live” metaphor, you can translate it literally <u> if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor in the same way to mean the same thing as in the Bible</u> . If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly.
1. If the metaphor seems to be a “live” metaphor, you can translate it literally <u>if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor in the same way to mean the same thing as in the Bible</u>. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly.
1. If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as “like” or “as.” See [Simile](../figs-simile/01.md).
1. If the target audience would not know the **image**, see [Translate Unknowns](../translate-unknown/01.md) for ideas on how to translate that image.
1. If the target audience would not use that **image** for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times.
@ -128,50 +128,50 @@ If people do not or would not understand it, here are some other strategies.
(1) If the metaphor is a common expression in the source language or expresses a patterned pair of concepts in a biblical language (a “dead” metaphor), then express the main idea in the simplest way preferred by your language.
> **Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, <u> fell at his feet</u> .** (Mark 5:22 ULT)
>> Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, <u> immediately bowed down in front of him</u> .
> **Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, <u>fell at his feet</u>.** (Mark 5:22 ULT)
>> Then one of the leaders of the synagogue, named Jairus, came, and when he saw him, <u>immediately bowed down in front of him</u>.
(2) If the metaphor seems to be a “live” metaphor, you can translate it literally <u> if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor in the same way to mean the same thing as in the Bible</u> . If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly.
(2) If the metaphor seems to be a “live” metaphor, you can translate it literally <u>if you think that the target language also uses this metaphor in the same way to mean the same thing as in the Bible</u>. If you do this, be sure to test it to make sure that the language community understands it correctly.
> **It was because of your <u> hard hearts</u> that he wrote you this law,** (Mark 10:5 ULT)
>> It was because of your <u> hard hearts</u> that he wrote you this law,
> **It was because of your <u>hard hearts</u> that he wrote you this law,** (Mark 10:5 ULT)
>> It was because of your <u>hard hearts</u> that he wrote you this law,
There is no change to this one - but it must be tested to make sure that the target audience correctly understands this metaphor.
(3) If the target audience does not realize that it is a metaphor, then change the metaphor to a simile. Some languages do this by adding words such as “like” or “as.”
> **And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the <u> clay</u> . You are our <u> potter</u> ; and we all are the work of your hand.** (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)
>> And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are <u> like</u> clay. You are <u> like</u> a potter; and we all are the work of your hand.
> **And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the <u>clay</u>. You are our <u>potter</u>; and we all are the work of your hand.** (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)
>> And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are <u>like</u> clay. You are <u>like</u> a potter; and we all are the work of your hand.
(4) If the target audience would not know the **image**, see [Translate Unknowns](../translate-unknown/01.md) for ideas on how to translate that image.
> **Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you <u> to kick a goad</u> .** (Acts 26:14 ULT)
>> Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to <u> kick against a pointed stick</u> .
> **Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you <u>to kick a goad</u>.** (Acts 26:14 ULT)
>> Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you to <u>kick against a pointed stick</u>.
(5) If the target audience would not use that **image** for that meaning, use an image from your own culture instead. Be sure that it is an image that could have been possible in Bible times.
> **And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the <u> clay</u> . You are our <u> potter</u> ; and we all are the work of your hand.** (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)
>> “And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the <u> wood</u> . You are our <u> carver</u> ; and we all are the work of your hand.”
>> “And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the <u> string</u> . You are the <u> weaver</u> ; and we all are the work of your hand.”
> **And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the <u>clay</u>. You are our <u>potter</u>; and we all are the work of your hand.** (Isaiah 64:8 ULT)
>> “And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the <u>wood</u>. You are our <u>carver</u>; and we all are the work of your hand.”
>> “And yet, Yahweh, you are our father; we are the <u>string</u>. You are the <u>weaver</u>; and we all are the work of your hand.”
(6) If the target audience would not know what the **topic** is, then state the topic clearly. (However, do not do this if the original audience did not know what the topic was.)
> **Yahweh lives; may <u> my rock</u> be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.** (Psalm 18:46 ULT)
>> Yahweh lives; <u> He is my rock</u> . May he be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.
> **Yahweh lives; may <u>my rock</u> be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.** (Psalm 18:46 ULT)
>> Yahweh lives; <u>He is my rock</u>. May he be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.
(7) If the target audience would not know the intended **point of comparison** between the topic and the image, then state it clearly.
> **Yahweh lives; may <u> my rock</u> be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.** (Psalm 18:46 ULT)
>> Yahweh lives; may he be praised because he is the rock <u> under which I can hide from my enemies</u> . May the God of my salvation be exalted.
> **Yahweh lives; may <u>my rock</u> be praised. May the God of my salvation be exalted.** (Psalm 18:46 ULT)
>> Yahweh lives; may he be praised because he is the rock <u>under which I can hide from my enemies</u>. May the God of my salvation be exalted.
> **Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you <u> to kick a goad</u> .** (Acts 26:14 ULT)
>> Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? You <u> fight against me and hurt yourself like an ox that kicks against its owner’s pointed stick</u> .
> **Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? It is hard for you <u>to kick a goad</u>.** (Acts 26:14 ULT)
>> Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? You <u>fight against me and hurt yourself like an ox that kicks against its owner’s pointed stick</u>.
(8) If none of these strategies are satisfactory, then simply state the idea plainly without using a metaphor.
> **I will make you become <u> fishers of men</u>.** (Mark 1:17 ULT)
>> I will make you become <u> people who gather men</u>.
>> Now you gather fish. I will make you <u> gather people</u>.
> **I will make you become <u>fishers of men</u>.** (Mark 1:17 ULT)
>> I will make you become <u>people who gather men</u>.
>> Now you gather fish. I will make you <u>gather people</u>.
To learn more about specific metaphors, see [Biblical Imagery - Common Patterns](../bita-part1/01.md).

24
translate/figs-metonymy/01.md
View File

@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
### Description
**Metonymy** is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. A **metonym** is a word or phrase used as a substitute for something it is associated with.
> and <u> the blood</u> of Jesus his Son cleanses us from all sin. (1 John 1:7 ULT)
> and <u>the blood</u> of Jesus his Son cleanses us from all sin. (1 John 1:7 ULT)
The blood represents Christ’s death.
> He took <u> the cup</u> in the same way after supper, saying, “<u> This cup</u> is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you. (Luke 22:20 ULT)
> He took <u>the cup</u> in the same way after supper, saying, “<u>This cup</u> is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you. (Luke 22:20 ULT)
The cup represents the wine that is in the cup.
@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ The Bible uses metonymy very often. Speakers of some languages are not used to m
### Examples from the Bible
> The Lord God will give him <u> the throne</u> of his father, David. (Luke 1:32 ULT)
> The Lord God will give him <u>the throne</u> of his father, David. (Luke 1:32 ULT)
A throne represents the authority of a king. “Throne” is a metonym for “kingly authority,” “kingship” or “reign.” This means that God would make him become the king that would follow King David.
> Immediately his <u> mouth</u> was opened (Luke 1:64 ULT)
> Immediately his <u>mouth</u> was opened (Luke 1:64 ULT)
The mouth here represents the power to speak. This means that he was able to talk again.
> …who warned you to flee from <u> the wrath</u> that is coming? (Luke 3:7 ULT)
> …who warned you to flee from <u>the wrath</u> that is coming? (Luke 3:7 ULT)
The word “wrath” or “anger” is a metonym for “punishment.” God was extremely angry with the people, and as a result, he would punish them.
@ -42,17 +42,17 @@ If people would easily understand the metonym, consider using it. Otherwise, her
(1) Use the metonym along with the name of the thing it represents.
> **He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, “<u> This cup</u> is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.** (Luke 22:20 ULT)
>> “He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, “<u> The wine in this cup</u> is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.”
> **He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, “<u>This cup</u> is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.** (Luke 22:20 ULT)
>> “He took the cup in the same way after supper, saying, “<u>The wine in this cup</u> is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you.”
(2) Use the name of the thing the metonym represents.
> **The Lord God will give him <u> the throne</u> of his father, David.** (Luke 1:32 ULT)
>> “The Lord God will give him <u> the kingly authority</u> of his father, David.”
>> “The Lord God will <u> make him king</u> like his ancestor, King David.”
> **The Lord God will give him <u>the throne</u> of his father, David.** (Luke 1:32 ULT)
>> “The Lord God will give him <u>the kingly authority</u> of his father, David.”
>> “The Lord God will <u>make him king</u> like his ancestor, King David.”
> **who warned you to flee from <u> the wrath</u> to come?** (Luke 3:7 ULT)
>> “who warned you to flee from God’s coming <u> punishment</u> ?”
> **who warned you to flee from <u>the wrath</u> to come?** (Luke 3:7 ULT)
>> “who warned you to flee from God’s coming <u>punishment</u>?”
To learn about some common metonymies, see [Biblical Imagery - Common Metonymies](../bita-part2/01.md).

18
translate/figs-nominaladj/01.md
View File

@ -3,16 +3,16 @@
### Description
In some languages an adjective can be used to refer to a class of things that the adjective describes. When it does, it acts like a noun. For example, the word “rich” is an adjective. Here are two sentences that show that “rich” is an adjective.
> …<u> The rich man</u> had huge numbers of flocks and herds…(2 Samuel 12:2 ULT)
> …<u>The rich man</u> had huge numbers of flocks and herds…(2 Samuel 12:2 ULT)
The adjective “rich” comes before the word “man” and describes “man.”
> <u> He will not be rich</u> ; his wealth will not last…(Job 15:29 ULT)
> <u>He will not be rich</u>; his wealth will not last…(Job 15:29 ULT)
The adjective “rich” comes after the verb “be” and describes “He.”
Here is a sentence that shows that “rich” can also function as a noun.
> …<u> the rich</u> must not give more than the half shekel, and <u> the poor</u> must not give less. (Exodus 30:15 ULT)
> …<u>the rich</u> must not give more than the half shekel, and <u>the poor</u> must not give less. (Exodus 30:15 ULT)
In Exodus 30:15, the word “rich” acts as a noun in the phrase “the rich,” and it refers to rich people. The word “poor” also acts as a noun and refers to poor people.
@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ In Exodus 30:15, the word “rich” acts as a noun in the phrase “the rich,
### Examples from the Bible
> The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of <u> the righteous</u> . (Psalms 125:3 ULT)
> The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of <u>the righteous</u>. (Psalms 125:3 ULT)
“The righteous” here are people who are righteous, not one particular righteous person.
> Blessed are <u> the meek</u> (Matthew 5:5 ULT)
> Blessed are <u>the meek</u> (Matthew 5:5 ULT)
“The meek” here are all people who are meek, not one particular meek person.
@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ If your language uses adjectives as nouns to refer to a class of people, conside
(1) Use the adjective with a plural form of the noun that the adjective describes.
> **The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of <u> the righteous</u>.** (Psalms 125:3 ULT)
>> The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of <u> righteous people</u>.
> **The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of <u>the righteous</u>.** (Psalms 125:3 ULT)
>> The scepter of wickedness must not rule in the land of <u>righteous people</u>.
> **Blessed are <u> the meek</u>…** (Matthew 5:5 ULT)
>> Blessed are <u> people who are meek</u>…
> **Blessed are <u>the meek</u>…** (Matthew 5:5 ULT)
>> Blessed are <u>people who are meek</u>…

22
translate/figs-order/01.md
View File

@ -12,33 +12,33 @@ Most sentences have three basic important parts: subject, object, and verb. Subj
The subject is usually what the sentence is about. It usually performs some action or is being described.
A subject may be **active**; it does something, such as sing, or work, or teach.
* <u> Peter</u> sings the song well.
* <u>Peter</u> sings the song well.
A subject may have something done to it.
* <u> Peter</u> was fed good food.
* <u>Peter</u> was fed good food.
A subject can be described or it can be in a **state**, such as being happy, sad, or angry.
* <u> He</u> is tall.
* <u> The boy</u> is happy.
* <u>He</u> is tall.
* <u>The boy</u> is happy.
#### Object
The **object** is often the thing that the subject does something to.
* Peter hit <u> the ball</u> .
* Peter read <u> a book</u> .
* Peter sang <u> the song</u> well.
* Peter ate <u> good food</u> .
* Peter hit <u>the ball</u>.
* Peter read <u>a book</u>.
* Peter sang <u>the song</u> well.
* Peter ate <u>good food</u>.
#### Verb
The verb shows an action or a state of being.
* Peter <u> sings</u> the song well.
* Peter <u> is singing</u> .
* Peter <u> is</u> tall.
* Peter <u>sings</u> the song well.
* Peter <u>is singing</u>.
* Peter <u>is</u> tall.
#### Preferred Word Order

16
translate/figs-parables/01.md
View File

@ -26,17 +26,17 @@ This parable teaches that the kingdom of God may seem small at first, but it wil
(1) If a parable is hard to understand because it has unknown things in it, you can replace the unknown things with things that people in your culture know. However, be careful to keep the teaching the same.
> **Jesus said to them, “Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a <u> lampstand</u> “**. (Mark 4:21 ULT) - If people do not know what a lampstand is, you could substitute something else that people put a light on so it can give light to the house.
>> Jesus said to them, “Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on <u> a high shelf</u> .
> **Jesus said to them, “Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a <u>lampstand</u> “**. (Mark 4:21 ULT) - If people do not know what a lampstand is, you could substitute something else that people put a light on so it can give light to the house.
>> Jesus said to them, “Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on <u>a high shelf</u>.
> **Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, “The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and <u> sowed</u> in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches.”** (Matthew 13:31-32 ULT) - To sow seeds means to toss them so that they scatter on the ground. If people are not familiar with sowing, you can substitute planting.
>> Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, “The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and <u> planted</u> in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches.”
> **Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, “The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and <u>sowed</u> in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches.”** (Matthew 13:31-32 ULT) - To sow seeds means to toss them so that they scatter on the ground. If people are not familiar with sowing, you can substitute planting.
>> Then Jesus presented another parable to them. He said, “The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and <u>planted</u> in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches.”
(2) If the teaching of the parable is unclear, consider telling a little about what it teaches in the introduction, such as “Jesus told this story about being generous.”
> **<u> Jesus said to them</u> , “Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand”**. (Mark 4:21 ULT)
>> <u> Jesus told them a parable about why they should witness openly.</u> “Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand.” (Mark 4:21 ULT)
> **<u>Jesus said to them</u>, “Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand”**. (Mark 4:21 ULT)
>> <u>Jesus told them a parable about why they should witness openly.</u> “Do you bring a lamp inside the house to put it under a basket, or under the bed? You bring it in and you put it on a lampstand.” (Mark 4:21 ULT)
> **<u> Then Jesus presented another parable to them.</u> He said, “The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches.”** (Matthew 13:31-32 ULT)
>> <u> Then Jesus presented another parable to them about how the Kingdom of God grows</u> . He said, “The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches.”
> **<u>Then Jesus presented another parable to them.</u> He said, “The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches.”** (Matthew 13:31-32 ULT)
>> <u>Then Jesus presented another parable to them about how the Kingdom of God grows</u>. He said, “The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed which a man took and sowed in his field. This seed is indeed the smallest of all other seeds. But when it has grown, it is greater than the garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and nest in its branches.”

8
translate/figs-partsofspeech/01.md
View File

@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ Parts of speech are categories of words. The different categories of words have
**CONJUNCTIONS** are words that join phrases or sentences. Examples include and, or, but, for, yet, nor. Some conjunctions are used in pairs: both/and; either/or; neither/nor; not only/but also. More information about these can be found on [Connecting Words](../writing-connectingwords/01.md)
**PREPOSITIONS** are words that begin phrases which connect a noun or verb with more detail about that noun or verb. For example, “The girl ran <u> to her father</u> .” Here the phrase with the preposition “to” tells the direction of the girl’s running (the action) in relation to her father. Another example is, “The crowd <u> around Jesus</u> grew in numbers.” The phrase with the preposition <u> around</u> tells the location of the crowd in relation to Jesus. Some examples of prepositions are to, from, in, out, on, off, with, without, above, below, before, after, behind, in front of, among, through, beyond, among.
**PREPOSITIONS** are words that begin phrases which connect a noun or verb with more detail about that noun or verb. For example, “The girl ran <u>to her father</u>.” Here the phrase with the preposition “to” tells the direction of the girl’s running (the action) in relation to her father. Another example is, “The crowd <u>around Jesus</u> grew in numbers.” The phrase with the preposition <u>around</u> tells the location of the crowd in relation to Jesus. Some examples of prepositions are to, from, in, out, on, off, with, without, above, below, before, after, behind, in front of, among, through, beyond, among.
**ARTICLES** are words that are used with nouns to show whether or not the speaker is referring to something that his listener should be able to identify. In English these words are: “a”, an, the. The words <u> a</u> and <u> an</u> mean the same thing. If a speaker says “<u> a dog,</u> he does not expect his listener to know which dog he is talking about; this might be the first time he says anything about a dog. If a speaker says <u> the</u> dog, he is usually referring to a specific dog, and he expects his listener to know which dog he is talking about. English speakers also use <u> the</u> to show that they are talking about something in general. For example, they can say “<u> The</u> elephant is a large animal” and refer to elephants in general, not a specific elephant. More information about this can be found on [Generic Noun Phrases](../figs-genericnoun/01.md).
**ARTICLES** are words that are used with nouns to show whether or not the speaker is referring to something that his listener should be able to identify. In English these words are: “a”, an, the. The words <u>a</u> and <u>an</u> mean the same thing. If a speaker says “<u>a dog,</u> he does not expect his listener to know which dog he is talking about; this might be the first time he says anything about a dog. If a speaker says <u>the</u> dog, he is usually referring to a specific dog, and he expects his listener to know which dog he is talking about. English speakers also use <u>the</u> to show that they are talking about something in general. For example, they can say “<u>The</u> elephant is a large animal” and refer to elephants in general, not a specific elephant. More information about this can be found on [Generic Noun Phrases](../figs-genericnoun/01.md).
**ADJECTIVES** are words that describe nouns and express such things as quantity, size, color, and age. Some examples are: many, big, blue, old, smart, tired. Sometimes people use adjectives to give some information about something, and sometimes people use them to distinguish one item from another. For example, in <u> my elderly father</u> the adjective <u> elderly</u> simply tells something about my father. But in <u> my eldest sister</u> the word <u> eldest</u> distinguishes that sister from any other older sisters I might have. More information about this can be found on [Distinguishing versus Informing or Reminding](../figs-distinguish/01.md).
**ADJECTIVES** are words that describe nouns and express such things as quantity, size, color, and age. Some examples are: many, big, blue, old, smart, tired. Sometimes people use adjectives to give some information about something, and sometimes people use them to distinguish one item from another. For example, in <u>my elderly father</u> the adjective <u>elderly</u> simply tells something about my father. But in <u>my eldest sister</u> the word <u>eldest</u> distinguishes that sister from any other older sisters I might have. More information about this can be found on [Distinguishing versus Informing or Reminding](../figs-distinguish/01.md).
**ADVERBS** are words that describe verbs or adjectives and tell such things as how, when, where, why, and to what extent. Many English adverbs end in <u> ly</u> . Some examples of adverbs: slowly, later, far, intentionally, very.
**ADVERBS** are words that describe verbs or adjectives and tell such things as how, when, where, why, and to what extent. Many English adverbs end in <u>ly</u>. Some examples of adverbs: slowly, later, far, intentionally, very.

12
translate/figs-pastforfuture/01.md
View File

@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ If the past tense would be natural and give the right meaning in your language,
(1) Use the future tense to refer to future events.
> **For to us a child <u> has been born</u> , to us a son <u> has been given</u> ;** (Isaiah 9:6a ULT)
>> “For to us a child <u> will be born</u> , to us a son <u> will be given</u> ;
> **For to us a child <u>has been born</u>, to us a son <u>has been given</u>;** (Isaiah 9:6a ULT)
>> “For to us a child <u>will be born</u>, to us a son <u>will be given</u>;
(2) If it refers to something that would happen very soon, use a form that shows that.
> **Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I <u> have handed</u> over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers.”** (Joshua 6:2 ULT)
>> Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I <u> am about to hand</u> over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers.”
> **Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I <u>have handed</u> over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers.”** (Joshua 6:2 ULT)
>> Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I <u>am about to hand</u> over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers.”
(3) Some languages may use the present tense to show that something will happen very soon.
> **Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I <u> have handed</u> over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers.”** (Joshua 6:2 ULT)
>> Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I <u> am handing</u> over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers.”
> **Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I <u>have handed</u> over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers.”** (Joshua 6:2 ULT)
>> Yahweh said to Joshua, “See, I <u>am handing</u> over to you Jericho, its king, and its trained soldiers.”

10
translate/figs-personification/01.md
View File

@ -42,18 +42,18 @@ If the personification would be understood clearly, consider using it. If it wou
(1) Add words or phrases to make it clear.
> **…<u> sin crouches</u> at the door** (Genesis 4:7 ULT) - God speaks of sin as a wild animal that is waiting for the chance to attack. This shows how dangerous sin is. An additional phrase can be added to make this danger clear.
*…<u> sin</u> is at your door, <u> waiting to attack you</u>
> **…<u>sin crouches</u> at the door** (Genesis 4:7 ULT) - God speaks of sin as a wild animal that is waiting for the chance to attack. This shows how dangerous sin is. An additional phrase can be added to make this danger clear.
*…<u>sin</u> is at your door, <u>waiting to attack you</u>
(2) Use words such as “like” or “as” to show that the sentences is not to be understood literally.
> **…sin crouches at the door** (Genesis 4:7 ULT) - This can be translated with the word “as.”
*…sin is crouching at the door, just <u> as a wild animal does waiting to attack a person</u> .
*…sin is crouching at the door, just <u>as a wild animal does waiting to attack a person</u>.
(3) Find a way to translate it without the personification.
> **…even the <u> winds and the sea obey him</u>** (Matthew 8:27 ULT) - The men speak of the “wind and the sea as if they are able to hear” and obey Jesus as people can. This could also be translated without the idea of obedience by speaking of Jesus controlling them.
>> He even <u> controls the winds and the sea</u> .
> **…even the <u>winds and the sea obey him</u>** (Matthew 8:27 ULT) - The men speak of the “wind and the sea as if they are able to hear” and obey Jesus as people can. This could also be translated without the idea of obedience by speaking of Jesus controlling them.
>> He even <u>controls the winds and the sea</u>.
**Note**: We have broadened our definition of “personification” to include “zoomorphism” (speaking of other things as if they had animal characteristics) and “anthropomorphism” (speaking of non-human things as if they had human characteristics.)

66
translate/figs-possession/01.md
View File

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
### Description
In common English, “possession” refers to having something, or to something that a person has. In English that grammatical relationship is shown with <u> of</u> , or an apostrophe and the letter <u> s</u> , or a possessive pronoun.
In common English, “possession” refers to having something, or to something that a person has. In English that grammatical relationship is shown with <u>of</u>, or an apostrophe and the letter <u>s</u>, or a possessive pronoun.
* the house <u> of</u> my grandfather
* my grandfather<u> ‘s</u> house
* <u> his</u> house
* the house <u>of</u> my grandfather
* my grandfather<u>‘s</u> house
* <u>his</u> house
Possession is used in Hebrew, Greek, and English for a variety of situations. Here are a few common situations that it is used for.
@ -28,41 +28,41 @@ Possession is used in Hebrew, Greek, and English for a variety of situations. He
### Examples from the Bible
**Ownership** - In the example below, the son owned the money.
> … the younger son … wasted <u> his money</u> with wildly extravagant living. (Luke 15:13)
> … the younger son … wasted <u>his money</u> with wildly extravagant living. (Luke 15:13)
**Social Relationship** - In the example below, the disciples were people who learned from John.
> Then <u> the disciples of John</u> came to him …, (Matthew 9:14 ULT)
> Then <u>the disciples of John</u> came to him …, (Matthew 9:14 ULT)
**Material** - In the example below, the material used for making the crowns was gold.
> On their heads were something like <u> crowns of gold</u> (Revelation 9:7)
> On their heads were something like <u>crowns of gold</u> (Revelation 9:7)
**Contents** - In the example below, the cup has water in it.
> Whoever gives you <u> a cup of water</u> to drink … will not lose his reward. (Mark 9:41 ULT)
> Whoever gives you <u>a cup of water</u> to drink … will not lose his reward. (Mark 9:41 ULT)
**Part of a whole** - In the example below, the door was a part of the palace.
> But Uriah slept at <u> the door of the king’s palace</u> (2 Samuel 11:9 ULT)
> But Uriah slept at <u>the door of the king’s palace</u> (2 Samuel 11:9 ULT)
**Part of a group** - In the example below, “us” refers to the whole group and “each one” refers to the individual members.
> To <u> each one of us</u> has been given a gift (Ephesians 4:7 ULT)
> To <u>each one of us</u> has been given a gift (Ephesians 4:7 ULT)
#### Events and Possession
Sometimes one or both of the nouns is an abstract noun that refers to an event or action. In the examples below, the abstract nouns are in **bold** print. These are just some of the relationships that are possible between two nouns when one of them refers to an event.
**Subject** - Sometimes the word after “of” tells who would do the action named by the first noun. In the example below, <u> John baptized people</u> .
> The <u> **baptism** of John</u> , was it from heaven or from men? Answer me.” (Mark 11:30)
**Subject** - Sometimes the word after “of” tells who would do the action named by the first noun. In the example below, <u>John baptized people</u>.
> The <u>**baptism** of John</u>, was it from heaven or from men? Answer me.” (Mark 11:30)
In the example below, <u> Christ loves us</u> .
> Who will separate us from <u> the **love** of Christ</u> ? (Romans 3:35)
In the example below, <u>Christ loves us</u>.
> Who will separate us from <u>the **love** of Christ</u>? (Romans 3:35)
**Object** - Sometimes the word after “of” tells who or what something would happen to. In the example below, <u> people love money</u> .
> For <u> the **love** of money</u> is a root of all kinds of evil. (1 Timothy 6:10 ULT)
**Object** - Sometimes the word after “of” tells who or what something would happen to. In the example below, <u>people love money</u>.
> For <u>the **love** of money</u> is a root of all kinds of evil. (1 Timothy 6:10 ULT)
**Instrument** - Sometimes the word after “of” tells how something would happen. In the example below, God would <u> punish people by sending enemies to attack them with swords</u> .
> then be afraid of the sword, because wrath brings <u> the **punishment** of the sword</u> (Job 19:29 ULT)
**Instrument** - Sometimes the word after “of” tells how something would happen. In the example below, God would <u>punish people by sending enemies to attack them with swords</u>.
> then be afraid of the sword, because wrath brings <u>the **punishment** of the sword</u> (Job 19:29 ULT)
**Representation** - In the example below, John was baptizing people who were repenting of their sins. They were being baptized to show that they were repenting. Their <u> baptism represented their repentance</u> .
> As John came, he was baptizing in the wilderness and was preaching <u> a **baptism** of repentance</u> for the forgiveness of sins. (Mark 1:4 ULT)
**Representation** - In the example below, John was baptizing people who were repenting of their sins. They were being baptized to show that they were repenting. Their <u>baptism represented their repentance</u>.
> As John came, he was baptizing in the wilderness and was preaching <u>a **baptism** of repentance</u> for the forgiveness of sins. (Mark 1:4 ULT)
### Strategies for learning what the relationship is between the two nouns
@ -82,26 +82,26 @@ If possession would be a natural way to show a particular relationship between t
(1) Use an adjective to show that one describes the other. The adjective below is in **bold** print.
> **On their heads were something like <u> crowns of gold</u>** (Revelation 9:7)
>> “On their heads were <u> **gold** crowns</u> “
> **On their heads were something like <u>crowns of gold</u>** (Revelation 9:7)
>> “On their heads were <u>**gold** crowns</u> “
(2) Use a verb to show how the two are related. In the example below, the added verb is in bold.
> **…Whoever gives you <u> a cup of water</u> to drink…will not lose his reward.** (Mark 9:41 ULT)
>> …Whoever gives you <u> a cup that **has** water in it</u> to drink…will not lose his reward.
> **…Whoever gives you <u>a cup of water</u> to drink…will not lose his reward.** (Mark 9:41 ULT)
>> …Whoever gives you <u>a cup that **has** water in it</u> to drink…will not lose his reward.
> **Wealth is worthless on <u> the day of wrath</u>** (Proverbs 11:4 ULT)
>> Wealth is worthless on <u> the day when God **shows** his wrath.</u>
>> Wealth is worthless on the <u> day when God **punishes** people because of his wrath</u> .
> **Wealth is worthless on <u>the day of wrath</u>** (Proverbs 11:4 ULT)
>> Wealth is worthless on <u>the day when God **shows** his wrath.</u>
>> Wealth is worthless on the <u>day when God **punishes** people because of his wrath</u>.
(3) If one of the nouns refers to an event, translate it as a verb. In the example below, that verb is in bold.
> **Notice that I am not speaking to your children, who have not known or seen <u> the punishment of Yahweh your God</u>,** (Deuteronomy 11:2 ULT)
>> Notice that I am not speaking to your children who have not known or seen <u> how Yahweh your God **punished** the people of Egypt.</u>
> **Notice that I am not speaking to your children, who have not known or seen <u>the punishment of Yahweh your God</u>,** (Deuteronomy 11:2 ULT)
>> Notice that I am not speaking to your children who have not known or seen <u>how Yahweh your God **punished** the people of Egypt.</u>
> **You will only observe and see the <u> punishment of the wicked</u>.** (Psalms 91:8 ULT)
>> You will only observe and see <u> how Yahweh **punishes** the wicked</u>.
> **You will only observe and see the <u>punishment of the wicked</u>.** (Psalms 91:8 ULT)
>> You will only observe and see <u>how Yahweh **punishes** the wicked</u>.
> **…you will receive the gift <u> of the Holy Spirit</u>.** (Acts 2:38 ULT)
>> …you will receive <u> the Holy Spirit, whom God will **give** to you</u>.
> **…you will receive the gift <u>of the Holy Spirit</u>.** (Acts 2:38 ULT)
>> …you will receive <u>the Holy Spirit, whom God will **give** to you</u>.

18
translate/figs-pronouns/01.md
View File

@ -40,26 +40,26 @@ Personal pronouns refer to people or things and show if the speaker is referring
**[Reflexive Pronouns](../figs-rpronouns/01.md)** refer to another noun or pronoun in the same sentence: myself, yourself, himself, herself, itself, ourselves, yourselves, themselves.
* **John saw <u> himself</u> in the mirror.** - The word “himself” refers to John.
* **John saw <u>himself</u> in the mirror.** - The word “himself” refers to John.
**Interrogative Pronouns** are used to make a question that needs more than just a yes or no for an answer: who, whom, whose, what, where, when, why, how
* **<u> Who</u> built the house?**
* **<u>Who</u> built the house?**
**Relative Pronouns** mark a relative clause. They tell more about a noun in the main part of the sentence: that, which, who, whom, where, when
* **I saw the house <u> that</u> John built.** The clause “that John built” tells which house I saw.
* **I saw the man <u> who</u> built the house.** The clause “who built the house” tells which man I saw.
* **I saw the house <u>that</u> John built.** The clause “that John built” tells which house I saw.
* **I saw the man <u>who</u> built the house.** The clause “who built the house” tells which man I saw.
**Demonstrative Pronouns** are used to draw attention to someone or something and to show distance from the speaker or something else: this, these, that, those.
* **Have you seen <u> this</u> here?**
* **Who is <u> that</u> over there?**
* **Have you seen <u>this</u> here?**
* **Who is <u>that</u> over there?**
**Indefinite pronouns** are used when no particular noun is being referred to: any, anyone, someone, anything, something, some. Sometimes a personal pronoun is used in a generic way to do this: you, they, he or it.
* **He does not want to talk to <u> anyone</u> .**
* **<u> Someone</u> fixed it, but I do not know who.**
* **<u> They</u> say that <u> you</u> should not wake a sleeping dog.**
* **He does not want to talk to <u>anyone</u>.**
* **<u>Someone</u> fixed it, but I do not know who.**
* **<u>They</u> say that <u>you</u> should not wake a sleeping dog.**
In the last example, “they” and “you” just refer to people in general.

22
translate/figs-quotations/01.md
View File

@ -6,11 +6,11 @@ There are two kinds of quotations: direct quotation and indirect quotation.
A **direct quotation** occurs when someone reports what another person said from the viewpoint of that original speaker. People usually expect that this kind of quotation will represent the original speaker’s exact words. In the example below, John would have said “I” when referring to himself, so the narrator, who is reporting John’s words, uses the word “I” in the quotation to refer to John. To show that these are John’s exact words, many languages put the words between quotation marks:””.
* John said, “<u> I</u> do not know at what time <u> I</u> will arrive.”
* John said, “<u>I</u> do not know at what time <u>I</u> will arrive.”
An **indirect quotation** occurs when a speaker reports what someone else said, but in this case, the speaker is reporting it from his own point of view instead of from the original person’s point of view. This kind of quotation usually features changes in pronouns, and it often features changes in time, in word choices, and in length. In the example below, the narrator refers to John as “he” in the quotation and uses the word “would,” to replace the future tense indicated by “will.”
* John said that <u> he</u> did not know at what time <u> he</u> would arrive.
* John said that <u>he</u> did not know at what time <u>he</u> would arrive.
### Why this is a translation issue
@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ In some languages, reported speech can be expressed by either direct or indirect
The verses in the examples below contain both direct and indirect quotations. In the explanation below the verse, we have underlined the quotations.
> He instructed him to tell no one, but told him, “Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.” (Luke 5:14 ULT)
* Indirect quote: He instructed him <u> to tell no one</u> ,
* Direct quote: but told him, “<u> Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest…</u> “
* Indirect quote: He instructed him <u>to tell no one</u>,
* Direct quote: but told him, “<u>Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest…</u> “
> Being asked by the Pharisees when the kingdom of God would come, Jesus answered them and said, “The kingdom of God is not something that can be observed. Neither will they say, ‘Look here!’ or, ‘Look there!’ because the kingdom of God is among you.” (Luke 17:20-21 ULT)
* Indirect quote: Being asked by the Pharisees <u> when the kingdom of God would come,</u>
* Direct quote: Jesus answered them and said, “<u> The kingdom of God is not something that can be observed. Neither will they say, ‘Look here!’ or, ‘Look there!’ because the kingdom of God is among you.</u> “
* Direct quotes: Neither will they say, ‘<u> Look here!</u> ‘ or, ‘<u> Look there!</u> ‘
* Indirect quote: Being asked by the Pharisees <u>when the kingdom of God would come,</u>
* Direct quote: Jesus answered them and said, “<u>The kingdom of God is not something that can be observed. Neither will they say, ‘Look here!’ or, ‘Look there!’ because the kingdom of God is among you.</u> “
* Direct quotes: Neither will they say, ‘<u>Look here!</u> ‘ or, ‘<u>Look there!</u> ‘
### Translation Strategies
@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ If the kind of quote used in the source text would work well in your language, c
(1) If a direct quote would not work well in your language, change it to an indirect quote.
> **He instructed him to tell no one, but told him, “<u> Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.</u> “** (Luke 5:14 ULT)
>> He instructed him to tell no one, but <u> to go on his way, and to show himself to the priest and to offer a sacrifice for his cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them</u> .”
> **He instructed him to tell no one, but told him, “<u>Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.</u> “** (Luke 5:14 ULT)
>> He instructed him to tell no one, but <u>to go on his way, and to show himself to the priest and to offer a sacrifice for his cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them</u>.”
(2) If an indirect quote would not work well in your language, change it to a direct quote.
> **He instructed him, <u> to tell no one</u> , but told him, “Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.”** (Luke 5:14 ULT)
>> He instructed him, “<u> Tell no one</u> . Just go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.”
> **He instructed him, <u>to tell no one</u>, but told him, “Go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.”** (Luke 5:14 ULT)
>> He instructed him, “<u>Tell no one</u>. Just go on your way, and show yourself to the priest and offer a sacrifice for your cleansing, according to what Moses commanded, for a testimony to them.”
You may also want to watch the video at http://ufw.io/figs_quotations.

10
translate/figs-quotemarks/01.md
View File

@ -29,20 +29,20 @@ A first layer direct quote has double quote marks around it.
#### Quotations with two layers
A second layer direct quote has single quote marks around it. We have underlined it and the phrase for you to see it clearly.
> They asked him, “Who is the man that said to you, <u> ‘Pick up your bed and walk’</u> ?” (John 5:12 ULT)
> They asked him, “Who is the man that said to you, <u>‘Pick up your bed and walk’</u>?” (John 5:12 ULT)
> … he sent two of the disciples, saying, “Go into the next village. As you enter, you will find a colt that has never been ridden. Untie it and bring it to me. If any one asks you, <u> ‘Why are you untying it?’</u> say, <u> ‘The Lord has need of it.’</u> “ (Luke 19:29-31 ULT)
> … he sent two of the disciples, saying, “Go into the next village. As you enter, you will find a colt that has never been ridden. Untie it and bring it to me. If any one asks you, <u>‘Why are you untying it?’</u> say, <u>‘The Lord has need of it.’</u> “ (Luke 19:29-31 ULT)
#### A quotation with three layers
A third layer direct quote has double quote marks around it. We have underlined it for you to see it clearly.
> Abraham said, “Because I thought, ‘Surely there is no fear of God in this place, and they will kill me because of my wife.’ Besides, she is indeed my sister, the daughter of my father, but not the daughter of my mother; and she became my wife. When God caused me to leave my father’s house and travel from place to place, I said to her, ‘You must show me this faithfulness as my wife: At every place where we go, say about me, <u> “He is my brother.”</u> ‘ “ (Genesis 20:10-13 ULT)
> Abraham said, “Because I thought, ‘Surely there is no fear of God in this place, and they will kill me because of my wife.’ Besides, she is indeed my sister, the daughter of my father, but not the daughter of my mother; and she became my wife. When God caused me to leave my father’s house and travel from place to place, I said to her, ‘You must show me this faithfulness as my wife: At every place where we go, say about me, <u>“He is my brother.”</u> ‘ “ (Genesis 20:10-13 ULT)
#### A quotation with four layers
A fourth layer direct quote has single quote marks around it. We have underlined it for you to see it clearly.
> They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: <u> ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’</u> “ ‘ “ (2 Kings 1:5-6 ULT)
> They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: <u>‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’</u> “ ‘ “ (2 Kings 1:5-6 ULT)
### Quote Marking Strategies
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Here are some ways you may be able to help readers see where each quote starts a
> They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’ “ ‘ “ (2 Kings 1:6 ULT)
* They told him <u> that</u> a man came to meet them who said to them, “Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, ‘Yahweh says this: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.” ‘ “
* They told him <u>that</u> a man came to meet them who said to them, “Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, ‘Yahweh says this: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.” ‘ “
1. If a quotation is very long and has many layers of quotation in it, indent the main overall quote, and use quote marks only for the direct quotes inside of it.

16
translate/figs-quotesinquotes/01.md
View File

@ -27,13 +27,13 @@ The outermost layer is what Jesus said to Pilate. The second layer is what Pilat
#### A quotation with three layers
> Abraham said, “…I said to her, ‘You must show me this faithfulness as my wife: At every place where we go, say about me, <u> “He is my brother.”</u> ‘ “ (Genesis 20:10-13 ULT)
> Abraham said, “…I said to her, ‘You must show me this faithfulness as my wife: At every place where we go, say about me, <u>“He is my brother.”</u> ‘ “ (Genesis 20:10-13 ULT)
The outermost layer is what Abraham said to Abimelech. The second layer is what Abraham had told his wife. The third layer is what he wanted his wife to say. (We have underlined the third layer.)
#### A quotation with four layers
> They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: <u> ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’</u> “ ‘ “ (2 Kings 1:6 ULT)
> They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: <u>‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’</u> “ ‘ “ (2 Kings 1:6 ULT)
The outermost layer is what the messengers said to the king. The second layer is what the man who had met the messengers told them. The third is what that man wanted the messengers to say to the king. The fourth is what Yahweh said. (We have underlined the fourth layer.)
@ -48,14 +48,14 @@ Some languages use only direct quotes. Other languages use a combination of dire
(1) Translate all of the quotes as direct quotes. In the example below we have underlined the indirect quotes in the ULT and the quotes that we have changed to direct quotes below it.
> **Festus presented Paul’s case to the king; he said, “A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner.…I was puzzled about how to investigate this matter, and I asked him <u> if he would go to Jerusalem to be judged there about these things</u> . But when Paul called <u> to be kept under guard for the Emperor’s decision</u> , I ordered him <u> to be kept until I send him to Caesar</u> .”** (Acts 25:14-21 ULT)
>> Festus presented Paul’s case to the king; he said, “A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner.…I was puzzled about how to investigate this matter, and I asked him, <u> ‘Will you go to Jerusalem to be judged there about these things?’</u> But when Paul said, <u> ‘I want to be kept under guard for the Emperor’s decision,’</u> I told the guard, <u> ‘Keep him under guard until I send him to Caesar.’</u> “
> **Festus presented Paul’s case to the king; he said, “A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner.…I was puzzled about how to investigate this matter, and I asked him <u>if he would go to Jerusalem to be judged there about these things</u>. But when Paul called <u>to be kept under guard for the Emperor’s decision</u>, I ordered him <u>to be kept until I send him to Caesar</u>.”** (Acts 25:14-21 ULT)
>> Festus presented Paul’s case to the king; he said, “A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner.…I was puzzled about how to investigate this matter, and I asked him, <u>‘Will you go to Jerusalem to be judged there about these things?’</u> But when Paul said, <u>‘I want to be kept under guard for the Emperor’s decision,’</u> I told the guard, <u>‘Keep him under guard until I send him to Caesar.’</u> “
(2) Translate one or some of the quotes as indirect quotes. In English the word “that” can come before indirect quotes. It is underlined in the examples below. The pronouns that changed because of the indirect quote are also underlined.
> **Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and said, “I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them, ‘At twilight you will eat meat, and in the morning you will be filled with bread. Then you will know that I am Yahweh your God.’ “** (Exodus 16:11-12 ULT)
>> Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and said, “I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them <u> that</u> at twilight <u> they</u> will eat meat, and in the morning <u> they</u> will be filled with bread. Then <u> they</u> will know that I am Yahweh <u> their</u> God.”
> **Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and said, “I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them, ‘At twilight you will eat meat, and in the morning you will be filled with bread. Then you will know that I am Yahweh your God.’ “** (Exodus 16:11-12 ULT)
>> Then Yahweh spoke to Moses and said, “I have heard the grumbling of the Israelites. Tell them <u>that</u> at twilight <u>they</u> will eat meat, and in the morning <u>they</u> will be filled with bread. Then <u>they</u> will know that I am Yahweh <u>their</u> God.”
> **They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’ “ ‘ “** (2 Kings 1:6 ULT)
>> They told him <u> that</u> a man had come to meet <u> them</u> who said to <u> them</u> , “Go back to the king who sent you, and tell him <u> that</u> Yahweh says this: ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’ “
> **They said to him, “A man came to meet us who said to us, ‘Go back to the king who sent you, and say to him, “Yahweh says this: ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’ “ ‘ “** (2 Kings 1:6 ULT)
>> They told him <u>that</u> a man had come to meet <u>them</u> who said to <u>them</u>, “Go back to the king who sent you, and tell him <u>that</u> Yahweh says this: ‘Is it because there is no God in Israel that you sent men to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not come down from the bed to which you have gone up; instead, you will certainly die.’ “

38
translate/figs-rpronouns/01.md
View File

@ -19,20 +19,20 @@ All languages have ways of showing that the same person fills two different role
### Examples from the Bible
Reflexive pronouns are used to show the same person or thing fills two different roles in a sentence.
<blockquote> If <u> I</u> should testify about <u> myself</u> alone, my testimony would not be true. (John 5:31 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> If <u>I</u> should testify about <u>myself</u> alone, my testimony would not be true. (John 5:31 ULT) </blockquote>
> Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and <u> many</u> went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to purify <u> themselves</u> . (John 11:55 ULT)
> Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and <u>many</u> went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to purify <u>themselves</u>. (John 11:55 ULT)
Reflexive pronouns are used to emphasize a person or thing in the sentence.
<blockquote> <u> Jesus himself</u> was not baptizing, but his disciples were (John 4:2 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> <u>Jesus himself</u> was not baptizing, but his disciples were (John 4:2 ULT) </blockquote>
> So they left the crowd, taking Jesus with them, since he was already in the boat. Other boats were also with him. And a violent windstorm arose and the waves were breaking into the boat so that the boat was already full. But <u> Jesus himself</u> was in the stern, asleep on a cushion. (Mark 4:36-38 ULT)
> So they left the crowd, taking Jesus with them, since he was already in the boat. Other boats were also with him. And a violent windstorm arose and the waves were breaking into the boat so that the boat was already full. But <u>Jesus himself</u> was in the stern, asleep on a cushion. (Mark 4:36-38 ULT)
Reflexive pronouns are used to show that someone did something alone.
> When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain <u> by himself</u> . (John 6:15 ULT)
> When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain <u>by himself</u>. (John 6:15 ULT)
Reflexive pronouns are used to show that someone or something was alone.
> He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. <u> It</u> was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up in its place <u> by itself</u> . (John 20:6-7 ULT)
> He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. <u>It</u> was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up in its place <u>by itself</u>. (John 20:6-7 ULT)
### Translation Strategies
@ -48,31 +48,31 @@ If a reflexive pronoun would have the same function in your language, consider u
(1) In some languages people put something on the verb to show that the object of the verb is the same as the subject.
> **If I should testify about <u> myself</u> alone, my testimony would not be true.** (John 5:31)
>> “If I should <u> self-testify</u> alone, my testimony would not be true.”
> **If I should testify about <u>myself</u> alone, my testimony would not be true.** (John 5:31)
>> “If I should <u>self-testify</u> alone, my testimony would not be true.”
> **Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to <u> purify themselves</u> .** (John 11:55)
>> “Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to <u> self-purify</u> .”
> **Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to <u>purify themselves</u>.** (John 11:55)
>> “Now the Passover of the Jews was near, and many went up to Jerusalem out of the country before the Passover in order to <u>self-purify</u>.”
(2) In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by referring to it in a special place in the sentence.
> **<u> He himself</u> took our sickness and bore our diseases.** (Matthew 8:17 ULT)
>> “<u> It was he who</u> took our sickness and bore our diseases.”
> **<u>He himself</u> took our sickness and bore our diseases.** (Matthew 8:17 ULT)
>> “<u>It was he who</u> took our sickness and bore our diseases.”
> **<u> Jesus himself</u> was not baptizing, but his disciples were.** (John 4:2)
>> “<u> It was not Jesus who</u> was baptizing, but his disciples were.”
> **<u>Jesus himself</u> was not baptizing, but his disciples were.** (John 4:2)
>> “<u>It was not Jesus who</u> was baptizing, but his disciples were.”
(3) In some languages people emphasize a certain person or thing by adding something to that word or putting another word with it. English adds the reflexive pronoun.
> **Now Jesus said this to test Philip, for he <u> himself</u> knew what he was going to do.** (John 6:6)
> **Now Jesus said this to test Philip, for he <u>himself</u> knew what he was going to do.** (John 6:6)
(4) In some languages people show that someone did something alone by using a word like “alone.”
> **When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain <u> by himself</u> .** (John 6:15)
>> “When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again <u> alone</u> up the mountain.”
> **When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again up the mountain <u>by himself</u>.** (John 6:15)
>> “When Jesus realized that they were about to come and seize him by force to make him king, he withdrew again <u>alone</u> up the mountain.”
(5) In some languages people show that something was alone by using a phrase that tells about where it was.
> **He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up in its place <u> by itself</u> .** (John 20:6-7 ULT)
>> “He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up and lying <u> in it’s own place</u> .”
> **He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up in its place <u>by itself</u>.** (John 20:6-7 ULT)
>> “He saw the linen cloths lying there and the cloth that had been on his head. It was not lying with the linen cloths but was rolled up and lying <u>in it’s own place</u>.”

40
translate/figs-rquestion/01.md
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ A rhetorical question is a question that a speaker asks when he is more interest
A rhetorical question is a question that strongly expresses the speaker’s attitude toward something. Often the speaker is not looking for information at all, but if he is asking for information, it is not usually the information that the question appears to ask for. The speaker is more interested in expressing his attitude than in getting information.
> Those who stood by said, “<u> Is this how you insult God’s high priest?</u> “ (Acts 23:4 ULT)
> Those who stood by said, “<u>Is this how you insult God’s high priest?</u> “ (Acts 23:4 ULT)
The people who asked Paul this question were not asking about his way of insulting God’s high priest. Rather they used theis question to accuse Paul of insulting the high priest.
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ The Bible contains many rhetorical questions. Some of the purposes of these rhet
Jezebel used the question above to remind King Ahab of something he already knew: he still ruled the kingdom of Israel. The rhetorical question made her point more strongly than if she had merely stated it, because it forced Ahab to admit the point himself. She did this in order to rebuke him for being unwilling to take over a poor man’s property. She was implying that since he was the king of Israel, he had the power to take the man’s property.
> <u> Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils?</u> Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number! (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)
> <u>Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils?</u> Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number! (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)
God used the question above to remind his people of something they already knew: a young woman would never forget her jewelry or a bride forget her veils. He then rebuked his people for forgetting him, who is so much greater than those things.
@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Jesus used the question above to remind the people of something they already kne
Jesus used this question to teach the people in an emphatic way that God gives good things to those who ask him.
> <u> What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to?</u> It is like a mustard seed that a man took and threw into his garden…(Luke 13:18-19 ULT)
> <u>What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to?</u> It is like a mustard seed that a man took and threw into his garden…(Luke 13:18-19 ULT)
Jesus used the question above to introduce what he was going to talk about. He was going to compare the kingdom of God to something.
@ -75,36 +75,36 @@ If using the rhetorical question would be natural and give the right meaning in
(1) Add the answer after the question.
> **<u> Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils?</u> Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!** (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)
>> Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? <u> Of course not!</u> Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!
> **<u>Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils?</u> Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!** (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)
>> Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils? <u>Of course not!</u> Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!
> **Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone?** (Matthew 7:9 ULT)
>> Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? <u> None of you would do that!</u>
>> Or what man among you is there who, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, will give him a stone? <u>None of you would do that!</u>
(2) Change the rhetorical question to a statement or exclamation.
> **<u> What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to?</u> It is like a mustard seed…** (Luke 13:18-19 ULT)
>> <u> This is what the kingdom of God is like.</u> It is like a mustard seed…”
> **<u>What is the kingdom of God like, and what can I compare it to?</u> It is like a mustard seed…** (Luke 13:18-19 ULT)
>> <u>This is what the kingdom of God is like.</u> It is like a mustard seed…”
> **<u> Is this how you insult God’s high priest?</u>** (Acts 23:4 ULT)
>> <u> You should not insult God’s high priest!</u>
> **<u>Is this how you insult God’s high priest?</u>** (Acts 23:4 ULT)
>> <u>You should not insult God’s high priest!</u>
> **<u> Why did I not die when I came out from the womb?</u>** (Job 3:11 ULT)
>> <u> I wish I had died when I came out from the womb!</u>
> **<u>Why did I not die when I came out from the womb?</u>** (Job 3:11 ULT)
>> <u>I wish I had died when I came out from the womb!</u>
> **<u> And why has it happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me?</u>** (Luke 1:43 ULT)
>> <u> How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to me!</u>
> **<u>And why has it happened to me that the mother of my Lord should come to me?</u>** (Luke 1:43 ULT)
>> <u>How wonderful it is that the mother of my Lord has come to me!</u>
(3) Change the rhetorical question to a statement, and then follow it with a short question.
> **<u> Do you not still rule</u> the kingdom of Israel?** (1 Kings 21:7 ULT)
>> You still rule the kingdom of Israel, <u> do you not?</u>
> **<u>Do you not still rule</u> the kingdom of Israel?** (1 Kings 21:7 ULT)
>> You still rule the kingdom of Israel, <u>do you not?</u>
(4) Change the form of the question so that it communicates in your langauge what the orignal speaker communicated in his.
> **Or <u> what man among you is there who</u> , if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, <u> will give him a stone?</u>** (Matthew 7:9 ULT)
>> If your son asks you for a loaf of bread, <u> would you give him a stone</u> ?
> **Or <u>what man among you is there who</u>, if his son asks him for a loaf of bread, <u>will give him a stone?</u>** (Matthew 7:9 ULT)
>> If your son asks you for a loaf of bread, <u>would you give him a stone</u>?
> **<u> Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils</u> ? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!** (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)
>> <u> What virgin would forget her jewelry, and what bride would forget her veils</u> ? Yet my poeple have forgotten me for days without number
> **<u>Will a virgin forget her jewelry, a bride her veils</u>? Yet my people have forgotten me for days without number!** (Jeremiah 2:32 ULT)
>> <u>What virgin would forget her jewelry, and what bride would forget her veils</u>? Yet my poeple have forgotten me for days without number

28
translate/figs-sentences/01.md
View File

@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ The simplest sentence structure in English includes a **subject** and an **actio
The ***subject*** is who or what the sentence is about. In these examples, the subject is underlined:
* <u> The boy</u> is running.
* <u> He</u> is running.
* <u>The boy</u> is running.
* <u>He</u> is running.
Subjects are typically noun phrases or pronouns. (see [Parts of Speach](../figs-partsofspeech/01.md)) In the examples above, “the boy” is a noun phrase that has the noun “boy,” and “he” is a pronoun.
@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ When the sentence is a command, in many languages it does not have a subject pro
The predicate is the part of a sentence that tells something about the subject. It usually has a verb. (See: [Verbs](../figs-verbs/01.md)) In the sentences below, the subjects are “the man” and “he.” The predicates are underlined and the verbs are in bold.
* The man <u> **is** strong</u> .
* He <u> **worked** hard</u> .
* He <u> **made** a garden</u> .
* The man <u>**is** strong</u>.
* He <u>**worked** hard</u>.
* He <u>**made** a garden</u>.
#### Compound Sentences
@ -37,21 +37,21 @@ A sentence can be made up of more than one sentence. Each of the two lines below
The compound sentence below contains the two sentences above. In English, compound sentences are joined with a conjunction such as “and,” “but,” or “or.”
* He planted the yams <u> and</u> his wife planted the corn.
* He planted the yams <u>and</u> his wife planted the corn.
#### Clauses
Sentences can also have clauses and other phrases. Clauses are like sentences because they have a subject and a predicate, but they do not normally occur by themselves. Here are some examples of clauses. The subjects are in bold, and the predicates are underlined.
* when **the corn** <u> was ready</u>
* after **she** <u> picked it</u>
* because **it** <u> tasted so good</u>
* when **the corn** <u>was ready</u>
* after **she** <u>picked it</u>
* because **it** <u>tasted so good</u>
Sentences can have many clauses, and so they can become long and complex. But each sentence has to have at least one **independent clause**, that is, a clause that can be a sentence all by itself. The other clauses that cannot be sentences by themselves are called the **dependent clauses**. Dependent clauses depend on the independent clause to complete their meaning. The dependent clauses are underlined in the sentences below.
* <u> When the corn was ready</u> , she picked it.
* <u> After she picked it</u> , she carried it home and cooked it.
* Then she and her husband ate it all, <u> because it tasted so good</u> .
* <u>When the corn was ready</u>, she picked it.
* <u>After she picked it</u>, she carried it home and cooked it.
* Then she and her husband ate it all, <u>because it tasted so good</u>.
The following phrases can each be a whole sentence. They are the independent clauses from the sentences above.
@ -65,11 +65,11 @@ In some languages, clauses can be used with a noun that is part of a sentence. T
In the sentence below, “the corn that was ready” is part of the predicate of the whole sentence. The relative clause “that was ready” is used with the noun “corn” to tell which corn she picked.
* His wife picked **the corn** <u> that was ready</u> .
* His wife picked **the corn** <u>that was ready</u>.
In the sentence below “her mother, who was very annoyed” is part of the predicate of the whole sentence. The relative clause “who was very annoyed” is used with the noun “mother” to tell how her mother felt when she did not get any corn.
* She did not give any corn to **her mother**, <u> who was very annoyed</u> .
* She did not give any corn to **her mother**, <u>who was very annoyed</u>.
#### Translation Issues

32
translate/figs-sentencetypes/01.md
View File

@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
A **sentence** is a group of words that expresses a complete thought. The basic types of sentences are listed below with the functions they are mainly used for.
* **Statements** - These are mainly used to give information. ‘_This is a fact._’
* **Questions** - These are mainly used to ask for information. ‘_Do you know him?_’
* **Imperative Sentences** - These are mainly used to express a desire or requirement that someone do something. ‘_Pick that up._’
* **Exclamations** - These are mainly used to express a strong feeling. ‘_Ouch, that hurt!_’
* **Statements** - These are mainly used to give information. ‘_This is a fact._’
* **Questions** - These are mainly used to ask for information. ‘_Do you know him?_’
* **Imperative Sentences** - These are mainly used to express a desire or requirement that someone do something. ‘_Pick that up._’
* **Exclamations** - These are mainly used to express a strong feeling. ‘_Ouch, that hurt!_’
#### Reasons this is a translation Issue
@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ Statements can also have other functions. (see [Statements - Other Uses](../figs
The speakers below used these questions to get information, and the people they were speaking to answered their questions.
<blockquote> Jesus said to them, “<u> Do you believe that I can do this?</u> “ They said to him, “Yes, Lord.” (Matthew 9:28 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> Jesus said to them, “<u>Do you believe that I can do this?</u> “ They said to him, “Yes, Lord.” (Matthew 9:28 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> The jailer…said, “Sirs, <u> what must I do to be saved?</u> “ They said, “Believe in the Lord Jesus, and you will be saved, you and your house.” (Acts 16:29-31 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> The jailer…said, “Sirs, <u>what must I do to be saved?</u> “ They said, “Believe in the Lord Jesus, and you will be saved, you and your house.” (Acts 16:29-31 ULT)</blockquote>
Questions can also have other functions. (see [Rhetorical Question](../figs-rquestion/01.md))
@ -41,36 +41,36 @@ Questions can also have other functions. (see [Rhetorical Question](../figs-rque
There are different kinds of imperative sentences: commands, instructions, suggestions, invitations, requests, and wishes.
With a **command**, the speaker uses his authority and tells someone to do something.
> <u> Rise up</u> , Balak, and <u> hear</u> . <u> Listen</u> to me, you son of Zippor. (Numbers 23:18 ULT)
> <u>Rise up</u>, Balak, and <u>hear</u>. <u>Listen</u> to me, you son of Zippor. (Numbers 23:18 ULT)
With an **instruction**, the speaker tells someone how to do something.
> …but if you want to enter into life, <u> keep the commandments</u> .…If you wish to be perfect, <u> go</u> , <u> sell</u> what you have, and <u> give</u> it to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. (Matthew 19:17, 21 ULT)
> …but if you want to enter into life, <u>keep the commandments</u>.…If you wish to be perfect, <u>go</u>, <u>sell</u> what you have, and <u>give</u> it to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. (Matthew 19:17, 21 ULT)
With a **suggestion**, the speaker tells someone something to do or not do that he thinks might help that person. In the example below, it is best for both blind men if they do not try to lead each other.
> A blind man <u> should not</u> try to lead another blind man. If he did, they both would fall into a hole! ( Luke 6:39 UST)
> A blind man <u>should not</u> try to lead another blind man. If he did, they both would fall into a hole! ( Luke 6:39 UST)
Speakers may intend to be part of the group that does what is suggested. In Genesis 11, the people were saying that it would be good for them all to make bricks together.
> They said to one another, “Come, <u> let us</u> make bricks and bake them thoroughly.” (Genesis 11:3 ULT)
> They said to one another, “Come, <u>let us</u> make bricks and bake them thoroughly.” (Genesis 11:3 ULT)
With an **invitation**, the speaker uses politeness or friendliness to suggest that someone do something if he wants. This is usually something that the speaker thinks the listener will enjoy.
> <u> Come</u> with us and we will do you good. (Numbers 10:29)
> <u>Come</u> with us and we will do you good. (Numbers 10:29)
With a **request**, the speaker uses politeness to say that he wants someone to do something. This may include the word ‘please’ to make it clear that it is a request and not a command. This is usually something that would benefit the speaker.
<blockquote> <u> Give us</u> today our daily bread. (Matthew 6:11 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> <u>Give us</u> today our daily bread. (Matthew 6:11 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> <u> Please excuse</u> me. (Luke 14:18 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> <u>Please excuse</u> me. (Luke 14:18 ULT)</blockquote>
With a **wish** a person expresses what they want to happen. In English they often start with the word “may” or “let.”
In Genesis 28, Isaac told Jacob what he wanted God to do for him.
> <u> May God Almighty bless</u> you, make you fruitful and multiply you. (Genesis 28:3 ULT)
> <u>May God Almighty bless</u> you, make you fruitful and multiply you. (Genesis 28:3 ULT)
In Genesis 9, Noah said what he wanted to happen to Canaan.
> <u> Cursed be</u> Canaan. <u> May he be</u> a servant to his brothers’ servants. (Genesis 9:25 ULT)
> <u>Cursed be</u> Canaan. <u>May he be</u> a servant to his brothers’ servants. (Genesis 9:25 ULT)
In Genesis 21, Hagar expressed her strong desire not to see her son die, and then she moved away so that she would not see him die.
> <u> Let me not look</u> upon the death of the child. (Genesis 21:16 ULT)
> <u>Let me not look</u> upon the death of the child. (Genesis 21:16 ULT)
Imperative sentences also have other functions. (see [Imperatives - Other Uses](../figs-imperative/01.md))

38
translate/figs-simile/01.md
View File

@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ A simile is a comparison of two things that are not normally thought to be simil
### Description
A simile is a comparison of two things that are not normally thought to be similar. It focuses on a particular trait the two items have in common, and it includes the words “like,” “as” or “than.”
> When he saw the crowds, he had compassion for them, because they were worried and confused, because they were <u> like sheep without a shepherd</u> . (Matthew 9:36)
> When he saw the crowds, he had compassion for them, because they were worried and confused, because they were <u>like sheep without a shepherd</u>. (Matthew 9:36)
Jesus compared the crowds of people to sheep without a shepherd. Sheep grow frightened when they do not have a good shepherd to lead them in safe places. The crowds were like that because they did not have good religious leaders.
> See, I send you out <u> as sheep in the midst of wolves</u> , so be as wise <u> as serpents</u> and harmless <u> as doves</u> . (Matthew 10:16 ULT)
> See, I send you out <u>as sheep in the midst of wolves</u>, so be as wise <u>as serpents</u> and harmless <u>as doves</u>. (Matthew 10:16 ULT)
Jesus compared his disciples to sheep and their enemies to wolves. Wolves attack sheep. Jesus’ enemies would attack his disciples.
> For the word of God is living and active and sharper <u> than any two-edged sword</u> . (Hebrews 4:12 ULT)
> For the word of God is living and active and sharper <u>than any two-edged sword</u>. (Hebrews 4:12 ULT)
God’s word is compared to a two-edged sword. A two-edged sword is a weapon that can easily cut through a person’s flesh. God’s word is very effective in showing what is in a person’s heart and thoughts.
@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ God’s word is compared to a two-edged sword. A two-edged sword is a weapon tha
### Examples from the Bible
> Suffer hardship with me, <u> as a good soldier of Christ Jesus</u> . (2 Timothy 2:3 ULT)
> Suffer hardship with me, <u>as a good soldier of Christ Jesus</u>. (2 Timothy 2:3 ULT)
In this simile, Paul compares suffering with what soldiers endure, and he encourages Timothy to follow their example.
> for <u> as the lightning appears when it flashes from one part of the sky to another part of the sky</u> , so will the Son of Man be in his day. (Luke 17:24 ULT)
> for <u>as the lightning appears when it flashes from one part of the sky to another part of the sky</u>, so will the Son of Man be in his day. (Luke 17:24 ULT)
This verse does not tell how the Son of Man will be like the lightning. But from the context we can understand from the verses before it that just as lighting flashes suddenly and everyone can see it, the Son of Man will come suddenly and everyone will be able to see him. No one will have to be told about it.
@ -46,28 +46,28 @@ If people would understand the correct meaning of a simile, consider using it. I
(1) If people do not know how the two items are alike, tell how they are alike. However, do not do this if the meaning was not clear to the original audience.
> **See, I send you out <u> as sheep in the midst of wolves</u>** (Matthew 10:16 ULT) - This compares the danger that Jesus’ disciples would be in with the danger that sheep are in when they are surrounded by wolves.
>> See, I send <u> you out among wicked people</u> and you will be in danger from them <u> as sheep are in danger when they are among wolves</u> .
> **See, I send you out <u>as sheep in the midst of wolves</u>** (Matthew 10:16 ULT) - This compares the danger that Jesus’ disciples would be in with the danger that sheep are in when they are surrounded by wolves.
>> See, I send <u>you out among wicked people</u> and you will be in danger from them <u>as sheep are in danger when they are among wolves</u>.
> **For the word of God is living and active and sharper <u> than any two-edged sword</u> .** (Hebrews 4:12 ULT)
>> For the word of God is living and active and <u> more powerful than a very sharp two-edged sword</u>
> **For the word of God is living and active and sharper <u>than any two-edged sword</u>.** (Hebrews 4:12 ULT)
>> For the word of God is living and active and <u>more powerful than a very sharp two-edged sword</u>
(2) If people are not familiar with the item that something is compared to, use an item from your own culture. Be sure that it is one that could have been used in the cultures of the Bible.
> **See, I send you out <u> as sheep in the midst of wolves</u> ,** (Matthew 10:16 ULT) - If people do not know what sheep and wolves are, or that wolves kill and eat sheep, you could use some other animal that kills another.
>> See, I send you out <u> as chickens in the midst of wild dogs</u> ,
> **See, I send you out <u>as sheep in the midst of wolves</u>,** (Matthew 10:16 ULT) - If people do not know what sheep and wolves are, or that wolves kill and eat sheep, you could use some other animal that kills another.
>> See, I send you out <u>as chickens in the midst of wild dogs</u>,
> **How often did I long to gather your children together, just <u> as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings</u> , but you did not agree!** (Matthew 23:37 ULT)
>> How often I wanted to gather your children together, <u> as a mother closely watches over her infants</u> , but you refused!
> **How often did I long to gather your children together, just <u>as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings</u>, but you did not agree!** (Matthew 23:37 ULT)
>> How often I wanted to gather your children together, <u>as a mother closely watches over her infants</u>, but you refused!
> **If you have faith even as small <u> as a grain of mustard</u> ,** (Matthew 17:20)
>> If you have faith even as small <u> as a tiny seed</u> ,
> **If you have faith even as small <u>as a grain of mustard</u>,** (Matthew 17:20)
>> If you have faith even as small <u>as a tiny seed</u>,
(3) Simply describe the item without comparing it to another.
> **See, I send you out <u> as sheep in the midst of wolves</u> ,** (Matthew 10:16 ULT)
>> See, I send you out and <u> people will want to harm you</u> .
> **See, I send you out <u>as sheep in the midst of wolves</u>,** (Matthew 10:16 ULT)
>> See, I send you out and <u>people will want to harm you</u>.
> **How often did I long to gather your children together, just <u> as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings</u> , but you did not agree!** (Matthew 23:37 ULT)
>> How often I wanted to <u> protect you</u> , but you refused!
> **How often did I long to gather your children together, just <u>as a hen gathers her chickens under her wings</u>, but you did not agree!** (Matthew 23:37 ULT)
>> How often I wanted to <u>protect you</u>, but you refused!

18
translate/figs-synecdoche/01.md
View File

@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
### Description
Synecdoche is when a speaker uses a part of something to refer to the whole or uses the whole to refer to a part.
> <u> My soul</u> exalts the Lord. (Luke 1:46 ULT)
> <u>My soul</u> exalts the Lord. (Luke 1:46 ULT)
Mary was was very happy about what the Lord was doing, so she said “my soul,” which means the inner, emotional part of herself, to refer to her whole self.
> <u> the Pharisees</u> said to him, “Look, why are they doing something that is not lawful…?” (Mark 2:24 ULT)
> <u>the Pharisees</u> said to him, “Look, why are they doing something that is not lawful…?” (Mark 2:24 ULT)
The Pharisees who were standing there did not all say the same words at the same time. Instead, it is more likely that one man representing the group said those words.
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ The Pharisees who were standing there did not all say the same words at the same
### Example from the Bible
> I looked on all the deeds that <u> my hands</u> had accomplished (Ecclesiastes 2:11 ULT)
> I looked on all the deeds that <u>my hands</u> had accomplished (Ecclesiastes 2:11 ULT)
“My hands” is a synecdoche for the whole person, because clearly the arms and the rest of the body and the mind were also involved in the person’s accomplishments.
@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ If the synecdoche would be natural and give the right meaning in your language,
(1) State specifically what the synecdoche refers to.
> **”<u> My soul</u> exalts the Lord.”** (Luke 1:46 ULT)
>> “<u> I</u> exalt the Lord.”
> **”<u>My soul</u> exalts the Lord.”** (Luke 1:46 ULT)
>> “<u>I</u> exalt the Lord.”
> **…<u> the Pharisees</u> said to him** (Mark 2:24 ULT)
>> …<u> a representative of the Pharisees</u> said to him…
> **…<u>the Pharisees</u> said to him** (Mark 2:24 ULT)
>> …<u>a representative of the Pharisees</u> said to him…
> **…I looked on all the deeds that <u> my hands</u> had accomplished…** (Ecclesiastes 2:11 ULT)
>> I looked on all the deeds that <u> I</u> had accomplished
> **…I looked on all the deeds that <u>my hands</u> had accomplished…** (Ecclesiastes 2:11 ULT)
>> I looked on all the deeds that <u>I</u> had accomplished

30
translate/figs-synonparallelism/01.md
View File

@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
**Parallelism with the same meaning** is a poetic device in which one complex idea is expressed in two or more different ways. Speakers may do this in order to emphasize the idea that is the same in the two phrases. This is also called “synonymous parallelism.”
Note: We use the term “parallelism with the same meaning” for long phrases or clauses that have the same meaning. We use the term [Doublet](../figs-doublet/01.md) for words or very short phrases that mean basically the same thing and are used together.
> Yahweh <u> sees everything a person does</u> and <u> watches all the paths he takes</u> . (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)
> Yahweh <u>sees everything a person does</u> and <u>watches all the paths he takes</u>. (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)
The first underlined phrase and the second underlined phrase mean the same thing. There are three ideas that are the same between these two phrases. “Sees” corresponds to “watches,” “everything…does” corresponds to “all the paths…takes,” and “a person” corresponds to “he.”
@ -23,10 +23,10 @@ In some languages people do not expect someone to say the same thing twice, even
> Your word is a lamp to my feet and a light for my path. (Psalm 119:105 ULT)
Both parts of the sentences are metaphors saying that God’s word teaches people how to live. The words “lamp” and “light” are similar in meaning because they refer to light, and the words “my feet” and “my path” are related, because they refer to a person walking.
> <u> Praise Yahweh</u> , all you nations; <u> exalt him</u> , all you peoples! (Psalm 117:1 ULT)
> <u>Praise Yahweh</u>, all you nations; <u>exalt him</u>, all you peoples! (Psalm 117:1 ULT)
Both parts of this verse tell people everywhere to praise Yahweh. The words ‘Praise’ and ‘exalt’ mean the same thing, ‘Yahweh’ and ‘him’ refer to the same person, and ‘all you nations’ and ‘all you peoples’ refer to the same people.
> For Yahweh has a <u> lawsuit with his people</u> , and he will <u> fight in court</u> against Israel. (Micah 6:2 ULT)
> For Yahweh has a <u>lawsuit with his people</u>, and he will <u>fight in court</u> against Israel. (Micah 6:2 ULT)
The two parts of this verse say that Yahweh has a serious disagreement with his people, Israel. These are not two different disagreements or two different groups of people.
@ -42,25 +42,25 @@ If your language uses parallelism in the same way as the biblical languages, tha
(1) Combine the ideas of both clauses into one.
> **Until now you have <u> deceived me and told me lies</u> .** (Judges 16:13, ULT) - Delilah expressed this idea twice to emphasize that she was very upset.
>> Until now you have <u> deceived me with your lies</u> .
> **Until now you have <u>deceived me and told me lies</u>.** (Judges 16:13, ULT) - Delilah expressed this idea twice to emphasize that she was very upset.
>> Until now you have <u>deceived me with your lies</u>.
> **Yahweh <u> sees everything a person does and watches all</u> the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULT) - The phrase “all the paths he takes” is a metaphor for “all he does.”
>> Yahweh <u> pays attention to everything</u> a person does.
> **Yahweh <u>sees everything a person does and watches all</u> the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULT) - The phrase “all the paths he takes” is a metaphor for “all he does.”
>> Yahweh <u>pays attention to everything</u> a person does.
> **For Yahweh has a <u> lawsuit with his people</u> , and he will fight in court against Israel.** (Micah 6:2 ULT) - This parallelism describes one serious disagreement that Yahweh had with one group of people. If this is unclear, the phrases can be combined:
>> For Yahweh has a <u> lawsuit with his people</u> , Israel.
> **For Yahweh has a <u>lawsuit with his people</u>, and he will fight in court against Israel.** (Micah 6:2 ULT) - This parallelism describes one serious disagreement that Yahweh had with one group of people. If this is unclear, the phrases can be combined:
>> For Yahweh has a <u>lawsuit with his people</u>, Israel.
(2) If it appears that the clauses are used together to show that what they say is really true, you could include words that emphasize the truth such as “truly” or “certainly.”
> **Yahweh <u> sees everything</u> a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)
>> Yahweh <u> truly sees</u> everything a person does.
> **Yahweh <u>sees everything</u> a person does and watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)
>> Yahweh <u>truly sees</u> everything a person does.
(3) If it appears that the clauses are used together to intensify an idea in them, you could use words like “very,” “completely” or “all.”
> **…you have deceived me <u> and</u> told me lies.** (Judges 16:13 ULT)
>> <u> All</u> you have done is lie to me.
> **…you have deceived me <u>and</u> told me lies.** (Judges 16:13 ULT)
>> <u>All</u> you have done is lie to me.
> **Yahweh sees everything a person does <u> and</u> watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)
>> Yahweh sees <u> absolutely everything</u> that a person does.
> **Yahweh sees everything a person does <u>and</u> watches all the paths he takes.** (Proverbs 5:21 ULT)
>> Yahweh sees <u>absolutely everything</u> that a person does.

62
translate/figs-verbs/01.md
View File

@ -5,13 +5,13 @@ Verbs are words that refer to an action or event or that is used in describing o
**Examples** The verbs in the examples below are underlined.
* John <u> ran</u> . (“Run” is an action.)
* John <u> ate</u> a banana. (“Eat” is an action.)
* John <u> saw</u> Mark. (“See” is an event.)
* John <u> died.</u> (“Die” is an event.)
* John <u> is</u> tall. (The phrase “is tall” describes John. The word “is” is a verb that links “John” with “tall.”)
* John <u> looks</u> handsome. (The phrase “is handsome” describes John. The word “looks” here is a verb that links “John” with “handsome.”)
* John <u> is</u> my brother. (The phrase “is my brother” identifies John.)
* John <u>ran</u>. (“Run” is an action.)
* John <u>ate</u> a banana. (“Eat” is an action.)
* John <u>saw</u> Mark. (“See” is an event.)
* John <u>died.</u> (“Die” is an event.)
* John <u>is</u> tall. (The phrase “is tall” describes John. The word “is” is a verb that links “John” with “tall.”)
* John <u>looks</u> handsome. (The phrase “is handsome” describes John. The word “looks” here is a verb that links “John” with “handsome.”)
* John <u>is</u> my brother. (The phrase “is my brother” identifies John.)
### People or Things Associated with a Verb
@ -19,30 +19,30 @@ A verb usually says something about someone or something. All of the example sen
Sometimes there is another person or thing associated with the verb. In the examples below, the underlined word is the verb, and the phrase in bold print is the **object**. In English the object usually comes after the verb.
* He <u> ate</u> **lunch**.
* He <u> sang</u> **a song**.
* He <u> read</u> **a book**.
* He <u> saw</u> **the book**.
* He <u>ate</u> **lunch**.
* He <u>sang</u> **a song**.
* He <u>read</u> **a book**.
* He <u>saw</u> **the book**.
Some verbs never have an object.
* The sun <u> rose</u> at six o’clock.
* John <u> slept</u> well.
* John <u> fell</u> yesterday.
* The sun <u>rose</u> at six o’clock.
* John <u>slept</u> well.
* John <u>fell</u> yesterday.
For many verbs in English, it is alright to leave out the object when the object is not important in the sentence.
* He never <u> eats</u> at night.
* He <u> sings</u> all the time.
* He <u> reads</u> well.
* He cannot <u> see</u> .
* He never <u>eats</u> at night.
* He <u>sings</u> all the time.
* He <u>reads</u> well.
* He cannot <u>see</u>.
In some languages, a verb that needs an object must always take one, even if the object is not very important. People who speak those languages might say the sentences above like this.
* He never <u> eats</u> **food** at night.
* He <u> sings</u> **songs** all the time.
* He <u> reads</u> **words** well.
* He cannot <u> see</u> **anything**.
* He never <u>eats</u> **food** at night.
* He <u>sings</u> **songs** all the time.
* He <u>reads</u> **words** well.
* He cannot <u>see</u> **anything**.
### Subject and Object Marking on Verbs
@ -57,21 +57,21 @@ When we tell about an event, we usually tell whether it is in the past, the pres
In some languages the verb may be a little bit different depending on the time associated with it. This kind of marking on a verb is called **tense**. English speakers sometimes put “ed” at the end of the verb when the event happened in the past.
* Sometimes Mary <u> cooks</u> meat.
* Yesterday Mary <u> cooked</u> meat. (She did this in the past.)
* Sometimes Mary <u>cooks</u> meat.
* Yesterday Mary <u>cooked</u> meat. (She did this in the past.)
In some languages speakers might add a word to tell something about the time. English speakers use the word “will” when the verb refers to something in the future.
* Tomorrow Mary <u> will cook</u> meat.
* Tomorrow Mary <u>will cook</u> meat.
### Aspect
When we tell about an event, sometimes we want to show how the event progressed over a period of time, or how the event relates to another event. This is **aspect**. English speakers sometimes use the verbs “is” or “has” and add “s,” “ing,” or “ed” to the end of the verb in order to show how the event relates to another event or to the present time.
* Mary <u> cooks</u> meat every day. (This tell about something Mary often does.)
* Mary <u> is cooking</u> the meat. (This tells about something Mary is in the process of doing right now.)
* Mary <u> cooked</u> the meat, and John <u> came</u> home. (This simply tells about things that Mary and John did.)
* While Mary <u> was cooking</u> the meat, John came home. (This tells about something Mary was in the process of doing when John came home)
* Mary <u> has cooked</u> the meat, and she wants us to come eat it. (This tells about something Mary did that is still relevant now.)
* Mary <u> had cooked</u> the meat by the time Mark came home. (This tells about something that Mary completed in the past before something else happened.)
* Mary <u>cooks</u> meat every day. (This tell about something Mary often does.)
* Mary <u>is cooking</u> the meat. (This tells about something Mary is in the process of doing right now.)
* Mary <u>cooked</u> the meat, and John <u>came</u> home. (This simply tells about things that Mary and John did.)
* While Mary <u>was cooking</u> the meat, John came home. (This tells about something Mary was in the process of doing when John came home)
* Mary <u>has cooked</u> the meat, and she wants us to come eat it. (This tells about something Mary did that is still relevant now.)
* Mary <u>had cooked</u> the meat by the time Mark came home. (This tells about something that Mary completed in the past before something else happened.)

22
translate/figs-youcrowd/01.md
View File

@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ Also, speakers and writers of the Old Testament often referred to groups of peop
### Examples from the Bible
> <sup> 1</sup> Take heed that <u> you</u> do not do <u> your</u> acts of righteousness before people to be seen by them, or else <u> you</u> will have no reward from <u> your</u> Father who is in heaven. <sup> 2</sup> So when <u> you</u> give alms, do not sound a trumpet before <u> yourself</u> as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, so that they may have the praise of people. Truly I say to <u> you</u> , they have received their reward. (Matthew 6:1,2 ULT)
> <sup> 1</sup> Take heed that <u>you</u> do not do <u>your</u> acts of righteousness before people to be seen by them, or else <u>you</u> will have no reward from <u>your</u> Father who is in heaven. <sup> 2</sup> So when <u>you</u> give alms, do not sound a trumpet before <u>yourself</u> as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, so that they may have the praise of people. Truly I say to <u>you</u>, they have received their reward. (Matthew 6:1,2 ULT)
Jesus said this to a crowd. He used “you” plural in verse 1, and “you” singular in the first sentence of verse 2. Then in the last sentence he used the plural again.
> God spoke all these words: “I am Yahweh, <u> your</u> God, who brought <u> you</u> out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of slavery. <u> You</u> must have no other gods before me.” (Exodus 20:1-3 ULT)
> God spoke all these words: “I am Yahweh, <u>your</u> God, who brought <u>you</u> out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of slavery. <u>You</u> must have no other gods before me.” (Exodus 20:1-3 ULT)
God said this to all the people of Israel. He had taken them all out of Egypt and he wanted them all to obey him, but he used the singular form of you here when speaking to them.
@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ God said this to all the people of Israel. He had taken them all out of Egypt an
> “For three sins of Edom,
> even for four,
> I will not turn away punishment,
> because <u> he</u> pursued <u> his</u> brother with the sword
> because <u>he</u> pursued <u>his</u> brother with the sword
> and cast off all pity.
> <u> His</u> anger raged continually,
> and <u> his</u> wrath lasted forever.” (Amos 1:11 ULT)
> <u>His</u> anger raged continually,
> and <u>his</u> wrath lasted forever.” (Amos 1:11 ULT)
Yahweh said these things about the nation of Edom, not about only one person.
@ -49,16 +49,16 @@ If the singular form of the pronoun would be natural when referring to a group o
> “For three sins of Edom,
> even for four,
> I will not turn away punishment,
> because <u> he</u> pursued <u> his</u> brother with the sword
> because <u>he</u> pursued <u>his</u> brother with the sword
> and cast off all pity.
> <u> His</u> anger raged continually,
> and <u> his</u> wrath lasted forever.” (Amos 1:11 ULT)
> <u>His</u> anger raged continually,
> and <u>his</u> wrath lasted forever.” (Amos 1:11 ULT)
This is what Yahweh says,
“For three sins of Edom,
even for four,
I will not turn away punishment,
because <u> they</u> pursued <u> their brothers</u> with the sword
because <u>they</u> pursued <u>their brothers</u> with the sword
and cast off all pity.
<u> Their</u> anger raged continually,
and <u> their</u> wrath lasted forever.”
<u>Their</u> anger raged continually,
and <u>their</u> wrath lasted forever.”

6
translate/figs-youdual/01.md
View File

@ -15,15 +15,15 @@ Often the context will make it clear whether the word “you” refers to one pe
### Examples from the Bible
> <u> James and John</u> , the sons of Zebedee, came up to him and said, “Teacher, we want you to do for us whatever we ask you.” He [Jesus] said to them, “What do <u> you </u> want me to do for <u> you</u> ?” (Mark 10:35-36 ULT)
> <u>James and John</u>, the sons of Zebedee, came up to him and said, “Teacher, we want you to do for us whatever we ask you.” He [Jesus] said to them, “What do <u>you </u> want me to do for <u>you</u>?” (Mark 10:35-36 ULT)
Jesus is asking the **two**, James and John, what they want him to do for them. If the target language has a **dual** form of “you,” use that. If the target language does not have a dual form, then the plural form would be appropriate.
> … and Jesus sent out two of his disciples and said to them, “Go into the village opposite us. As soon as <u> you</u> enter it, <u> you</u> will find a colt that has never been ridden. Untie it and bring it to me. (Mark 11:1-2 ULT)
> … and Jesus sent out two of his disciples and said to them, “Go into the village opposite us. As soon as <u>you</u> enter it, <u>you</u> will find a colt that has never been ridden. Untie it and bring it to me. (Mark 11:1-2 ULT)
The context makes it clear that Jesus is addressing **two** people. If the target language has a **dual** form of “you,” use that. If the target language does not have a dual form, then the plural form would be appropriate.
> James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ, to the twelve tribes of the Dispersion, greetings. Consider it all joy, my brothers, when <u> you</u> experience various troubles, knowing that the testing of <u> your</u> faith works endurance. (James 1:1-3 ULT)
> James, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ, to the twelve tribes of the Dispersion, greetings. Consider it all joy, my brothers, when <u>you</u> experience various troubles, knowing that the testing of <u>your</u> faith works endurance. (James 1:1-3 ULT)
James wrote this letter to many people, so the word “you” refers to many people. If the target language has a **plural** form of “you,” it would be best to use it here.

6
translate/figs-youformal/01.md
View File

@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ In some cultures people use the formal “you” when speaking to someone who is
### Examples from the Bible
> Yahweh God called to the man and said to him, “Where are <u> you</u> ?” (Genesis 3:9 ULT)
> Yahweh God called to the man and said to him, “Where are <u>you</u>?” (Genesis 3:9 ULT)
God is in authority over the man, so languages that have formal and informal forms of “you” would probably use the informal form here.
> So, it seemed good to me also, having investigated everything accurately from the beginning, to write it down for <u> you</u> in order, most excellent Theophilus. I want <u> you</u> to know the certainty of the things that <u> you </u> were taught. (Luke 1:3-4 ULT)
> So, it seemed good to me also, having investigated everything accurately from the beginning, to write it down for <u>you</u> in order, most excellent Theophilus. I want <u>you</u> to know the certainty of the things that <u>you </u> were taught. (Luke 1:3-4 ULT)
Luke called Theophilus “most excellent.” This shows us that Theophilus was probably a high official to whom Luke was showing great respect. Speakers of languages that have a formal form of “you” would probably use that form here.
> Heavenly Father, sanctify <u> your</u> name. (Matthew 6:9 ULT)
> Heavenly Father, sanctify <u>your</u> name. (Matthew 6:9 ULT)
This is part of a prayer that Jesus taught his disciples. Some cultures would use the formal “you” because God is in authority. Other cultures would use the informal “you” because God is our Father.

6
translate/figs-yousingular/01.md
View File

@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ Sometimes Greek and Hebrew speakers used “you” singular even though they wer
### Examples from the Bible
> The ruler said, “All these things I have obeyed from the time I was a youth.” When Jesus heard that, he said to him, “One thing <u> you</u> still lack. <u> You</u> must sell all that you have and distribute it to the poor, and <u> you</u> will have treasure in heaven—and come, follow me.” (Luke 18:21, 22 ULT)
> The ruler said, “All these things I have obeyed from the time I was a youth.” When Jesus heard that, he said to him, “One thing <u>you</u> still lack. <u>You</u> must sell all that you have and distribute it to the poor, and <u>you</u> will have treasure in heaven—and come, follow me.” (Luke 18:21, 22 ULT)
The ruler was speaking about just himself when he said “I.” This shows us that when Jesus said “you” he was referring only to the ruler. So languages that have singular and plural forms of “you” would have the singular form here.
> The angel said to him, “Dress <u> yourself</u> and put on <u> your</u> sandals.” Peter did so. The angel said to him, “Put on <u> your</u> outer garment and follow me.” So Peter followed the angel and went out. (Acts 12:8, ULT)
> The angel said to him, “Dress <u>yourself</u> and put on <u>your</u> sandals.” Peter did so. The angel said to him, “Put on <u>your</u> outer garment and follow me.” So Peter followed the angel and went out. (Acts 12:8, ULT)
The context makes it clear that the angel was speaking to one person and that only one person did what the the angel commanded. So languages that have singular and plural forms of “you” would have the singular form here for “yourself” and “your”. Also, if verbs have different forms for singular and plural subjects, the verbs “dress” and “put on” will need the form for “you” singular.
> To Titus, a true son in our common faith.…For this purpose I left <u> you</u> in Crete, that <u> you</u> might set in order things not yet complete, and ordain elders in every city as I directed <u> you</u> . … But <u> you</u> , say what agrees with healthy doctrine. (Titus 1:4,5; 2:1 ULT)
> To Titus, a true son in our common faith.…For this purpose I left <u>you</u> in Crete, that <u>you</u> might set in order things not yet complete, and ordain elders in every city as I directed <u>you</u>. … But <u>you</u>, say what agrees with healthy doctrine. (Titus 1:4,5; 2:1 ULT)
Paul wrote this letter to one person, Titus. Most of the time the word “you” in this letter refers only to Titus.

6
translate/first-draft/01.md
View File

@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
Follow these steps in order to get started:
1. **Organize.** Talk with the pastors and other believers from your language group and form a committee of people who can work together as a translation team.
1. **Contact.** Make contact with at least one element of the unfoldingWord network, notifying unfoldingWord that you intend to begin translation. To get information about how to do that, see [Finding Answers](../../intro/finding-answers/01.md)
1. **Review.** Review the [Translation Guidelines](../../intro/translation-guidelines/01.md).
1. **Agree.** Agree that the Statement of Faith is an accurate reflection of your own beliefs and that you intend to translate the content in harmony with it and also in accordance with the Translation Guidelines by signing the form. (see http://ufw.io/forms/)
1. **Contact.** Make contact with at least one element of the unfoldingWord network, notifying unfoldingWord that you intend to begin translation. To get information about how to do that, see [Finding Answers](../../intro/finding-answers/01.md)
1. **Review.** Review the [Translation Guidelines](../../intro/translation-guidelines/01.md).
1. **Agree.** Agree that the Statement of Faith is an accurate reflection of your own beliefs and that you intend to translate the content in harmony with it and also in accordance with the Translation Guidelines by signing the form. (see http://ufw.io/forms/)
1. **Pray.** Pray that God would help you to understand the passage that you are translating and that he would help you to find the best way to communicate that passage in your language.
1. **Read.**
* If you are translating Open Bible Stories, read the entire story before starting to translate it. If you are translating the Bible, read the entire chapter before you start to translate any part of it. This way you will understand how the part you are translating fits into the larger context, and you will translate it better.

28
translate/grammar-connect-exceptions/01.md
View File

@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ Exceptional relationship connectors exclude one or more items or people from a g
#### Examples from OBS and the Bible
> God told Adam that he could eat from <u> any</u> tree in the garden <u> except</u> from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. (OBS Story 1 Frame 11)
> God told Adam that he could eat from <u>any</u> tree in the garden <u>except</u> from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. (OBS Story 1 Frame 11)
> But if you will not redeem it, then tell me, so that I may know, for there is <u> no one</u> to redeem it <u> besides</u> you, and I am after you." (Ruth 4:4 ULT)
> But if you will not redeem it, then tell me, so that I may know, for there is <u>no one</u> to redeem it <u>besides</u> you, and I am after you." (Ruth 4:4 ULT)
> David attacked them from the twilight to the evening of the next day. <u> Not</u> a man escaped <u> except for</u> four hundred young men, who rode on camels and fled. (1 Samuel 30:17 ULT)
> David attacked them from the twilight to the evening of the next day. <u>Not</u> a man escaped <u>except for</u> four hundred young men, who rode on camels and fled. (1 Samuel 30:17 ULT)
> The man said, "Let me go, for the dawn is breaking." Jacob said, "I will <u> not</u> let you go <u> unless</u> you bless me." (Genesis 32:26 ULT)
> The man said, "Let me go, for the dawn is breaking." Jacob said, "I will <u>not</u> let you go <u>unless</u> you bless me." (Genesis 32:26 ULT)
#### Translation Strategies
@ -30,23 +30,23 @@ If the way that Exceptional Clauses are marked in the source language is also cl
(1) Very often, the exception in Part 2 contradicts something that was negated in Part 1. In this case, the translator can phrase the same idea without the contradiction by deleting the negative and using a word like “**only**.”
> David attacked them from the twilight to the evening of the next day. **Not a man escaped <u> except for</u> four hundred young men**, who rode on camels and fled. (1 Samuel 30:17 ULT)
> David attacked them from the twilight to the evening of the next day. **Not a man escaped <u>except for</u> four hundred young men**, who rode on camels and fled. (1 Samuel 30:17 ULT)
* Part 1: (<u> Not</u> a man escaped)
* Part 2: (<u> except for</u> four hundred young men)
* Part 1: (<u>Not</u> a man escaped)
* Part 2: (<u>except for</u> four hundred young men)
>> David attacked them from the twilight to the evening of the next day. **<u> Only</u> four hundred young men escaped**, who rode on camels and fled.
>> David attacked them from the twilight to the evening of the next day. **<u>Only</u> four hundred young men escaped**, who rode on camels and fled.
> But if you will not redeem it, then tell me, so that I may know, for there is <u> no one</u> to redeem it <u> besides</u> you, and I am after you." (Ruth 4:4 ULT)
> But if you will not redeem it, then tell me, so that I may know, for there is <u>no one</u> to redeem it <u>besides</u> you, and I am after you." (Ruth 4:4 ULT)
>> But if you will not redeem it, then tell me, so that I may know, for <u> you are first in line to redeem it [only you can redeem it]</u> , and I am after you."
>> But if you will not redeem it, then tell me, so that I may know, for <u>you are first in line to redeem it [only you can redeem it]</u>, and I am after you."
> The man said, "Let me go, for the dawn is breaking." Jacob said, "I will <u> not</u> let you go <u> unless</u> you bless me." (Genesis 32:26 ULT)
> The man said, "Let me go, for the dawn is breaking." Jacob said, "I will <u>not</u> let you go <u>unless</u> you bless me." (Genesis 32:26 ULT)
>> The man said, "Let me go, for the dawn is breaking." Jacob said, "I will let you go <u> only if</u> you bless me."
>> The man said, "Let me go, for the dawn is breaking." Jacob said, "I will let you go <u>only if</u> you bless me."
(2) Reverse the order of the clauses, so that the exception is stated first, and then the larger group is named second.
> God told Adam that he could eat from <u> any</u> tree in the garden <u> except</u> from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. (OBS Story 1 Frame 11)
> God told Adam that he could eat from <u>any</u> tree in the garden <u>except</u> from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil. (OBS Story 1 Frame 11)
>> God told Adam that he could <u> not</u> eat from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, but he could eat from <u> any other</u> tree in the garden.
>> God told Adam that he could <u>not</u> eat from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, but he could eat from <u>any other</u> tree in the garden.

20
translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast/01.md
View File

@ -12,19 +12,19 @@ In Scripture, many events do not happen as the people involved intend or expect
#### Examples from OBS and the Bible
> You tried to do evil when you sold me as a slave, <u> but</u> God used the evil for good! (Story 8 Frame 12 OBS)
> You tried to do evil when you sold me as a slave, <u>but</u> God used the evil for good! (Story 8 Frame 12 OBS)
Joseph’s brothers’ evil plan to sell Joseph is contrasted with God’s good plan to save many people. The word "but" marks the contrast.
> For who is greater, the one who reclines at table, or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at table? <u> Yet</u> I am among you as one who serves. (Luke 22:27 ULT)
> For who is greater, the one who reclines at table, or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at table? <u>Yet</u> I am among you as one who serves. (Luke 22:27 ULT)
Jesus contrasts the proud way that human leaders behave and the humble way that he behaves, marked by the word "yet."
> …and <u> though</u> he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, he had broken his chains and he would be driven by the demon into the wilderness. (Luke 8:29 ULT)
> …and <u>though</u> he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, he had broken his chains and he would be driven by the demon into the wilderness. (Luke 8:29 ULT)
It is unexpected that someone who is bound with chains will be able to break them. The word “though” marks the contrast of an unexpected event.
> [David] found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the God of Jacob. <u> However</u> , Solomon built the house for God. <u> However</u> , the Most High does not live in houses made with hands, (Acts 7:46-48 ULT)
> [David] found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the God of Jacob. <u>However</u>, Solomon built the house for God. <u>However</u>, the Most High does not live in houses made with hands, (Acts 7:46-48 ULT)
There are two contrasts here, both marked with “however.” The first contrast shows that even though David asked to find a place for God’s house, it was Solomon who built it. But then there is another contrast. Even though Solomon built a house for God, God does not live in houses that people build.
@ -40,18 +40,18 @@ If your language uses Contrast Relationships in the same way as in the text, the
1.If the Contrast Relationship between the clauses is not clear, then use a more clear or specific connecting word or phrase.
> For who is greater, the one who reclines at table, or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at table? <u> Yet</u> I am among you as one who serves. (Luke 22:27 ULT)
> For who is greater, the one who reclines at table, or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at table? <u>Yet</u> I am among you as one who serves. (Luke 22:27 ULT)
For who is greater, the one who reclines at table, or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at table? <u> Unlike that person</u> , I am among you as one who serves.
For who is greater, the one who reclines at table, or the one who serves? Is it not the one who reclines at table? <u>Unlike that person</u>, I am among you as one who serves.
2.If it is more clear in your language to mark the other clause of the Contrast Relationship, then use a connecting word on the other clause.
> …and <u> though</u> he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, he had broken his chains and he would be driven by the demon into the wilderness. (Luke 8:29 ULT)
> …and <u>though</u> he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, he had broken his chains and he would be driven by the demon into the wilderness. (Luke 8:29 ULT)
…and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, <u> but even so</u> , he had broken his chains and he would be driven by the demon into the wilderness.
…and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard, <u>but even so</u>, he had broken his chains and he would be driven by the demon into the wilderness.
3.If your language shows a Contrast Relationship in a different way, then use that way.
> [David] found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the God of Jacob. <u> However</u> , Solomon built the house for God. <u> However</u> , the Most High does not live in houses made with hands, (Acts 7:46-48 ULT)
> [David] found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the God of Jacob. <u>However</u>, Solomon built the house for God. <u>However</u>, the Most High does not live in houses made with hands, (Acts 7:46-48 ULT)
[David] found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the God of Jacob. <u> But</u> it was, Solomon, <u> not David</u> , who built the house for God. <u> But even though Solomon built him a house</u> , the Most High does not live in houses made with hands,
[David] found favor in the sight of God, and he asked if he might find a dwelling place for the God of Jacob. <u>But</u> it was, Solomon, <u>not David</u>, who built the house for God. <u>But even though Solomon built him a house</u>, the Most High does not live in houses made with hands,

34
translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal/01.md
View File

@ -14,35 +14,35 @@ In Scripture, the goal or purpose may be stated first or second. In some languag
#### Examples from OBS and the Bible
> She became angry and falsely accused Joseph <u> so that he was arrested and sent to prison</u> . (Story 8 Frame 5 OBS)
> She became angry and falsely accused Joseph <u>so that he was arrested and sent to prison</u>. (Story 8 Frame 5 OBS)
The Goal or Purpose of the master’s wife’s false accusation was to get Joseph arrested and sent to prison.
> Gideon, Joash's son, was separating out the wheat by beating it on the floor, in the winepress—<u> to hide it from the Midianites</u> . (Judges 6:11b ULT)
> Gideon, Joash's son, was separating out the wheat by beating it on the floor, in the winepress—<u>to hide it from the Midianites</u>. (Judges 6:11b ULT)
Here the prepositional phrase begins with only the word “to” but “in order to” is understood.
> Now if I have found favor in your eyes, show me your ways <u> so that I may know you and continue to find favor in your eyes</u> . Remember that this nation is your people."(Exodus 33:13 ULT)
> Now if I have found favor in your eyes, show me your ways <u>so that I may know you and continue to find favor in your eyes</u>. Remember that this nation is your people."(Exodus 33:13 ULT)
Moses wants God to show him God’s ways for the Goal or Purpose of Moses knowing God and continuing to find favor with God.
> “Also pull out for her some grain from the bundles, and leave it <u> for her to glean</u> , and do not rebuke her.” (Ruth 2:16 ULT)
> “Also pull out for her some grain from the bundles, and leave it <u>for her to glean</u>, and do not rebuke her.” (Ruth 2:16 ULT)
The Goal or Purpose of Boaz instructing the men to pull out the grain from their bundles and leave it was for Ruth to gather (glean) it.
> …the shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go to Bethlehem, <u> and see this thing that has happened</u> , which the Lord has made known to us.” (Luke 2:15 ULT)
> …the shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go to Bethlehem, <u>and see this thing that has happened</u>, which the Lord has made known to us.” (Luke 2:15 ULT)
The Purpose of going to Bethlehem was to see the thing that had happened. Here the Purpose is not marked and might be misunderstood.
> “…if you want <u> to enter into life</u> , keep the commandments.” (Matthew 19:17 ULT)
> “…if you want <u>to enter into life</u>, keep the commandments.” (Matthew 19:17 ULT)
The Goal of keeping the commandments is to enter into life.
> Do not turn from it to the right or to the left <u> so that you may be successful</u> wherever you go. (Joshua 1:7 ULT)
> Do not turn from it to the right or to the left <u>so that you may be successful</u> wherever you go. (Joshua 1:7 ULT)
The purpose of not turning away from the instructions that Moses gave to the Israelites was so that they would be successful.
> But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him <u> and take over his inheritance</u> .’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)
> But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him <u>and take over his inheritance</u>.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)
The Purpose of the vine growers killing the heir was so they could take over his inheritance. They state both events to each other as a plan, joining them only with “and.” Then the word “so” marks the reporting of the first event, but the second event (the Goal or Purpose) is not stated.
@ -57,24 +57,24 @@ If your language uses purpose or goal relationships in the same way as in the te
(1) If the construction of the goal statement is unclear, change it to one that is more clear.
> “Also pull out for her some grain from the bundles, and leave it <u> for her to glean</u> , and do not rebuke her.” (Ruth 2:16 ULT)
> “Also pull out for her some grain from the bundles, and leave it <u>for her to glean</u>, and do not rebuke her.” (Ruth 2:16 ULT)
>> “Also pull out for her some grain from the bundles, and leave it <u> so that she can glean it</u> , and do not rebuke her.”
>> “Also pull out for her some grain from the bundles, and leave it <u>so that she can glean it</u>, and do not rebuke her.”
> …the shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go to Bethlehem, <u> and see this thing that has happened</u> , which the Lord has made known to us.” (Luke 2:15 ULT)
> …the shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go to Bethlehem, <u>and see this thing that has happened</u>, which the Lord has made known to us.” (Luke 2:15 ULT)
>> …the shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go to Bethlehem, <u> so that we can see this thing that has happened</u> , which the Lord has made known to us.”
>> …the shepherds said to each other, “Let us indeed go to Bethlehem, <u>so that we can see this thing that has happened</u>, which the Lord has made known to us.”
(2) If the order of the statements makes the goal statement unclear or confusing for the reader, then change the order.
> “…if you want <u> to enter into life</u> , keep the commandments.” (Matthew 19:17 ULT)
> “…if you want <u>to enter into life</u>, keep the commandments.” (Matthew 19:17 ULT)
>> “…keep the commandments if you want <u> to enter into life</u> .” or: “…keep the commandments <u> so that you can enter into life</u> .”
>> “…keep the commandments if you want <u>to enter into life</u>.” or: “…keep the commandments <u>so that you can enter into life</u>.”
> But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him <u> and take over his inheritance</u> .’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)
> But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him <u>and take over his inheritance</u>.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)
(1) and (2)
> But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him <u> and take over his inheritance</u> .’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)
> But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him <u>and take over his inheritance</u>.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him. (Matt 21:38-39 ULT)
>> But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him <u> so that we can take over his inheritance</u> .’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him <u> so that they could take over his inheritance</u> .
>> But when the vine growers saw the son, they said among themselves, ‘This is the heir. Come, let us kill him <u>so that we can take over his inheritance</u>.’ So they took him, threw him out of the vineyard and killed him <u>so that they could take over his inheritance</u>.

38
translate/grammar-connect-logic-result/01.md
View File

@ -12,23 +12,23 @@ A Reason and Result Relationship can look forward - "I did Y because I wanted X
#### Examples from OBS and the Bible
> The Jews were amazed, <u> because</u> Saul had tried to kill believers, and now he believed in Jesus! (Story 46 Frame 6 OBS)
> The Jews were amazed, <u>because</u> Saul had tried to kill believers, and now he believed in Jesus! (Story 46 Frame 6 OBS)
The **Reason** is the change in Saul - that he had tried to kill people who believed in Jesus, and now he himself believed in Jesus. The **Result** is that the Jews were amazed. “Because” connects the two ideas and indicates that what follows it is a Reason.
> Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, <u> so that</u> the boat was covered with the waves. (Matthew 8:24 ULT)
> Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, <u>so that</u> the boat was covered with the waves. (Matthew 8:24 ULT)
The **Reason** is the great storm, and the **Result** is that the boat was covered with the waves. The two events are connected by “so that.” Notice that “so that” often indicates a Goal relationship, but here the relationship is Reason-Result, because the sea cannot think and therefore does not have a Goal.
> God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, <u> because</u> in it he rested from all his work which he had done in his creation. (Genesis 2:3 ULT)
> God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, <u>because</u> in it he rested from all his work which he had done in his creation. (Genesis 2:3 ULT)
The **Result** is that God blessed and sanctified the seventh day. The **Reason** is because he rested on the seventh day from his work.
> “Blessed are the poor, <u> for</u> yours is the kingdom of God. (Luke 6:20 ULT)
> “Blessed are the poor, <u>for</u> yours is the kingdom of God. (Luke 6:20 ULT)
The **Result** is that the poor are blessed. The **Reason** is that the kingdom of God is theirs.
> It was their children that Yahweh raised up in their place that Joshua circumcised, <u> because</u> they had not been circumcised on the way (Joshua 5:7 ULT)
> It was their children that Yahweh raised up in their place that Joshua circumcised, <u>because</u> they had not been circumcised on the way (Joshua 5:7 ULT)
The **Result** is that Joshua circumcised the boys and men who had been born in the wilderness. The **Reason** was that they had not been circumcised while they were journeying.
@ -42,24 +42,24 @@ If your language uses Reason-Result relationships in the same way as in the text
#### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied
> God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, <u> because</u> in it he rested from all his work which he had done in his creation. (Genesis 2:3 ULT)
> God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it, <u>because</u> in it he rested from all his work which he had done in his creation. (Genesis 2:3 ULT)
(1) God rested on the seventh day from all his work which he had done in his creation. <u> That is why</u> he blessed the seventh day and sanctified it.
(1) God rested on the seventh day from all his work which he had done in his creation. <u>That is why</u> he blessed the seventh day and sanctified it.
> Blessed are the poor, <u> for</u> yours is the kingdom of God. (Luke 6:20 ULT)
> Blessed are the poor, <u>for</u> yours is the kingdom of God. (Luke 6:20 ULT)
(1) The kingdom of God belongs to you who are poor. <u> Therefore</u> , the poor are blessed.
(2) Blessed are the poor, <u> because</u> yours is the kingdom of God.
(3) <u> The reason that</u> the poor are blessed <u> is because</u> yours is the kingdom of God.
(1) The kingdom of God belongs to you who are poor. <u>Therefore</u>, the poor are blessed.
(2) Blessed are the poor, <u>because</u> yours is the kingdom of God.
(3) <u>The reason that</u> the poor are blessed <u>is because</u> yours is the kingdom of God.
> Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, <u> so that</u> the boat was covered with the waves. (Matthew 8:24 ULT)
> Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, <u>so that</u> the boat was covered with the waves. (Matthew 8:24 ULT)
(1) Behold, the boat was covered with the waves <u> because</u> a great storm arose on the sea.
(2) Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, <u> with the result that</u> the boat was covered with the waves.
(3) Behold, <u> because</u> a great storm arose on the sea, the boat was covered with the waves.
(1) Behold, the boat was covered with the waves <u>because</u> a great storm arose on the sea.
(2) Behold, a great storm arose on the sea, <u>with the result that</u> the boat was covered with the waves.
(3) Behold, <u>because</u> a great storm arose on the sea, the boat was covered with the waves.
> <u> Since</u> the captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress. (Acts 21:34 ULT)
> <u>Since</u> the captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress. (Acts 21:34 ULT)
(1) The captain ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress, <u> because</u> he could not tell anything because of all the noise.
(2) <u> Because</u> the captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress.
(3) The captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, <u> so</u> he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress.
(1) The captain ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress, <u>because</u> he could not tell anything because of all the noise.
(2) <u>Because</u> the captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress.
(3) The captain could not tell anything because of all the noise, <u>so</u> he ordered that Paul be brought into the fortress.

14
translate/grammar-connect-time-background/01.md
View File

@ -12,19 +12,19 @@ Languages indicate a shift in time in different ways. The translators need to un
#### Examples from OBS and the Bible
> <u> When</u> Solomon was old, he also worshiped their gods. (OBS Story 18 Frame 3)
> <u>When</u> Solomon was old, he also worshiped their gods. (OBS Story 18 Frame 3)
Solomon began to worship foreign gods at a time when he was old. Being old is the background to the main event, which is worshipping other gods.
> <u> Now</u> his parents went <u> every year</u> to Jerusalem for the Festival of the Passover. When he was twelve years old, they again went up at the customary time for the feast. (Luke 2:41-42 ULT)
> <u>Now</u> his parents went <u>every year</u> to Jerusalem for the Festival of the Passover. When he was twelve years old, they again went up at the customary time for the feast. (Luke 2:41-42 ULT)
The first event is ongoing and started long ago. We know this because of the words “every year.” That is the background event. Then an event begins that started during that time - “when he was twelve years old.” That is the main event.
> Now it came about that <u> while</u> they were there, the time came for the birth of her baby. (Luke 2:6 ULT)
> Now it came about that <u>while</u> they were there, the time came for the birth of her baby. (Luke 2:6 ULT)
Being there (in Bethlehem) is the background for the main event, the birth of the baby.
> …<u> while</u> Pontius Pilate was governor of Judea, and Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip was tetrarch of the region of Ituraea and Trachonitis, and Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene, <u> during</u> the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas—the word of God came to John son of Zechariah in the wilderness. (Luke 3:1-2 ULT)
> …<u>while</u> Pontius Pilate was governor of Judea, and Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip was tetrarch of the region of Ituraea and Trachonitis, and Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene, <u>during</u> the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas—the word of God came to John son of Zechariah in the wilderness. (Luke 3:1-2 ULT)
This example begins with five background clauses (marked off by commas), signalled as background by “while” and “during.” Then the main event happens - the word of God came to John.
@ -37,15 +37,15 @@ If the way that the Background Clauses are marked also is clear in your language
#### Examples of Translation Strategies Applied
> …<u> while</u> Pontius Pilate was governor of Judea, and Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip was tetrarch of the region of Ituraea and Trachonitis, and Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene, <u> during</u> the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas—the word of God came to John son of Zechariah in the wilderness. (Luke 3:1-2 ULT)
> …<u>while</u> Pontius Pilate was governor of Judea, and Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip was tetrarch of the region of Ituraea and Trachonitis, and Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene, <u>during</u> the high priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas—the word of God came to John son of Zechariah in the wilderness. (Luke 3:1-2 ULT)
1. If the connecting word does not make it clear that what follows is a Background Clause, use a connecting word that communicates this more clearly.
> …<u> It happened during the time that</u> Pontius Pilate was governor of Judea, <u> and during the time that</u> Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, <u> and during the time that</u> his brother Philip was tetrarch of the region of Ituraea and Trachonitis, <u> and during the time that</u> Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene, <u> and also during the time that</u> Annas and Caiaphas were high priests—<u> that</u> the word of God came to John son of Zechariah in the wilderness.
> …<u>It happened during the time that</u> Pontius Pilate was governor of Judea, <u>and during the time that</u> Herod was tetrarch of Galilee, <u>and during the time that</u> his brother Philip was tetrarch of the region of Ituraea and Trachonitis, <u>and during the time that</u> Lysanias was tetrarch of Abilene, <u>and also during the time that</u> Annas and Caiaphas were high priests—<u>that</u> the word of God came to John son of Zechariah in the wilderness.
2. If your language marks Background Clauses in a different way than using connecting words, such as with different verb forms, then use that way.
> …Pontius Pilate <u> was governing</u> Judea, and Herod <u> was ruling over</u> Galilee, and his brother Philip <u> was ruling over</u> the region of Ituraea and Trachonitis, and Lysanias <u> was ruling over</u> Abilene, and Annas and Caiaphas <u> were being</u> high priests—the word of God <u> came</u> to John son of Zechariah in the wilderness.
> …Pontius Pilate <u>was governing</u> Judea, and Herod <u>was ruling over</u> Galilee, and his brother Philip <u>was ruling over</u> the region of Ituraea and Trachonitis, and Lysanias <u>was ruling over</u> Abilene, and Annas and Caiaphas <u>were being</u> high priests—the word of God <u>came</u> to John son of Zechariah in the wilderness.
#### Example of differences in Time Relationship Connecting Words:

26
translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential/01.md
View File

@ -12,21 +12,21 @@ Languages indicate sequences of events in different ways; some use ordering and
#### Examples from OBS and the Bible
> <u> When</u> Joseph came to his brothers, they kidnapped him and sold him to some slave traders. (OBS Story 8 Frame 2)
> <u>When</u> Joseph came to his brothers, they kidnapped him and sold him to some slave traders. (OBS Story 8 Frame 2)
First Joseph came to his brothers and then they kidnapped and sold him. We know this because of the connecting word, <u> when</u> . The translator needs to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.
First Joseph came to his brothers and then they kidnapped and sold him. We know this because of the connecting word, <u>when</u>. The translator needs to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.
> It was as sweet as honey in my mouth, but <u> after</u> I ate it, my stomach became bitter. (Revelation 10:10 ULT)
> It was as sweet as honey in my mouth, but <u>after</u> I ate it, my stomach became bitter. (Revelation 10:10 ULT)
The event of the first clause occurs first, and the event of the last clause occurs later. We know this because of the connecting word, <u> after</u> . The translator needs to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.
The event of the first clause occurs first, and the event of the last clause occurs later. We know this because of the connecting word, <u>after</u>. The translator needs to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.
> For <u> before</u> the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate (Isaiah 7:16 ULT)
> For <u>before</u> the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate (Isaiah 7:16 ULT)
The event of the first clause occurs after the event of the second clause. First the land they dread will be desolate and then the child will know to refuse evil and choose good. We know this because of the connecting word, <u> before</u> . However, stating the clauses in this order may communicate the wrong order of events in your language. The translator may have to change the order so the clauses come in the order that they will happen. Or it may be possible to keep the order of the original language text and mark the ordering of sequence so that it is clear to the readers. The translator needs to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.
The event of the first clause occurs after the event of the second clause. First the land they dread will be desolate and then the child will know to refuse evil and choose good. We know this because of the connecting word, <u>before</u>. However, stating the clauses in this order may communicate the wrong order of events in your language. The translator may have to change the order so the clauses come in the order that they will happen. Or it may be possible to keep the order of the original language text and mark the ordering of sequence so that it is clear to the readers. The translator needs to decide the best way to communicate this sequence clearly and correctly.
> Then Mary arose in those days <u> and</u> quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah, <u> and</u> she entered into the house of Zechariah <u> and</u> greeted Elizabeth. (Luke 1:39-40 ULT)
> Then Mary arose in those days <u>and</u> quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah, <u>and</u> she entered into the house of Zechariah <u>and</u> greeted Elizabeth. (Luke 1:39-40 ULT)
Here the general connector “<u> and</u> ” connects four events. These are sequential events - each happens after the one before it. We know this because that is the only way that these events would happen. So in English, the general connector, “and,” is enough to make the sequence clear for events such as these. You will need to decide if this also communicates this sequence clearly and correctly in your language.
Here the general connector “<u>and</u> ” connects four events. These are sequential events - each happens after the one before it. We know this because that is the only way that these events would happen. So in English, the general connector, “and,” is enough to make the sequence clear for events such as these. You will need to decide if this also communicates this sequence clearly and correctly in your language.
#### Translation Strategies
@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ If the sequence of events is clear in your language, then translate the sequence
1. If the connecting word is not clear, use a connecting word that communicates the sequence more clearly.
> Then Mary arose in those days <u> and</u> quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah, <u> and</u> she entered into the house of Zechariah <u> and</u> greeted Elizabeth. (Luke 1:39-40 ULT)
> Then Mary arose in those days <u>and</u> quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah, <u>and</u> she entered into the house of Zechariah <u>and</u> greeted Elizabeth. (Luke 1:39-40 ULT)
>> Then Mary arose in those days. <u> Then</u> she quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah. <u> Then</u> she entered into the house of Zechariah <u> and then</u> she greeted Elizabeth.
>> Then Mary arose in those days. <u>Then</u> she quickly went into the hill country, to a city of Judah. <u>Then</u> she entered into the house of Zechariah <u>and then</u> she greeted Elizabeth.
> For <u> before</u> the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate (Isaiah 7:16 ULT)
> For <u>before</u> the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate (Isaiah 7:16 ULT)
>> For the time will come when the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, <u> but even before that time</u> , the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate.
>> For the time will come when the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good, <u>but even before that time</u>, the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate.
2. If the clauses are in an order that makes the sequence unclear, put the clauses in an order that is more clear.
> For the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate <u> before</u> the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good.
> For the land whose two kings you dread will be desolate <u>before</u> the child knows to refuse the evil and choose the good.
For more about sequences of events, see: [Sequence of Events](../figs-events/01.md).

28
translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous/01.md
View File

@ -12,21 +12,21 @@ Languages indicate that events occur simultaneously in many different ways. Thes
#### Examples from OBS and the Bible
> Joseph served his master well, <u> and</u> God blessed Joseph. (OBS Story 8 Frame 4)
> Joseph served his master well, <u>and</u> God blessed Joseph. (OBS Story 8 Frame 4)
Two events happened while Joseph was a slave to a wealthy government official: Joseph served well and God blessed Joseph. There is no indication of a Reason-Result (cause and effect) relationship between the two, or that the first event happened, and then the second event happened.
> But in truth I tell you that there were many widows in Israel <u> during</u> the time of Elijah… (Luke 4:25 ULT)
> But in truth I tell you that there were many widows in Israel <u>during</u> the time of Elijah… (Luke 4:25 ULT)
This tells us clearly that two things happened at the same time, because of the connecting word, <u> during</u> . But one event did not cause the other.
This tells us clearly that two things happened at the same time, because of the connecting word, <u>during</u>. But one event did not cause the other.
> Now the people were waiting for Zechariah, <u> and</u> they were wondering at his delay in the temple. (Luke 1:21 ULT)
> Now the people were waiting for Zechariah, <u>and</u> they were wondering at his delay in the temple. (Luke 1:21 ULT)
The people were both waiting and wondering at the same time. The general connector, <u> and</u> , indicates this.
The people were both waiting and wondering at the same time. The general connector, <u>and</u>, indicates this.
> And <u> while</u> they were looking intently into heaven <u> as</u> he was going up, behold, two men stood by them in white clothing. (Acts 1:10 ULT)
> And <u>while</u> they were looking intently into heaven <u>as</u> he was going up, behold, two men stood by them in white clothing. (Acts 1:10 ULT)
Three events happened at the same time - the disciples looking, Jesus going up, and two men standing. The connector words "<u> while</u> " and "<u> as</u> " tell us this.
Three events happened at the same time - the disciples looking, Jesus going up, and two men standing. The connector words "<u>while</u> " and "<u>as</u> " tell us this.
#### Translation Strategies
@ -40,18 +40,18 @@ If the way that the Simultaneous Clauses are marked also is clear in your langua
Below, each Bible verse will be restated in three different ways, according to the Translation Strategies in the list above. Each restatement will have the same number as the Translation Strategy that it is using.
> Now the people were waiting for Zechariah, <u> and</u> they were wondering at his delay in the temple. (Luke 1:21 ULT)
> Now the people were waiting for Zechariah, <u>and</u> they were wondering at his delay in the temple. (Luke 1:21 ULT)
>> (1) Now <u> while</u> the people were waiting for Zechariah, they were wondering at his delay in the temple.
>> (1) Now <u>while</u> the people were waiting for Zechariah, they were wondering at his delay in the temple.
>> (2) Now <u> while</u> the people were waiting for Zechariah, they were <u> also</u> wondering at his delay in the temple.
>> (2) Now <u>while</u> the people were waiting for Zechariah, they were <u>also</u> wondering at his delay in the temple.
>> (3) Now the people were waiting for Zechariah, wondering at his delay in the temple.
> And <u> while</u> they were looking intently into heaven <u> as</u> he was going up, behold, two men stood by them in white clothing. (Acts 1:10 ULT)
> And <u>while</u> they were looking intently into heaven <u>as</u> he was going up, behold, two men stood by them in white clothing. (Acts 1:10 ULT)
>> (1) And <u> during the time</u> they were looking intently into heaven <u> while</u> he was going up, behold, two men stood by them in white clothing.
>> (1) And <u>during the time</u> they were looking intently into heaven <u>while</u> he was going up, behold, two men stood by them in white clothing.
>> (2) And <u> while</u> they were looking intently into heaven <u> as</u> he was going up, behold, <u> at that same time</u> two men stood by them in white clothing.
>> (2) And <u>while</u> they were looking intently into heaven <u>as</u> he was going up, behold, <u>at that same time</u> two men stood by them in white clothing.
>> (3) They were looking intently into heaven, he was going up, <u> when</u> they saw two men standing by them in white clothing.
>> (3) They were looking intently into heaven, he was going up, <u>when</u> they saw two men standing by them in white clothing.

24
translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases/01.md
View File

@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
We write our thoughts in phrases and sentences. Usually, we want to communicate a series of thoughts that are connected to each other in different ways. **Connecting Words and Phrases** show how these thoughts are related to each other. For example, we can show how the following thoughts are related by using the underlined Connecting Words:
* It was raining, <u> so</u> I opened my umbrella.
* It was raining, <u> but</u> I did not have an umbrella. <u> So</u> I got very wet.
* It was raining, <u>so</u> I opened my umbrella.
* It was raining, <u>but</u> I did not have an umbrella. <u>So</u> I got very wet.
Sometimes people might not use a Connecting Word because they expect the readers to understand the relationship between the thoughts because of the context. Some languages do not use Connecting Words as much as other languages do. They might say:
@ -40,15 +40,15 @@ Listed below are different types of connections between ideas or events. These d
### Examples from the Bible
> I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood, nor did I go up to Jerusalem to those who had become apostles before me, <u> but</u> instead I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. <u> Then</u> after three years I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him fifteen days. (Galatians 1:16-18 ULT)
> I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood, nor did I go up to Jerusalem to those who had become apostles before me, <u>but</u> instead I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. <u>Then</u> after three years I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him fifteen days. (Galatians 1:16-18 ULT)
The word “but” introduces something that **contrasts** with what was said before. The **contrast** here is between what Paul did not do with what he did do. The word “then” introduces a **sequence** of events. It introduces something that Paul did after he returned to Damascus.
> <u> Therefore</u> whoever breaks the least one of these commandments <u> and</u> teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. <u> But</u> whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. (Matthew 5:19 ULT)
> <u>Therefore</u> whoever breaks the least one of these commandments <u>and</u> teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. <u>But</u> whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven. (Matthew 5:19 ULT)
The word “Therefore” links this section with the section before it, signalling that the section that came before gave the **reason** for this section. “Therefore” usually links sections larger than one sentence. The word “and” links only two actions within the same sentence, that of breaking commandments and teaching others. In this verse the word “But” **contrasts** what one group of people will be called in God’s kingdom with what another group of people will be called.
> We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone, <u> for</u> we do not wish our ministry to be brought into disrepute. <u> Instead</u> , we prove ourselves by all our actions, that we are God’s servants. (2 Corinthians 6:3-4 ULT)
> We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone, <u>for</u> we do not wish our ministry to be brought into disrepute. <u>Instead</u>, we prove ourselves by all our actions, that we are God’s servants. (2 Corinthians 6:3-4 ULT)
Here the word “for” connects what follows as the **reason** for what came before; the reason that Paul does not place stumbling blocks is that he does not want his ministry brought into disrepute. “Instead” **contrasts** what Paul does (proving by his actions that he is God’s servant) with what he said he does not do (placing stumbling blocks).
@ -66,21 +66,21 @@ If the way the relationship between thoughts is shown in the ULT would be natura
(1) Use a connecting word (even if the ULT does not use one).
> **Jesus said to them, “Come after me, and I will make you become fishers of men.” Immediately they left the nets and went after him.** (Mark 1:17-18 ULT)
> **Jesus said to them, “Come after me, and I will make you become fishers of men.” Immediately they left the nets and went after him.** (Mark 1:17-18 ULT)
>> They followed Jesus <u> because</u> he told them to. Some translators may want to mark this with “so:”
>> They followed Jesus <u>because</u> he told them to. Some translators may want to mark this with “so:”
>> Jesus said to them, “Come after me, and I will make you become fishers of men.” <u> So</u> immediately they left the nets and went after him.
>> Jesus said to them, “Come after me, and I will make you become fishers of men.” <u>So</u> immediately they left the nets and went after him.
(2) Do not use a connecting word if it would be odd to use one and people would understand the right relationship between the thoughts without it.
> **Therefore whoever breaks the least one of these commandments <u> and</u> teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. <u> But</u> whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.** (Matthew 5:19 ULT)
> **Therefore whoever breaks the least one of these commandments <u>and</u> teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. <u>But</u> whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.** (Matthew 5:19 ULT)
Some languages would prefer not to use connecting words here, because the meaning is clear without them and using them would be unnatural. They might translate like this:
>> Therefore whoever breaks the least one of these commandments, teaching others to do so as well, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. Whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.
> **I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood, nor did I go up to Jerusalem to those who had become apostles before me, <u> but</u> instead I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. <u> Then</u> after three years I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him fifteen days.** (Galatians 1:16-18 ULT)
> **I did not immediately consult with flesh and blood, nor did I go up to Jerusalem to those who had become apostles before me, <u>but</u> instead I went to Arabia and then returned to Damascus. <u>Then</u> after three years I went up to Jerusalem to visit Cephas, and I stayed with him fifteen days.** (Galatians 1:16-18 ULT)
Some languages might not need the words “but” or “then” here. They might translate like this:
@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ Some languages might not need the words “but” or “then” here. They might
(3) Use a different connecting word.
> **<u> Therefore</u> whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. <u> But</u> whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.** (Matthew 5:19 ULT)
> **<u>Therefore</u> whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. <u>But</u> whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.** (Matthew 5:19 ULT)
Instead of a word like “therefore,” a language might need a phrase to indicate that there was a section before it that gave the reason for the section that follows. Also, the word “but” is used here because of the contrast between the two groups of people. But in some languages, the word “but” would show that what comes after it is surprising because of what came before it. So “and” might be clearer for those languages. They might translate like this:
>> <u> Because of that</u> , whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. <u> And</u> whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.
>> <u>Because of that</u>, whoever breaks the least one of these commandments and teaches others to do so, will be called least in the kingdom of heaven. <u>And</u> whoever keeps them and teaches them will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.

8
translate/guidelines-equal/01.md
View File

@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ These are all accusations of guilt. Some are using idioms with the word “blood
Here are some examples:
* <u> I was shattered</u> ! The speaker was not literally broken, but he felt very bad.
* <u> He closed his ears to what I was saying.</u> Meaning, “he chose to not listen to what I was saying.”
* <u> The wind moaned in the trees</u> . This means that the wind blowing through the trees sounded like a person moaning.
* <u> The whole world came to the meeting</u> . Everyone in the world did not attend the meeting. Most likely there were many people at the meeting.
* <u>I was shattered</u>! The speaker was not literally broken, but he felt very bad.
* <u>He closed his ears to what I was saying.</u> Meaning, “he chose to not listen to what I was saying.”
* <u>The wind moaned in the trees</u>. This means that the wind blowing through the trees sounded like a person moaning.
* <u>The whole world came to the meeting</u>. Everyone in the world did not attend the meeting. Most likely there were many people at the meeting.
Each language uses different figures of speech. Make sure you can:

20
translate/guidelines-sonofgod/01.md
View File

@ -4,34 +4,34 @@
#### The Bible teaches that there is only one God.
In the Old Testament:
> Yahweh, he is God; there is <u> no other God</u> ! (I Kings 8:60 ULT)
> Yahweh, he is God; there is <u>no other God</u>! (I Kings 8:60 ULT)
In the New Testament:
> Jesus said,…“This is everlasting life: that they should know you, <u> the only true God”</u> . (John 17:3 ULT)
> Jesus said,…“This is everlasting life: that they should know you, <u>the only true God”</u>. (John 17:3 ULT)
(See also: Deuteronomy 4:35, Ephesians 4:5-6, 1 Timothy 2:5, James 2:19)
#### The Old Testament begins to reveal God’s three persons.
> <u> God</u> created the heavens…<u> The Spirit of God</u> was moving…“Let <u> us</u> make man in <u> our</u> image.” (Genesis 1:1-2 ULT)
> <u>God</u> created the heavens…<u>The Spirit of God</u> was moving…“Let <u>us</u> make man in <u>our</u> image.” (Genesis 1:1-2 ULT)
<blockquote> God has spoken to us by a <u> Son</u> …through whom he also made the universe. His <u> Son</u> is the radiance of his glory, the very character of his essence…about the <u> Son</u> he says,…“In the beginning, Lord, you laid earth’s foundation; the heavens are the work of your hands.” (Hebrews 1:2-3, and 8-10 ULT quoting Psalm 102:25)</blockquote>
<blockquote> God has spoken to us by a <u>Son</u>…through whom he also made the universe. His <u>Son</u> is the radiance of his glory, the very character of his essence…about the <u>Son</u> he says,…“In the beginning, Lord, you laid earth’s foundation; the heavens are the work of your hands.” (Hebrews 1:2-3, and 8-10 ULT quoting Psalm 102:25)</blockquote>
#### The Church has always found it necessary to state what the New Testament says about God by affirming that he exists in three distinct persons: The Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit.
> Jesus said, “…Baptize them into the name of <u> the Father</u> , of <u> the Son</u> , and of <u> the Holy Spirit</u> .” (Matthew 28:19 ULT)
> Jesus said, “…Baptize them into the name of <u>the Father</u>, of <u>the Son</u>, and of <u>the Holy Spirit</u>.” (Matthew 28:19 ULT)
<blockquote> God sent his <u> Son</u> , born of a woman,…God sent the <u> Spirit</u> of his <u> Son</u> into our hearts, who calls, “Abba, <u> Father</u> .” (Galatians 4:4-6 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> God sent his <u>Son</u>, born of a woman,…God sent the <u>Spirit</u> of his <u>Son</u> into our hearts, who calls, “Abba, <u>Father</u>.” (Galatians 4:4-6 ULT)</blockquote>
See also: John 14:16-17, 1 Peter 1:2
Each person of God is fully God and is called “God” in the Bible.
> Yet for us there is only one <u> God the Father…</u> (1 Corinthians 8:6 ULT)
> Yet for us there is only one <u>God the Father…</u> (1 Corinthians 8:6 ULT)
<blockquote> Thomas answered and said to him, “My Lord and <u> my God</u> .” <u> Jesus</u> said to him, “Because you have seen me, you have believed. Blessed are those who have not seen, and yet have believed.” (John 20:28-29 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> Thomas answered and said to him, “My Lord and <u>my God</u>.” <u>Jesus</u> said to him, “Because you have seen me, you have believed. Blessed are those who have not seen, and yet have believed.” (John 20:28-29 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> But Peter said, “Ananias, why has Satan filled your heart to lie to <u> the Holy Spirit</u> and to keep back part of the price of the land?…You have not lied to men, but to <u> God</u> .” (Acts 5:3-4 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> But Peter said, “Ananias, why has Satan filled your heart to lie to <u>the Holy Spirit</u> and to keep back part of the price of the land?…You have not lied to men, but to <u>God</u>.” (Acts 5:3-4 ULT)</blockquote>
Each person is also distinct from the other two persons. All three persons can appear separately at the same time. In the verses below, God the Son is baptized while God the Spirit comes down and God the Father speaks from heaven.
> After he was baptized, <u> Jesus</u> came up…from the water…He saw the <u> Spirit</u> of God coming down…, and a <u> voice</u> [the Father’s] came out of the heavens saying, “This is my Beloved <u> Son</u> …” (Matthew 3:16-17 ULT)
> After he was baptized, <u>Jesus</u> came up…from the water…He saw the <u>Spirit</u> of God coming down…, and a <u>voice</u> [the Father’s] came out of the heavens saying, “This is my Beloved <u>Son</u>…” (Matthew 3:16-17 ULT)

20
translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples/01.md
View File

@ -6,36 +6,36 @@ Door43 supports Bible translations that represent these concepts when they refer
**”Father” and “Son” are names that God calls himself in the Bible.**
The Bible shows that God called Jesus his Son:
> After he was baptized, Jesus came up immediately from the water, and…a voice came out of the heavens saying, “<u> This is my beloved Son</u> . I am very pleased with him.” (Matthew 3:16-17 ULT)
> After he was baptized, Jesus came up immediately from the water, and…a voice came out of the heavens saying, “<u>This is my beloved Son</u>. I am very pleased with him.” (Matthew 3:16-17 ULT)
The Bible shows that Jesus called God his Father:
> Jesus said, “I praise you <u> Father</u> , Lord of heaven and earth,…no one knows the <u> Son</u> except the <u> Father</u> , and no one knows the <u> Father</u> except the <u> Son</u> “ (Matthew 11:25-27 ULT) (See also: John 6:26-57)
> Jesus said, “I praise you <u>Father</u>, Lord of heaven and earth,…no one knows the <u>Son</u> except the <u>Father</u>, and no one knows the <u>Father</u> except the <u>Son</u> “ (Matthew 11:25-27 ULT) (See also: John 6:26-57)
Christians have found that “Father” and “Son” are the ideas that most essentially describe the eternal relationship of the First and Second Persons of the Trinity to each other. The Bible indeed refers to them in various ways, but no other terms reflect the eternal love and intimacy between these Persons, nor the interdependent eternal relationship between them.
Jesus referred to God in the following terms:
> Baptize them into <u> the name of the Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit</u> . (Matthew 28:19 ULT)
> Baptize them into <u>the name of the Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit</u>. (Matthew 28:19 ULT)
The intimate, loving relationship between the Father and the Son is eternal, just as they are eternal.
> The Father <u> loves</u> the Son. (John 3:35-36; 5:19-20 ULT)
> The Father <u>loves</u> the Son. (John 3:35-36; 5:19-20 ULT)
<blockquote> I <u> love</u> the Father, I do what the Father commands me, just as he gave me the commandment. (John 14:31 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> I <u>love</u> the Father, I do what the Father commands me, just as he gave me the commandment. (John 14:31 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> <u> …no one knows who the Son is except the Father, and no one knows who the Father is except the Son</u> . (Luke 10:22 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> <u>…no one knows who the Son is except the Father, and no one knows who the Father is except the Son</u>. (Luke 10:22 ULT)</blockquote>
The terms “Father” and “Son” also communicate that the Father and the Son are of the same essence; they are both eternal God.
> Jesus said, “Father, glorify your Son so that the Son may glorify you…I glorified you on the earth,…Now Father, glorify me…with the glory that <u> I had with you before the world was created</u> .” (John 17:1-5 ULT)
> Jesus said, “Father, glorify your Son so that the Son may glorify you…I glorified you on the earth,…Now Father, glorify me…with the glory that <u>I had with you before the world was created</u>.” (John 17:1-5 ULT)
<blockquote> But in these last days, he [God the Father] has spoken to us through a Son, whom he appointed to be the heir of all things. It is through him that God also made the universe. He is the brightness of God’s glory, <u> the very character of his essence</u> . He even holds everything together by the word of his power. (Hebrews 1:2-3 ULT)</blockquote>
<blockquote> But in these last days, he [God the Father] has spoken to us through a Son, whom he appointed to be the heir of all things. It is through him that God also made the universe. He is the brightness of God’s glory, <u>the very character of his essence</u>. He even holds everything together by the word of his power. (Hebrews 1:2-3 ULT)</blockquote>
> Jesus said to him, “I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? <u> Whoever has seen me has seen the Father</u> . How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’? (John 14:9 ULT)
> Jesus said to him, “I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? <u>Whoever has seen me has seen the Father</u>. How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’? (John 14:9 ULT)
### Human Relationships
**Human fathers and sons are not perfect, but the Bible still uses those terms for the <u> Father</u> and <u> Son</u> , who are perfect.**
**Human fathers and sons are not perfect, but the Bible still uses those terms for the <u>Father</u> and <u>Son</u>, who are perfect.**
Just as today, human father-son relationships during Bible times were never as loving or perfect as the relationship between Jesus and his Father. But this does not mean that the translator should avoid the concepts of father and son. The scriptures use these terms to refer to God, the perfect Father and Son, as well as to sinful human fathers and sons. In referring to God as Father and Son, choose words in your language that are widely used to refer to a human “father” and “son.” In this way you will communicate that God the Father and God the Son are essentially the same (they are both God), just as a human father and son are essentially the same, both human and sharing the same characteristics.

6
translate/resources-alter/01.md
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ The “AT:” indicates that this is an alternate translation. Some examples are
**Making Implicit Information Clear**
> it is the law of the Medes and Persians, that <u> no decree or statute that the king issues can be changed</u> . (Daniel 6:15 ULT)
> it is the law of the Medes and Persians, that <u>no decree or statute that the king issues can be changed</u>. (Daniel 6:15 ULT)
* **no decree…can be changed** - An additional sentence may be added here to aid in understanding. AT: “no decree…can be changed. So they must throw Daniel into the pit of lions.” (See: *Explicit*)
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ The additional sentence shows what the speaker wanted the king to understand fro
**Passive to Active**
> to him who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit, <u> it will not be forgiven</u> . (Luke 12:10 ULT)
> to him who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit, <u>it will not be forgiven</u>. (Luke 12:10 ULT)
* **it will not be forgiven** - This can be expressed with an active verb. AT: God will not forgive him. This can also be expressed in a positive way using a verb that means the opposite of “forgive.” AT: “God will consider him guilty forever” (See: *Active Passive*)
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ This Note provides an example of how translators can translate this passive sent
**Rhetorical Question**
> Saul, Saul, <u> why are you persecuting me?</u> (Acts 9:4 ULT)
> Saul, Saul, <u>why are you persecuting me?</u> (Acts 9:4 ULT)
* **why are you persecuting me?** - This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages, a statement would be more natural (AT): “You are persecuting me!” or a command (AT): “Stop persecuting me!” (See: *Rhetorical Questions*)

4
translate/resources-alterm/01.md
View File

@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ The translator needs to decide which meaning to translate. Translators may choos
### Translation Notes Examples
> But take a small number of hairs from them and tie them into <u> the folds of your robe</u> . (Ezekiel 5:3 ULT)
> But take a small number of hairs from them and tie them into <u>the folds of your robe</u>. (Ezekiel 5:3 ULT)
* **the folds of your robe** -- Possible meanings are 1) “the cloth on your arms” (“your sleeves”) (UST) or 2) “the end of the cloth on your robe” (“your hem”) or 3) the fold in the garment where it is tucked into the belt.
This note has the ULT text followed by three possible meanings. The word translated by “the folds of your robe” refers to the loose parts of the robe. Most scholars believe it refers here to the sleeves, but it could also refer to the loose part at the bottom or also to the folds in the middle, around the belt.
> But Simon Peter, when he saw it, <u> fell down at Jesus’ knees</u> (Luke 5:8 ULT)
> But Simon Peter, when he saw it, <u>fell down at Jesus’ knees</u> (Luke 5:8 ULT)
* **fell down at Jesus’ knees** - Possible meanings are 1) “knelt down before Jesus” or 2) “bowed down at Jesus’ feet” or 3) “lay down on the ground at Jesus’ feet.” Peter did not fall accidentally. He did this as a sign of humility and respect for Jesus.

8
translate/resources-clarify/01.md
View File

@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ Sometimes a Note suggests a translation from the UST. In that case the text from
### Translation Notes Examples
> He who <u> sits in the heavens</u> will sneer at them (Psalms 2:4 **ULT**)
> He who <u>sits in the heavens</u> will sneer at them (Psalms 2:4 **ULT**)
> But the one who <u> sits on his throne in heaven</u> laughs at them (Psalms 2:4 **UST**)
> But the one who <u>sits on his throne in heaven</u> laughs at them (Psalms 2:4 **UST**)
The Note for this verse says:
@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ The Note for this verse says:
Here there are two suggested translations for the phrase ‘sits in the heavens.’ The first expresses clearly what “sits in the heavens” represents. The second gives a hint about the idea of ruling by stated clearly that he sits on his “throne.” This suggestion is from the UST.
> When he saw Jesus, <u> he fell on his face</u> . (Luke 5:12 **ULT**)
> When he saw Jesus, <u>he fell on his face</u>. (Luke 5:12 **ULT**)
> When he saw Jesus, <u> he bowed down to the ground</u> . (Luke 5:12 **UST**)
> When he saw Jesus, <u>he bowed down to the ground</u>. (Luke 5:12 **UST**)
The Note for this verse says:

6
translate/resources-def/01.md
View File

@ -6,14 +6,14 @@ Sometimes you may not know what a word in the ULT means. The notes may have a de
### Translation Notes Examples
Simple definitions of words or phrases are added without quotes or sentence format. Here are examples:
> It is like children playing in the marketplace, who sit and call to one another and say, “We played a <u> flute</u> for you.” (Matthew 11:16-17 ULT)
> It is like children playing in the marketplace, who sit and call to one another and say, “We played a <u>flute</u> for you.” (Matthew 11:16-17 ULT)
* **marketplace** - a large, open-air area where people would come to sell their goods
* **flute** - a long, hollow musical instrument which is played by blowing air in or over one end
> people who dress in splendid clothing and live in luxury are in <u> kings’ palaces</u> (Luke 7:25 ULT)
> people who dress in splendid clothing and live in luxury are in <u>kings’ palaces</u> (Luke 7:25 ULT)
* **kings’ palaces** - a large, expensive house that a king lives in
* **kings’ palaces** - a large, expensive house that a king lives in
### Translation Principles

8
translate/resources-eplain/01.md
View File

@ -6,19 +6,19 @@ Sometimes you may not know what a word or phrase means in the ULT, and it may al
### Translation Notes Examples
Simple explanations about words or phrases are written as full sentences. They begin with a capital letter and end with a period (“.”).
> The fishermen had gotten out of them and were <u> washing their nets</u> .(Luke 5:2 ULT)
> The fishermen had gotten out of them and were <u>washing their nets</u>.(Luke 5:2 ULT)
* **washing their nets** - They were cleaning their fishing nets in order to use them again to catch fish.
If you did not know that fishermen used nets to catch fish, you might wonder why the fishermen were cleaning their nets. This explanation can help you choose good words for “were washing” and “nets.”
> they <u> motioned</u> to their partners in the other boat (Luke 5:7 ULT)
> they <u>motioned</u> to their partners in the other boat (Luke 5:7 ULT)
* **motioned** - They were too far from shore to call so they made gestures, probably waving their arms.
* **motioned** - They were too far from shore to call so they made gestures, probably waving their arms.
This note can help you understand what kind of motion the people made. It was a motion that people would be able to see from a distance. This will help you choose a good word or phrase for “motioned.”
> He will be filled with the Holy Spirit, <u> even while in his mother’s womb</u> . (Luke 1:14 ULT)
> He will be filled with the Holy Spirit, <u>even while in his mother’s womb</u>. (Luke 1:14 ULT)
* **even while in his mother’s womb** - The word “even” here indicates that this is especially surprising news. People had been filled with the Holy Spirit before, but no one had heard of an unborn baby being filled with the Holy Spirit.

4
translate/resources-fofs/01.md
View File

@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ In order to translate the meaning, you need to be able to recognize the figure o
### Translation Notes Examples
> Many will come <u> in my name</u> and say, ‘I am he,’ and they will lead many astray. (Mark 13:6 ULT)
> Many will come <u>in my name</u> and say, ‘I am he,’ and they will lead many astray. (Mark 13:6 ULT)
* **in my name** - Possible meanings are 1) AT: “claiming my authority” or 2) “claiming that God sent them.” (See: [Metonymy](../figs-metonymy/01.md) and [Idiom](../figs-idiom/01.md))
The figure of speech in this Note is called a metonymy. The phrase “in my name” does not refer to the speaker’s name (Jesus), but to his person and authority. The Note explains the metonymy in this passage by giving two alternate translations. After that, there is a link to the UTA page about metonymy. Click on the link to learn about metonymy and general strategies for translating metonymys. Because this phrase is also a common idiom, the Note includes a link to the UTA page that explains idioms.
> “<u> You offspring of vipers</u> ! Who warned you to run away from the wrath that is coming? (Luke 3:7 ULT)
> “<u>You offspring of vipers</u>! Who warned you to run away from the wrath that is coming? (Luke 3:7 ULT)
* **You offspring of vipers** - In this metaphor, John compares the crowd to vipers, which were deadly or dangerous snakes and represent evil. AT: “You evil poisonous snakes” or “People should stay away from you just like they avoid poisonous snakes” (See: [Metaphor](../figs-metaphor/01.md))

6
translate/resources-iordquote/01.md
View File

@ -9,13 +9,13 @@ There may be a note about direct and indirect quotes when a quote has another qu
### Translation Notes Examples
> He instructed him <u> to tell no one</u> (Luke 5:14 ULT)
> He instructed him <u>to tell no one</u> (Luke 5:14 ULT)
* **to tell no one** - This can be translated as a direct quote: “Do not tell anyone” There is implied information that can also be stated explicitly (AT): “do not tell anyone that you have been healed” (See: [Direct and Indirect Quotations](../figs-quotations/01.md) and [Ellipsis](../figs-ellipsis/01.md))
* **to tell no one** - This can be translated as a direct quote: “Do not tell anyone” There is implied information that can also be stated explicitly (AT): “do not tell anyone that you have been healed” (See: [Direct and Indirect Quotations](../figs-quotations/01.md) and [Ellipsis](../figs-ellipsis/01.md))
Here the translationNote shows how to change the indirect quote to a direct quote, in case that would be clearer or more natural in the target language.
> At the time of the harvest <u> I will say to the reapers, “First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn</u> .” (Matthew 13:30 ULT)
> At the time of the harvest <u>I will say to the reapers, “First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn</u>.” (Matthew 13:30 ULT)
* **I will say to the reapers, “First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn”** - You can translate this as an indirect quote: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, then gather the wheat into my barn.” (See: [Direct and Indirect Quotations](../figs-quotations/01.md))

2
translate/resources-long/01.md
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Sometimes there are notes for a phrase and separate notes for portions of that p
### Translation Notes Examples
> <u> But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart</u> that you are storing up for yourself wrath in the day of wrath (Romans 2:5 ULT)
> <u>But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart</u> that you are storing up for yourself wrath in the day of wrath (Romans 2:5 ULT)
* **But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart** - Paul uses a metaphor to compare a person who refuses to obey God to something hard, like a stone. He also uses the metonym “heart” to represent the whole person. AT: “It is because you refuse to listen and repent” (See: [Metaphor](../figs-metaphor/01.md) and [Metonymy](../figs-metonymy/01.md))
* **hardness and unrepentant heart** - The phrase “unrepentant heart” explains the word “hardness” (See: [Doublet](../figs-doublet/01.md))

2
translate/resources-porp/01.md
View File

@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Sometimes Bible scholars do not know for sure, or do not agree on, what a partic
### Translation Notes Examples
When many scholars say that a word or phrase means one thing, and many others say that it means other things, we show the most common meanings that they give. Our notes for these situations begin with “Possible meanings are” and then give a **numbered list**. We recommend that you use the first meaning given. However, if people in your community have access to another Bible that uses one of the other possible meanings, you may decide that it is better to use that meaning.
> But Simon Peter, when he saw it, <u> fell down at Jesus’ knees</u> , saying, “Depart from me, for I am a sinful man, Lord.” (Luke 5:8 ULT)
> But Simon Peter, when he saw it, <u>fell down at Jesus’ knees</u>, saying, “Depart from me, for I am a sinful man, Lord.” (Luke 5:8 ULT)
* **fell down at Jesus’ knees** - Possible meanings are 1) “knelt down before Jesus” or 2) “bowed down at Jesus feet” or 3) “lay down on the ground at Jesus feet.” Peter did not fall accidentally. He did this as a sign of humility and respect for Jesus.

8
translate/resources-synequi/01.md
View File

@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ Some Notes provide a translation suggestion that can replace the word or phrase
### Translation Notes Examples
> Make ready <u> the way</u> of the Lord, (Luke 3:4 ULT)
> Make ready <u>the way</u> of the Lord, (Luke 3:4 ULT)
* **the way** - “the path” or “the road”
* **the way** - “the path” or “the road”
In this example, the words “the path” or the words “the road” can replace the words “the way” in the ULT. You can decide whether it is natural to say “way,” “path,” or “road” in your language.
> <u> Deacons, likewise</u> , should be dignified, not double-talkers. (1 Timothy 3:8 ULT)
> <u>Deacons, likewise</u>, should be dignified, not double-talkers. (1 Timothy 3:8 ULT)
* **Deacons, likewise** - “In the same way, deacons” or “Deacons, like overseers”
* **Deacons, likewise** - “In the same way, deacons” or “Deacons, like overseers”
In this example, the words “In the same way, deacons” or “Deacons, like overseers” can replace the words “Deacons, likewise” in the ULT. You, as the translator, can decide what is natural for your language.

2
translate/resources-types/01.md
View File

@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
TranslationNotes are words or phrases copied from the ULT and then explained. In English, every Note that explains the ULT starts the same. There is a bullet point, the ULT text is in bold followed by a dash, and then there are translation suggestions or information for the translator. The Notes follow this format:
* **copied ULT text** - translation suggestion or information for the translator.
* **copied ULT text** - translation suggestion or information for the translator.
### Types of Notes

16
translate/translate-bdistance/01.md
View File

@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ The following terms are the most common measures for distance or length that wer
* The **handbreadth** was the width of the palm of a man’s hand.
* The **span** or handspan was the width of a man’s hand with the fingers spread out.
* The **cubit** was the length of a man’s forearm, from the elbow to the tip of the longest finger.
* The **”long” cubit** is used only in Ezekiel 40-48. It is the length of a normal cubit plus a span.
* The **stadium** (plural, **stadia**) referred to a certain footrace that was about 185 meters in length. Some older English versions translated this word as “furlong”, which referred to the average length of a plowed field.
* The **cubit** was the length of a man’s forearm, from the elbow to the tip of the longest finger.
* The **”long” cubit** is used only in Ezekiel 40-48. It is the length of a normal cubit plus a span.
* The **stadium** (plural, **stadia**) referred to a certain footrace that was about 185 meters in length. Some older English versions translated this word as “furlong”, which referred to the average length of a plowed field.
The metric values in the table below are close but not exactly equal to the biblical measures. The biblical measures probably differed in exact length from time to time and place to place. The equivalents below are an attempt to give an average measurement.
@ -45,23 +45,23 @@ The strategies are all applied to Exodus 25:10 below.
1. Use the measurements given in the ULT. These are the same kinds of measurements that the original writers used. Spell them in a way that is similar to the way they sound or are spelled in the ULT. (see [Copy or Borrow Words](../translate-transliterate/01.md))
* “They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be <u> two and a half kubits</u> ; its width will be <u> one kubit and a half</u> ; and its height will be <u> one kubit and a half</u> .”
* “They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be <u>two and a half kubits</u>; its width will be <u>one kubit and a half</u>; and its height will be <u>one kubit and a half</u>.”
1. Use the metric measurements given in the UST. The translators of the UST have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system.
* “They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be <u> one meter</u> ; its width will be <u> two thirds of a meter</u> ; and its height will be <u> two thirds of a meter</u> .”
* “They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be <u>one meter</u>; its width will be <u>two thirds of a meter</u>; and its height will be <u>two thirds of a meter</u>.”
1. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement. For example, if you measure things using the standard foot length, you could translate it as below.
* “They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be<u> 3 3/4 feet</u> ; its width will be <u> 2 1/4 feet</u> ; and its height will be <u> 2 1/4 feet</u> .”
* “They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be<u>3 3/4 feet</u>; its width will be <u>2 1/4 feet</u>; and its height will be <u>2 1/4 feet</u>.”
1. Use the measurements from the ULT and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note. The following shows both measurements in the text.
* “They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be <u> two and a half cubits (one meter)</u> ; its width will be <u> one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter)</u> ; and its height will be <u> one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter)</u> .”
* “They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be <u>two and a half cubits (one meter)</u>; its width will be <u>one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter)</u>; and its height will be <u>one cubit and a half (two thirds of a meter)</u>.”
1. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULT in the text or in a note. The following shows the ULT measurements in notes.
* “They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be <u> one meter</u> <sup> 1</sup> ; its width will be <u> two thirds of a meter</u> <sup> 2</sup> ; and its height will be <u> two thirds of a meter</u> .” The footnotes would look like:
* “They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be <u>one meter</u> <sup> 1</sup> ; its width will be <u>two thirds of a meter</u> <sup> 2</sup> ; and its height will be <u>two thirds of a meter</u>.” The footnotes would look like:
* <sup> [1]</sup> two and a half cubits
* <sup> [2]</sup> one cubit and a half

10
translate/translate-bmoney/01.md
View File

@ -43,24 +43,24 @@ The translations strategies are all applied to Luke 7:41 below.
1. Use the Bible term and spell it in a way that is similar to the way it sounds. (see [Copy or Borrow Words](../translate-transliterate/01.md))
* “The one owed <u> five hundred denali</u> , and the other owed <u> fifty denali</u> .” (Luke 7:41 ULT)
* “The one owed <u>five hundred denali</u>, and the other owed <u>fifty denali</u>.” (Luke 7:41 ULT)
1. Describe the value of the money in terms of what kind of metal it was made of and how many pieces or coins were used.
* “The one owed <u> five hundred silver coins</u> , and the other owed <u> fifty silver coins</u> .” (Luke 7:41 ULT)
* “The one owed <u>five hundred silver coins</u>, and the other owed <u>fifty silver coins</u>.” (Luke 7:41 ULT)
1. Describe the value of the money in terms of what people in Bible times could earn in one day of work.
* “The one owed <u> five hundred days’ wages</u> , and the other owed <u> fifty days’ wages</u> .”
* “The one owed <u>five hundred days’ wages</u>, and the other owed <u>fifty days’ wages</u>.”
1. Use the Bible term and give the equivalent amount in the text or a footnote.
* “The one owed <u> five hundred denarii</u> <sup> 1</sup> , and the other owed <u> fifty denarii</u> .<sup> 2</sup> “ (Luke 7:41 ULT) The footnotes would look like:
* “The one owed <u>five hundred denarii</u> <sup> 1</sup> , and the other owed <u>fifty denarii</u>.<sup> 2</sup> “ (Luke 7:41 ULT) The footnotes would look like:
* <sup> [1]</sup> five hundred days’s wages
* <sup> [2]</sup> fifty day’s wages
1. Use the Bible term and explain it in a footnote.
* “The one owed <u> five hundred denarii</u> <sup> 1</sup> , and the other owed <u> fifty denarii</u> .” (Luke 7:41 ULT)
* “The one owed <u>five hundred denarii</u> <sup> 1</sup> , and the other owed <u>fifty denarii</u>.” (Luke 7:41 ULT)
* <sup> [1]</sup> A denarius was the amount of silver that people could earn in one day of work.

22
translate/translate-bvolume/01.md
View File

@ -43,20 +43,20 @@ The strategies are all applied to Isaiah 5:10 below.
1. Use the measurements from the ULT. These are the same kinds of measurements that the original writers used. Spell them in a way that is similar to the way they sound or are spelled in the ULT. (see [Copy or Borrow Words](../translate-transliterate/01.md))
* “For four hektares of vineyard will yield only one <u> bat</u> , and one <u> homer</u> of seed will yield only an <u> efa</u> .”
* “For four hektares of vineyard will yield only one <u>bat</u>, and one <u>homer</u> of seed will yield only an <u>efa</u>.”
1. Use the measurements given in the UST. Usually they are metric measurements. The translators of the UST have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system.
* “For four hectares of vineyard will yield only <u> twenty-two liters</u> , and <u> ten baskets</u> of seed will yield only <u> one basket</u> .”
* “For four hectares of vineyard will yield only <u> twenty-two liters</u> and <u> 220 liters</u> of seed will yield only <u> twenty-two liters</u> .”
* “For four hectares of vineyard will yield only <u>twenty-two liters</u>, and <u>ten baskets</u> of seed will yield only <u>one basket</u>.”
* “For four hectares of vineyard will yield only <u>twenty-two liters</u> and <u>220 liters</u> of seed will yield only <u>twenty-two liters</u>.”
1. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement.
* “For four hectares of vineyard will yield only six gallons, and <u> six and a half bushels</u> of seed will yield only twenty quarts.”
* “For four hectares of vineyard will yield only six gallons, and <u>six and a half bushels</u> of seed will yield only twenty quarts.”
1. Use the measurements from the ULT and include measurements that your people know in the text or a note. The following shows both measurements in the text.
* “For four hectares of vineyard will yield only <u> one bath (six gallons)</u> , and <u> one homer (six and a half bushels)</u> of seed will yield only <u> an ephah (twenty quarts)</u> .”
* “For four hectares of vineyard will yield only <u>one bath (six gallons)</u>, and <u>one homer (six and a half bushels)</u> of seed will yield only <u>an ephah (twenty quarts)</u>.”
1. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULT in the text or in a note. The following shows the ULT measurements in footnotes.
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ The strategies are all applied to Isaiah 5:10 below.
Sometimes the Hebrew does not specify a particular unit of volume but only uses a number. In these cases, many English versions, including the ULT and UST, add the word “measure.”
* **whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u> twenty measures</u> of grain, there were only <u> ten</u> , and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u> fifty measures</u> of wine, there were only <u> twenty</u> .** (Haggai 2:16 ULT)
* **whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u>twenty measures</u> of grain, there were only <u>ten</u>, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u>fifty measures</u> of wine, there were only <u>twenty</u>.** (Haggai 2:16 ULT)
#### Translation Strategies
@ -82,21 +82,21 @@ Sometimes the Hebrew does not specify a particular unit of volume but only uses
The strategies are all applied to Haggai 2:16 below.
* **whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u> twenty measures</u> of grain, there were only <u> ten</u> , and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u> fifty measures</u> of wine, there were only <u> twenty</u> .** (Haggai 2:16 ULT)
* **whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u>twenty measures</u> of grain, there were only <u>ten</u>, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u>fifty measures</u> of wine, there were only <u>twenty</u>.** (Haggai 2:16 ULT)
1. Translate literally by using the number without a unit.
* whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u> twenty</u> of grain, there were only <u> ten</u> , and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u> fifty</u> of wine, there were only <u> twenty</u> .
* whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u>twenty</u> of grain, there were only <u>ten</u>, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u>fifty</u> of wine, there were only <u>twenty</u>.
1. Use a generic word like “measure” or “quantity” or “amount.”
* whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u> twenty amounts</u> of grain, there were only <u> ten</u> , and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u> fifty amounts</u> of wine, there were only <u> twenty</u> .
* whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u>twenty amounts</u> of grain, there were only <u>ten</u>, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u>fifty amounts</u> of wine, there were only <u>twenty</u>.
1. Use the name of an appropriate container, such as “basket” for grain or “jar” for wine.
* whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u> twenty baskets</u> of grain, there were only <u> ten</u> , and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u> fifty jars</u> of wine, there were only <u> twenty</u> .
* whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u>twenty baskets</u> of grain, there were only <u>ten</u>, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u>fifty jars</u> of wine, there were only <u>twenty</u>.
1. Use a unit of measure that you are already using in your translation.
* whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u> twenty liters</u> of grain, there were only <u> ten liters</u> , and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u> fifty liters</u> of wine, there were only <u> twenty liters</u> .
* whenever anyone came to the grainery for <u>twenty liters</u> of grain, there were only <u>ten liters</u>, and whenever someone came to the wine vat to draw out <u>fifty liters</u> of wine, there were only <u>twenty liters</u>.

12
translate/translate-bweight/01.md
View File

@ -33,27 +33,27 @@ The following terms are the most common units of weight in the Bible. The term
The strategies are all applied to Exodus 38:29 below.
* **The bronze from the offering weighed <u> seventy talents and 2,400 shekels</u> .** (Exodus 38:29 ULT)
* **The bronze from the offering weighed <u>seventy talents and 2,400 shekels</u>.** (Exodus 38:29 ULT)
1. Use the measurements from the ULT. These are the same kinds of measurements that the original writers used. Spell them in a way that is similar to the way they sound or are spelled in the ULT. (see [Copy or Borrow Words](../translate-transliterate/01.md))
* “The bronze from the offering weighed <u> seventy talentes and 2,400 sekeles</u> .”
* “The bronze from the offering weighed <u>seventy talentes and 2,400 sekeles</u>.”
1. Use the metric measurements given in the UST. The translators of the UST have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system.
* “The bronze from the offering weighed <u> 2,400 kilograms</u> .”
* “The bronze from the offering weighed <u>2,400 kilograms</u>.”
1. Use measurements that are already used in your language. In order to do this you would need to know how your measurements relate to the metric system and figure out each measurement.
* “The bronze from the offering weighed <u> 5,300 pounds</u> .”
* “The bronze from the offering weighed <u>5,300 pounds</u>.”
1. Use the measurements from the ULT and include measurements that your people know in the text or a footnote. The following shows both measurements in the text.
* “The bronze from the offering weighed <u> seventy talents (2,380 kilograms)</u> and <u> 2,400 shekels (26.4 kilograms)</u> .”
* “The bronze from the offering weighed <u>seventy talents (2,380 kilograms)</u> and <u>2,400 shekels (26.4 kilograms)</u>.”
1. Use measurements that your people know, and include the measurements from the ULT in the text or in a footnote. The following shows the ULT measurements in notes.
* “The bronze from the offering weighed <u> seventy talents and 2,400 shekels</u> .<sup> 1</sup> “
* “The bronze from the offering weighed <u>seventy talents and 2,400 shekels</u>.<sup> 1</sup> “
* The footnote would look like:
<sup> [1]</sup> This was a total of about 2,400 kilograms.

2
translate/translate-chapverse/01.md
View File

@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ If the people who speak your language have another Bible that they use, number t
The example below is from 3 John 1. Some Bibles mark this text as verses 14 and 15, and some mark it all as verse 14. You may mark the verse numbers as your other Bible does.
> **<sup> 14</sup> But I expect to see you soon, and we will speak face to face.** <sup> <u> 15</u> </sup> **<u> Peace</u> be to you. The friends greet you. Greet the friends by name.** (3 John 1:14-15 ULT)
> **<sup> 14</sup> But I expect to see you soon, and we will speak face to face.** <sup> <u>15</u> </sup> **<u>Peace</u> be to you. The friends greet you. Greet the friends by name.** (3 John 1:14-15 ULT)
> <sup> 14</sup> But I expect to see you soon, and we will speak face to face. Peace be to you. The friends greet you. Greet the friends by name. (3 John 14)

12
translate/translate-decimal/01.md
View File

@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ In the unfoldingWord® Simplified Text (UST) parts of a number are written as de
### Examples from the Bible
For telling about parts of a number, the unfoldingWord® Literal Text (ULT) uses fractions, and the unfoldingWord® Simplified Text (UST) uses mostly decimals when the number is used with a measurement. Another difference between the ULT and the UST is that when measuring [Biblical Distance](../translate-bdistance/01.md), [Biblical Weight](../translate-bweight/01.md), and [Biblical Volume](../translate-bvolume/01.md), they use different systems, so the numbers in the ULT and the UST are not the same for these measures.
> They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be <u> two and a half cubits</u> ; its width will be <u> one cubit and a half</u> ; and its height will be <u> one cubit and a half</u> . (Exodus 25:10 ULT)
> They are to make an ark of acacia wood. Its length must be <u>two and a half cubits</u>; its width will be <u>one cubit and a half</u>; and its height will be <u>one cubit and a half</u>. (Exodus 25:10 ULT)
The ULT uses the fraction “half.” This can also be written as a decimal: .5.
> Tell the people to make a sacred chest from acacia wood. It is to be <u> one meter</u> long, <u> 0.7 meter wide</u> , and <u> 0.7 meter</u> high. (Exodus 25:10 UST)
> Tell the people to make a sacred chest from acacia wood. It is to be <u>one meter</u> long, <u>0.7 meter wide</u>, and <u>0.7 meter</u> high. (Exodus 25:10 UST)
The UST uses the decimal 0.7. This equals seven tenths.
@ -57,11 +57,11 @@ One and a half cubits is about .7 meter or seven tenths of a meter.
(1) If you decide to use decimals and the measures in the ULT, you will need to change the fractions in the ULT to decimals.
> **<u> three tenths of an ephah</u> of fine flour mixed with oil as a grain offering, and <u> one log</u> of oil.** (Leviticus 14:10 ULT)
>> “ <u> 0.3 ephah</u> of fine flour mixed with oil as a grain offering, and <u> one log</u> of oil.”
> **<u>three tenths of an ephah</u> of fine flour mixed with oil as a grain offering, and <u>one log</u> of oil.** (Leviticus 14:10 ULT)
>> “ <u>0.3 ephah</u> of fine flour mixed with oil as a grain offering, and <u>one log</u> of oil.”
(2) If you decide to use fractions and the measures in the UST, you will need to change the decimals in the UST to fractions.
> **<u> about 6.5 liters</u> of a fine flour offering, mixed with olive oil, to be an offering, and about <u> one third liter</u> of olive oil.** (Leviticus 14:10 UST)
>> “<u> about six and a half liters</u> of a fine flour offering, mixed with olive oil, to be an offering, and about <u> one third liter</u> of olive oil.”
> **<u>about 6.5 liters</u> of a fine flour offering, mixed with olive oil, to be an offering, and about <u>one third liter</u> of olive oil.** (Leviticus 14:10 UST)
>> “<u>about six and a half liters</u> of a fine flour offering, mixed with olive oil, to be an offering, and about <u>one third liter</u> of olive oil.”

6
translate/translate-dynamic/01.md
View File

@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ We have looked closely at literal translations. Now, we will look at meaning-bas
### Key Characteristic
The key characteristic of meaning-based translations is that they give priority to translating the meaning over reproducing the form of the source text. That is, they **change the form of the text as needed in order to make the meaning clear.** The most common types of changes that meaning-based translations make are:
The key characteristic of meaning-based translations is that they give priority to translating the meaning over reproducing the form of the source text. That is, they **change the form of the text as needed in order to make the meaning clear.** The most common types of changes that meaning-based translations make are:
* change word order to match the grammar of the target language
* replace foreign grammatical structures with natural ones
@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ What does a meaning-based translation look like? We will look at how different v
In Luke 3:8, *John the Baptist rebukes the self-righteous people who came to be baptized.*
The **Greek** text of the first half of the verse is shown below.
The **Greek** text of the first half of the verse is shown below.
> Ποιήσατε οὖν καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας
The **English** translation in the same order as each Greek word, with some alternative English words to choose from, is below.
The **English** translation in the same order as each Greek word, with some alternative English words to choose from, is below.
> Do/make/produce therefore fruits fit/appropriate of the repentance

4
translate/translate-formatsignals/01.md
View File

@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ It is background information that the writer put in that place to help the reade
In John 6:6, John interrupted the story he was writing to explain that Jesus already knew what he was going to do. This is put in parentheses.
> <sup> 5</sup> When Jesus looked up and saw a great crowd coming to him, he said to Philip, “Where are we going to buy bread so that these may eat?” <sup> 6</sup> **(**<u> Now Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do</u> .**)** <sup> 7</sup> Philip answered him, “Two hundred denarii worth of bread would not be sufficient for each one to have even a little.” (John 6:5-7 ULT)
> <sup> 5</sup> When Jesus looked up and saw a great crowd coming to him, he said to Philip, “Where are we going to buy bread so that these may eat?” <sup> 6</sup> **(**<u>Now Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do</u>.**)** <sup> 7</sup> Philip answered him, “Two hundred denarii worth of bread would not be sufficient for each one to have even a little.” (John 6:5-7 ULT)
The words in the parentheses below are not what Jesus was saying, but what Matthew was saying to the reader, to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
> “Therefore, when you see the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place” **(**<u> let the reader understand</u> **)**, “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains, let him who is on the housetop not go down to take out anything that is in his house, 18and let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak.” (Matthew 24:15-18 ULT)
> “Therefore, when you see the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing in the holy place” **(<u>let the reader understand</u>)**, “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains, let him who is on the housetop not go down to take out anything that is in his house, 18and let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak.” (Matthew 24:15-18 ULT)
#### Indentation

30
translate/translate-fraction/01.md
View File

@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
### Description
Fractions are a kind of number that refer to equal parts of a thing or to equal groups within a larger group of people or things. An item or a group of items is divided into two or more parts or groups, and a fraction refers to one or more of those parts or groups.
> For the drink offering, you must offer <u> a third</u> of a hin of wine. (Numbers 15:7 ULT)
> For the drink offering, you must offer <u>a third</u> of a hin of wine. (Numbers 15:7 ULT)
A hin is a container used for measuring wine and other liquids. They were to think about dividing a hin container into three equal parts and fill up only one of those parts, and offer that amount.
> <u> a third</u> of the ships were destroyed. (Revelation 8:9 ULT)
> <u>a third</u> of the ships were destroyed. (Revelation 8:9 ULT)
There were many ships. If all those ships were divided into three equal groups of ships, one group of ships was destroyed.
@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ Some fractions in English do not follow that pattern.
### Examples From the Bible
> Now to <u> one half</u> of the tribe of Manasseh, Moses had given an inheritance in Bashan, but to the other <u> half</u> , Joshua gave an inheritance beside their brothers in the land west of the Jordan. (Joshua 22:7 ULT)
> Now to <u>one half</u> of the tribe of Manasseh, Moses had given an inheritance in Bashan, but to the other <u>half</u>, Joshua gave an inheritance beside their brothers in the land west of the Jordan. (Joshua 22:7 ULT)
The tribe of Manasseh divided into two groups. The phrase “one half of the tribe of Manasseh” refers one of those groups. The phrase “the other half” refers to the other group.
> The four angels who had been prepared for that very hour, that day, that month, and that year, were released to kill <u> a third</u> of humanity. (Revelation 9:15 ULT)
> The four angels who had been prepared for that very hour, that day, that month, and that year, were released to kill <u>a third</u> of humanity. (Revelation 9:15 ULT)
If all the people were to be divided into three equal groups, then the number of people in one group would be killed.
> You must also prepare <u> a fourth</u> of a hin of wine as the drink offering. (Numbers 15:5 ULT)
> You must also prepare <u>a fourth</u> of a hin of wine as the drink offering. (Numbers 15:5 ULT)
They were to imagine dividing a hin of wine into four equal parts and prepare the amount equal to one of them.
@ -56,22 +56,22 @@ If a fraction in your language would give the right meaning, consider using it.
1. Tell the number of parts or groups that the item would be divided into, and then tell the number of parts or groups that is being referred to.
* **<u> A third</u> of the ocean became red like blood** (Revelation 8:8 ULT)
* It was like they <u> divided</u> the ocean <u> into three parts</u> , and <u> one part</u> of the ocean became blood.
* **<u>A third</u> of the ocean became red like blood** (Revelation 8:8 ULT)
* It was like they <u>divided</u> the ocean <u>into three parts</u>, and <u>one part</u> of the ocean became blood.
* **then you must offer with the bull a grain offering of <u> three tenths</u> of an ephah of fine flour mixed with <u> half a hin</u> of oil.** (Numbers 15:9 ULT)
*…then you must <u> divide</u> an ephah of fine flour <u> into ten parts</u> and <u> divide</u> a hin of oil <u> into two parts</u> . Then mix <u> three of those parts</u> of the flour with <u> one of the parts</u> of oil. Then you must offer that grain offering along with the bull.
* **then you must offer with the bull a grain offering of <u>three tenths</u> of an ephah of fine flour mixed with <u>half a hin</u> of oil.** (Numbers 15:9 ULT)
*…then you must <u>divide</u> an ephah of fine flour <u>into ten parts</u> and <u>divide</u> a hin of oil <u>into two parts</u>. Then mix <u>three of those parts</u> of the flour with <u>one of the parts</u> of oil. Then you must offer that grain offering along with the bull.
1. For measurements, use the measurements that are given in the UST. The translators of the UST have already figured how to represent the amounts in the metric system.
* **<u> two thirds of a shekel</u> ** (1 Samuel 13:21 ULT)
* <u> eight grams</u> of silver (1 Samuel 13:21 UST)
* **<u>two thirds of a shekel</u>** (1 Samuel 13:21 ULT)
* <u>eight grams</u> of silver (1 Samuel 13:21 UST)
* **<u> three tenths of an ephah</u> of fine flour mixed with <u> half a hin</u> of oil.** (Numbers 15:9 ULT)
* <u> six and one-half liters</u> of finely ground flour mixed with <u> two liters</u> of olive oil. (Numbers 15:9 UST)
* **<u>three tenths of an ephah</u> of fine flour mixed with <u>half a hin</u> of oil.** (Numbers 15:9 ULT)
* <u>six and one-half liters</u> of finely ground flour mixed with <u>two liters</u> of olive oil. (Numbers 15:9 UST)
1. For measurements, use ones that are used in your language. In order to do that you would need to know how your measurements relates to the metric system and figure out each measurement.
* **<u> three tenths of an ephah</u> of fine flour mixed with <u> half a hin</u> of oil.** (Numbers 15:9, ULT)
* <u> six quarts</u> of fine flour mixed with <u> two quarts</u> of oil.
* **<u>three tenths of an ephah</u> of fine flour mixed with <u>half a hin</u> of oil.** (Numbers 15:9, ULT)
* <u>six quarts</u> of fine flour mixed with <u>two quarts</u> of oil.

18
translate/translate-hebrewmonths/01.md
View File

@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ This is a list of the Hebrew months with information about them that may be help
#### Examples from the Bible
<blockquote> You are going out of Egypt on this day, in <u> the month of Abib</u> . (Exodus 13:4 ULT) </blockquote>
<blockquote> You are going out of Egypt on this day, in <u>the month of Abib</u>. (Exodus 13:4 ULT) </blockquote>
> You must eat unleavened bread from twilight of the fourteenth day <u> in the first month of the year</u> , until twilight of the twenty-first day of the month. (Exodus 12:18 ULT)
> You must eat unleavened bread from twilight of the fourteenth day <u>in the first month of the year</u>, until twilight of the twenty-first day of the month. (Exodus 12:18 ULT)
### Translation Strategies
@ -58,27 +58,27 @@ You may need to make some information about the months explicit. (see [Assumed K
The examples below use these two verses.
> **At that time, you will appear before me in <u> the month of Abib</u> , which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt.** (Exodus 23:15 ULT)
> **At that time, you will appear before me in <u>the month of Abib</u>, which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt.** (Exodus 23:15 ULT)
> **It will always be a statute for you that in <u> the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month,</u> you must humble yourselves and do no work.** (Leviticus 16:29 ULT)
> **It will always be a statute for you that in <u>the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month,</u> you must humble yourselves and do no work.** (Leviticus 16:29 ULT)
(1) Tell the number of the Hebrew month.
>> At that time, you will appear before me in <u> the first month of the year</u> , which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt.
>> At that time, you will appear before me in <u>the first month of the year</u>, which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt.
(2) Use the months that people know.
>> At that time, you will appear before me in <u> the month of March</u> , which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt.
>> At that time, you will appear before me in <u>the month of March</u>, which is fixed for this purpose. It was in this month that you came out from Egypt.
>> It will always be a statute for you that <u> on the day I choose in late September</u> you must humble yourselves and do no work.”
>> It will always be a statute for you that <u>on the day I choose in late September</u> you must humble yourselves and do no work.”
(3) State clearly what season the month occurred in.
>> It will always be a statute for you that <u> in the autumn, on the tenth day of the seventh month,</u> you must humble yourselves and do no work.
>> It will always be a statute for you that <u>in the autumn, on the tenth day of the seventh month,</u> you must humble yourselves and do no work.
(4) Refer to the time in terms of the season rather than in terms of the month.
>> It will always be a statute for you that in <u> the day I choose in early autumn</u> <sup> 1</sup> you must humble yourselves and do no work.
>> It will always be a statute for you that in <u>the day I choose in early autumn</u> <sup> 1</sup> you must humble yourselves and do no work.
>> The footnote would look like:
>> <sup> [1]</sup> The Hebrew says, “the seventh month, on the tenth day of the month.”

4
translate/translate-help/01.md
View File

@ -3,9 +3,9 @@
To help translators make the best translation possible, **unfoldingWord® Translation Notes**, **unfoldingWord® Translation Words**, and **unfoldingWord® Translation Questions** have been created.
**unfoldingWord® Translation Notes** are cultural, linguistic, and exegetical notes that help to describe and explain some of the Bible background that the translator needs to know to translate accurately. The unfoldingWord® Translation Notes also inform translators about different ways that they might express the same meaning. See http://ufw.io/tn/.
**unfoldingWord® Translation Notes** are cultural, linguistic, and exegetical notes that help to describe and explain some of the Bible background that the translator needs to know to translate accurately. The unfoldingWord® Translation Notes also inform translators about different ways that they might express the same meaning. See http://ufw.io/tn/.
The **unfoldingWord® Translation Words** are key terms found in Open Bible Stories and the Bible that are important to translate correctly. Each of these words or phrases has a small article written about it as well as cross-references to other places where that term is used in either Open Bible Stories or the Bible. This is to show the translator other ways that the unfoldingWord® Translation Words is used and to ensure that it has been translated correctly in those places, too. See http://ufw.io/tw/.
The **unfoldingWord® Translation Words** are key terms found in Open Bible Stories and the Bible that are important to translate correctly. Each of these words or phrases has a small article written about it as well as cross-references to other places where that term is used in either Open Bible Stories or the Bible. This is to show the translator other ways that the unfoldingWord® Translation Words is used and to ensure that it has been translated correctly in those places, too. See http://ufw.io/tw/.
The **unfoldingWord® Translation Questions** are comprehension questions that can be used to self-check your translation. If you can correctly answer the unfoldingWord® Translation Questions using only the Target Language translation, then it is an accurate translation. The unfoldingWord® Translation Questions are also a good tool to use for checking with the target language community. See http://ufw.io/tq/.

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More